US20120288791A1 - Toner, developer, image forming apparatus, and image forming method - Google Patents
Toner, developer, image forming apparatus, and image forming method Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20120288791A1 US20120288791A1 US13/456,659 US201213456659A US2012288791A1 US 20120288791 A1 US20120288791 A1 US 20120288791A1 US 201213456659 A US201213456659 A US 201213456659A US 2012288791 A1 US2012288791 A1 US 2012288791A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- toner
- resin
- acid
- ester
- parts
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 62
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 199
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 160
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 160
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 124
- 239000004645 polyester resin Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 123
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 104
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 101
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 claims abstract description 56
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 41
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 32
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 29
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 28
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- UQDJGEHQDNVPGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N serine phosphoethanolamine Chemical compound [NH3+]CCOP([O-])(=O)OCC([NH3+])C([O-])=O UQDJGEHQDNVPGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- -1 fatty acid ester Chemical class 0.000 claims description 186
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 131
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 claims description 80
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 74
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 59
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 claims description 48
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 43
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 claims description 39
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 claims description 32
- UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 28
- 229920000578 graft copolymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 28
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 25
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000007151 ring opening polymerisation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 229940105990 diglycerin Drugs 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 229920005672 polyolefin resin Polymers 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 235000021357 Behenic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 14
- 229940116226 behenic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 14
- JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-IMJSIDKUSA-N 4511-42-6 Chemical compound C[C@@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C)OC1=O JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-ZXZARUISSA-N (3r,6s)-3,6-dimethyl-1,4-dioxane-2,5-dione Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C)OC1=O JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-ZXZARUISSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 112
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 65
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 57
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 54
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 53
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 52
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 51
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 50
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 37
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 35
- KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terephthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 34
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 33
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 31
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 31
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 30
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 30
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 30
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 28
- QQVIHTHCMHWDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 QQVIHTHCMHWDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 27
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 26
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 239000002563 ionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 23
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 22
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 22
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 22
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 21
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 20
- 229920002545 silicone oil Polymers 0.000 description 20
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 19
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical compound CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 108091008695 photoreceptors Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- GPLRAVKSCUXZTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycerol Chemical compound OCC(O)COCC(O)CO GPLRAVKSCUXZTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 17
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 17
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,4-diol Chemical compound OCCCCO WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 16
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 14
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 14
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- ADCOVFLJGNWWNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N antimony trioxide Chemical compound O=[Sb]O[Sb]=O ADCOVFLJGNWWNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 14
- IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanate group Chemical group [N-]=C=O IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000006068 polycondensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 14
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 12
- KSBAEPSJVUENNK-UHFFFAOYSA-L tin(ii) 2-ethylhexanoate Chemical compound [Sn+2].CCCCC(CC)C([O-])=O.CCCCC(CC)C([O-])=O KSBAEPSJVUENNK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 12
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 11
- CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C=C CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycine betaine Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactide Chemical compound CC1OC(=O)C(C)OC1=O JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229920002050 silicone resin Polymers 0.000 description 11
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical compound OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 10
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- ARCGXLSVLAOJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimellitic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C(C(O)=O)=C1 ARCGXLSVLAOJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N (+)-propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 9
- YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-propanediol Substances OCCCO YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000011162 core material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 229920000166 polytrimethylene carbonate Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 9
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910000859 α-Fe Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Propenoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 8
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 8
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000005056 polyisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229920001228 polyisocyanate Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 8
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- SRPWOOOHEPICQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimellitic anhydride Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 SRPWOOOHEPICQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004594 Masterbatch (MB) Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000006087 Silane Coupling Agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 7
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 7
- FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N maleic anhydride Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C=C1 FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 7
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N monopropylene glycol Natural products CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 7
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 7
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol F Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 6
- LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCO LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VKOBVWXKNCXXDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N icosanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O VKOBVWXKNCXXDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920005749 polyurethane resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000011164 primary particle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910001887 tin oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 6
- PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ε-Caprolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCO1 PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-sulfonyldiphenol Chemical class C1=CC(O)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000012644 addition polymerization Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ROOXNKNUYICQNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium persulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O ROOXNKNUYICQNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000006229 carbon black Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019241 carbon black Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229930182470 glycoside Natural products 0.000 description 5
- NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophorone diisocyanate Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(N=C=O)CC(C)(CN=C=O)C1 NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 5
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N (R)-(-)-Propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GZVHEAJQGPRDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1 GZVHEAJQGPRDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920003180 amino resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 4
- GZUXJHMPEANEGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromomethane Chemical compound BrC GZUXJHMPEANEGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YHWCPXVTRSHPNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-1-olate;titanium(4+) Chemical compound [Ti+4].CCCC[O-].CCCC[O-].CCCC[O-].CCCC[O-] YHWCPXVTRSHPNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000001938 differential scanning calorimetry curve Methods 0.000 description 4
- CIKJANOSDPPCAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ditert-butyl cyclohexane-1,4-dicarboperoxoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOC(=O)C1CCC(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)C)CC1 CIKJANOSDPPCAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- SHZIWNPUGXLXDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl hexanoate Chemical compound CCCCCC(=O)OCC SHZIWNPUGXLXDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002314 glycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910003437 indium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium(iii) oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[In+3].[In+3] PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004898 kneading Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000696 magnetic material Substances 0.000 description 4
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Pentadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- LUMVCLJFHCTMCV-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;hydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[K+] LUMVCLJFHCTMCV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 4
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FZHAPNGMFPVSLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silanamine Chemical compound [SiH3]N FZHAPNGMFPVSLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920005792 styrene-acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000003760 tallow Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002351 wastewater Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- XFRVVPUIAFSTFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Tridecanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCO XFRVVPUIAFSTFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RNLHGQLZWXBQNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(aminomethyl)-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(N)CC(C)(CN)C1 RNLHGQLZWXBQNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Abietic-Saeure Natural products C12CCC(C(C)C)=CC2=CCC2C1(C)CCCC2(C)C(O)=O RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910002012 Aerosil® Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 3
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000005057 Hexamethylene diisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000005058 Isophorone diisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000021353 Lignoceric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- CQXMAMUUWHYSIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lignoceric acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 CQXMAMUUWHYSIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- GYCMBHHDWRMZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylacrylonitrile Chemical compound CC(=C)C#N GYCMBHHDWRMZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IGFHQQFPSIBGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nonylphenol Natural products CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IGFHQQFPSIBGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KHPCPRHQVVSZAH-HUOMCSJISA-N Rosin Natural products O(C/C=C/c1ccccc1)[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 KHPCPRHQVVSZAH-HUOMCSJISA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical compound C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005210 alkyl ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910001870 ammonium persulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 235000015278 beef Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940116224 behenate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-M behenate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- JRBPAEWTRLWTQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCN JRBPAEWTRLWTQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007720 emulsion polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- FARYTWBWLZAXNK-WAYWQWQTSA-N ethyl (z)-3-(methylamino)but-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)\C=C(\C)NC FARYTWBWLZAXNK-WAYWQWQTSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylene diisocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NCCCCCCN=C=O RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 3
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 3
- SZVJSHCCFOBDDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(II,III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]O[Fe]=O SZVJSHCCFOBDDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-octadecyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- SNQQPOLDUKLAAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O SNQQPOLDUKLAAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001180 sulfating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- QZZGJDVWLFXDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetracosanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O QZZGJDVWLFXDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetralin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCCC2=C1 CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 3
- KHPCPRHQVVSZAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-cinnamyl beta-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 KHPCPRHQVVSZAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005809 transesterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- XFNJVJPLKCPIBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCCN XFNJVJPLKCPIBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N (9Z)-octadecen-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCO ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ARXKVVRQIIOZGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-butanetriol Chemical compound OCCC(O)CO ARXKVVRQIIOZGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DMBUODUULYCPAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-bis(docosanoyloxy)propan-2-yl docosanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC DMBUODUULYCPAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Butene Chemical compound CCC=C VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CRSBERNSMYQZNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecene Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC=C CRSBERNSMYQZNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UAJRSHJHFRVGMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-4-methoxybenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 UAJRSHJHFRVGMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LIKMAJRDDDTEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hexene Chemical compound CCCCC=C LIKMAJRDDDTEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PAMIQIKDUOTOBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylpiperidine Chemical compound CN1CCCCC1 PAMIQIKDUOTOBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBXWUCXDUUJDRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-octadecoxyoctadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC HBXWUCXDUUJDRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-tetramine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCN VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BYLSIPUARIZAHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-tris(1-phenylethyl)phenol Chemical compound C=1C(C(C)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C(O)C(C(C)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=CC=1C(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 BYLSIPUARIZAHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XVBLEUZLLURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dimethylbenzene-1,3-diamine Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1N XVBLEUZLLURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MFYSUUPKMDJYPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(4-methyl-2-nitrophenyl)diazenyl]-3-oxo-n-phenylbutanamide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1NC(=O)C(C(=O)C)N=NC1=CC=C(C)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O MFYSUUPKMDJYPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound COCCOC(C)=O XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JRBJSXQPQWSCCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine Chemical compound C1=C(N)C(OC)=CC(C=2C=C(OC)C(N)=CC=2)=C1 JRBJSXQPQWSCCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHBMMWSBFZVSSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxybutyric acid Chemical compound CC(O)CC(O)=O WHBMMWSBFZVSSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UPMLOUAZCHDJJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Diphenylmethane Diisocyanate Chemical compound C1=CC(N=C=O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1 UPMLOUAZCHDJJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YBRVSVVVWCFQMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 YBRVSVVVWCFQMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-2-n,2-n-diethylpyrimidine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=NC(N)=CC(Cl)=N1 XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IKHGUXGNUITLKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaldehyde Chemical compound CC=O IKHGUXGNUITLKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920002126 Acrylic acid copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butadiene Chemical compound C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylmethacrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethylenetriamine Chemical compound NCCNCCN RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Disodium Chemical class [Na][Na] QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004129 EU approved improving agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylbenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC=C1 YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VQTUBCCKSQIDNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isobutene Chemical group CC(C)=C VQTUBCCKSQIDNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005639 Lauric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl acrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C=C BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)=O NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Natural products CCC(C)C(C)=O UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001730 Moisture cure polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Octadecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019482 Palm oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NRCMAYZCPIVABH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinacridone Chemical compound N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=C1C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3NC1=C2 NRCMAYZCPIVABH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trioxochromium Chemical compound O=[Cr](=O)=O WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl chloride Chemical compound ClC=C BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010724 Wisteria floribunda Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZEEBGORNQSEQBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(3-phenylphenoxy)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]methanamine Chemical compound C1(=CC(=CC=C1)OC1=NC(=CC(=C1)CN)C(F)(F)F)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZEEBGORNQSEQBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GKXVJHDEWHKBFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(aminomethyl)phenyl]methanamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1CN GKXVJHDEWHKBFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylacetone Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(C)=O YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004018 acid anhydride group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910000410 antimony oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001491 aromatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium sulfate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910002113 barium titanate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- JRPBQTZRNDNNOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium titanate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[Ba+2].[O-][Ti]([O-])([O-])[O-] JRPBQTZRNDNNOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002981 blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQAQPCDUOCURKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butanethiol Chemical compound CCCCS WQAQPCDUOCURKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004203 carnauba wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013869 carnauba wax Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- NEHMKBQYUWJMIP-NJFSPNSNSA-N chloro(114C)methane Chemical compound [14CH3]Cl NEHMKBQYUWJMIP-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000423 chromium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 210000000078 claw Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(II) phthalocyanine Chemical compound [Cu+2].C12=CC=CC=C2C(N=C2[N-]C(C3=CC=CC=C32)=N2)=NC1=NC([C]1C=CC=CC1=1)=NC=1N=C1[C]3C=CC=CC3=C2[N-]1 XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEZUQRBDRNJBJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone oxime Chemical compound ON=C1CCCCC1 VEZUQRBDRNJBJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N decanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012691 depolymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 2
- GUJOJGAPFQRJSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dialuminum;dioxosilane;oxygen(2-);hydrate Chemical compound O.[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3].O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O GUJOJGAPFQRJSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JGFBRKRYDCGYKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibutyl(oxo)tin Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](=O)CCCC JGFBRKRYDCGYKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JQVDAXLFBXTEQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibutylamine Chemical compound CCCCNCCCC JQVDAXLFBXTEQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KORSJDCBLAPZEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate Chemical compound C1CC(N=C=O)CCC1CC1CCC(N=C=O)CC1 KORSJDCBLAPZEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001993 dienes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl ether Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1OC1=CC=CC=C1 USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012674 dispersion polymerization Methods 0.000 description 2
- BYNVYIUJKRRNNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid;propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O BYNVYIUJKRRNNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004945 emulsification Methods 0.000 description 2
- JBKVHLHDHHXQEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N epsilon-caprolactam Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCN1 JBKVHLHDHHXQEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002169 ethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000004210 ether based solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- YBMRDBCBODYGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Ge]=O YBMRDBCBODYGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002449 glycine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960001269 glycine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000004820 halides Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diamine Chemical compound NCCCCCCN NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCO XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004464 hydroxyphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- UHOKSCJSTAHBSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N indanthrone blue Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=C4NC5=C6C(=O)C7=CC=CC=C7C(=O)C6=CC=C5NC4=C3C(=O)C2=C1 UHOKSCJSTAHBSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)CO ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010187 litholrubine BK Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 229940102396 methyl bromide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- BFXIKLCIZHOAAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyltrimethoxysilane Chemical compound CO[Si](C)(OC)OC BFXIKLCIZHOAAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005065 mining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- NJTGANWAUPEOAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N molport-023-220-454 Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO NJTGANWAUPEOAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000896 monocarboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHIVNJATOVLWBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butan-2-ylidenehydroxylamine Chemical compound CCC(C)=NO WHIVNJATOVLWBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-heptadecyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CCCMONHAUSKTEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadec-1-ene Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC=C CCCMONHAUSKTEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKQVRZJOMJRTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid;propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O CKQVRZJOMJRTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940055577 oleyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N oleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCO XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002891 organic anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- VTRUBDSFZJNXHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoantimony Chemical compound [Sb]=O VTRUBDSFZJNXHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);zirconium(4+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Zr+4] RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002540 palm oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KJFMBFZCATUALV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenolphthalein Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)O1 KJFMBFZCATUALV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical compound N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001515 polyalkylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000767 polyaniline Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- YLLIGHVCTUPGEH-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;ethanol;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+].CCO YLLIGHVCTUPGEH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010298 pulverizing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N putrescine Chemical compound NCCCCN KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UBQKCCHYAOITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-2-ol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=N1 UBQKCCHYAOITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CYIDZMCFTVVTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyromellitic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(C(O)=O)=C(C(O)=O)C=C1C(O)=O CYIDZMCFTVVTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940032044 quaternium-18 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000013558 reference substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012488 sample solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sebacic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000004756 silanes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000006884 silylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940035044 sorbitan monolaurate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010557 suspension polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012085 test solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JOUDBUYBGJYFFP-FOCLMDBBSA-N thioindigo Chemical compound S\1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C/1=C1/C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2S1 JOUDBUYBGJYFFP-FOCLMDBBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CPUDPFPXCZDNGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethoxy(methyl)silane Chemical compound CCO[Si](C)(OCC)OCC CPUDPFPXCZDNGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NMEPHPOFYLLFTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoxy(octyl)silane Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[Si](OC)(OC)OC NMEPHPOFYLLFTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AAAQKTZKLRYKHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylmethane Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 AAAQKTZKLRYKHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000021122 unsaturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000004670 unsaturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920001567 vinyl ester resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001060 yellow colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc stearate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910001928 zirconium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NDDLLTAIKYHPOD-ISLYRVAYSA-N (2e)-6-chloro-2-(6-chloro-4-methyl-3-oxo-1-benzothiophen-2-ylidene)-4-methyl-1-benzothiophen-3-one Chemical compound S/1C2=CC(Cl)=CC(C)=C2C(=O)C\1=C1/SC(C=C(Cl)C=C2C)=C2C1=O NDDLLTAIKYHPOD-ISLYRVAYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPFYWDYUADPFCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4,4-diamino-3,3,5,5-tetraethylcyclohexen-1-yl)-phenylmethanone Chemical compound CCC1(CC)C(N)(N)C(CC)(CC)CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 VPFYWDYUADPFCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAMNSIXSLVPNLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-ethenylphenyl) acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 JAMNSIXSLVPNLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBZIEGUIYWGBMY-FUZXWUMZSA-N (5Z)-5-hydroxyimino-6-oxonaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid iron Chemical compound [Fe].O\N=C1/C(=O)C=Cc2cc(ccc12)S(O)(=O)=O.O\N=C1/C(=O)C=Cc2cc(ccc12)S(O)(=O)=O.O\N=C1/C(=O)C=Cc2cc(ccc12)S(O)(=O)=O QBZIEGUIYWGBMY-FUZXWUMZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-NTGFUMLPSA-N (9Z,12Z)-9,10,12,13-tetratritiooctadeca-9,12-dienoic acid Chemical compound C(CCCCCCC\C(=C(/C\C(=C(/CCCCC)\[3H])\[3H])\[3H])\[3H])(=O)O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-NTGFUMLPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PSBDWGZCVUAZQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N (dimethylsulfonio)acetate Chemical compound C[S+](C)CC([O-])=O PSBDWGZCVUAZQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKALVNREMFLWAN-VOTSOKGWSA-N (ne)-n-(4-methylpentan-2-ylidene)hydroxylamine Chemical compound CC(C)C\C(C)=N\O ZKALVNREMFLWAN-VOTSOKGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYMPLPIFKRHAAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-ethanedithiol Chemical compound SCCS VYMPLPIFKRHAAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QLAJNZSPVITUCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,2-dioxathietane 2,2-dioxide Chemical compound O=S1(=O)OCO1 QLAJNZSPVITUCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KNXWLXDVNAYUHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-bis(tetracosanoyloxy)propan-2-yl tetracosanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KNXWLXDVNAYUHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZCQRUWWHSTZEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC(N)=C1 WZCQRUWWHSTZEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALQLPWJFHRMHIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-diisocyanatobenzene Chemical compound O=C=NC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1 ALQLPWJFHRMHIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBCKQZAAMUWICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 CBCKQZAAMUWICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940084778 1,4-sorbitan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SRZXCOWFGPICGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,6-Hexanedithiol Chemical compound SCCCCCCS SRZXCOWFGPICGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJLUATLTXUNBOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hexadecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN FJLUATLTXUNBOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GTZHDRRNFNIFTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl]-2-methylpropan-2-amine Chemical compound CC(C)(N)CN1CCN(CC(C)(C)N)CC1 GTZHDRRNFNIFTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSNILPMOSNGHLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-methoxy-3-(piperidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]ethanone Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C(C)=O)C=C1CN1CCCCC1 OSNILPMOSNGHLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIZPVNNYFKFJAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-2-prop-1-ynylbenzene Chemical compound CC#CC1=CC=CC=C1Cl QIZPVNNYFKFJAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGNQGTFARHLQFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecyl-2-phenoxybenzene Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1OC1=CC=CC=C1 LGNQGTFARHLQFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZHGRUMIRATHIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-3-methylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C=C)=C1 JZHGRUMIRATHIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIDSTEJLDQMWBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-isocyanatododecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCN=C=O YIDSTEJLDQMWBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-1H-imidazole Chemical compound CN1C=CN=C1 MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVFZOVWCLRSYKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylpyrrolidine Chemical compound CN1CCCC1 AVFZOVWCLRSYKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEYNYHSOGNVQRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-n,1-n-diethyl-4-methylbenzene-1,3-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=CC=C(C)C(N)=C1 AEYNYHSOGNVQRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZUNUACWCJJERC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)butyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(CC)(CO)CO WZUNUACWCJJERC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10-octahydropyrimido[1,2-a]azepine Chemical compound C1CCCCN2CCCN=C21 GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OLYCWGBQORTQQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dimethylnaphthalene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C(N)C(C)=C(C)C(N)=C21 OLYCWGBQORTQQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZVDSMYGTJDFNHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-trimethylbenzene-1,3-diamine Chemical group CC1=CC(C)=C(N)C(C)=C1N ZVDSMYGTJDFNHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PISLZQACAJMAIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-diethyl-6-methylbenzene-1,3-diamine Chemical compound CCC1=CC(C)=C(N)C(CC)=C1N PISLZQACAJMAIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYGYLDLLUPTHKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-di(propan-2-yl)benzene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC(N)=C(C(C)C)C=C1N MYGYLDLLUPTHKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAYVHDDEMLNVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dichlorobenzene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound NC1=CC(Cl)=C(N)C=C1Cl QAYVHDDEMLNVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RLYCRLGLCUXUPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-diaminotoluene Chemical compound CC1=C(N)C=CC=C1N RLYCRLGLCUXUPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VFLDTOASZCTYKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethylnaphthalene-1,5-diamine Chemical compound NC1=C(C)C=CC2=C(N)C(C)=CC=C21 VFLDTOASZCTYKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZELBKVQCYNLRDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-hydroxyethyl)dodecanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC(C(N)=O)CCO ZELBKVQCYNLRDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-fluorophenyl)-1h-imidazole Chemical compound FC1=CC=CC(C=2NC=CN=2)=C1 JAHNSTQSQJOJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIBOYZGDGVDKKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(8-methylnonyl)butanedioic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCC(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O LIBOYZGDGVDKKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVZNUWNKBGPUNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(butoxymethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CCCCOCC(CO)(CO)CO OVZNUWNKBGPUNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YSUQLAYJZDEMOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(butoxymethyl)oxirane Chemical compound CCCCOCC1CO1 YSUQLAYJZDEMOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PFWUZMBGHDNENG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(dodecoxymethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOCC(CO)(CO)CO PFWUZMBGHDNENG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C=C GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWLHAQYOFMQTHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-N-[8-[[8-(4-aminoanilino)-10-phenylphenazin-10-ium-2-yl]amino]-10-phenylphenazin-10-ium-2-yl]-8-N,10-diphenylphenazin-10-ium-2,8-diamine hydroxy-oxido-dioxochromium Chemical compound O[Cr]([O-])(=O)=O.O[Cr]([O-])(=O)=O.O[Cr]([O-])(=O)=O.Nc1ccc(Nc2ccc3nc4ccc(Nc5ccc6nc7ccc(Nc8ccc9nc%10ccc(Nc%11ccccc%11)cc%10[n+](-c%10ccccc%10)c9c8)cc7[n+](-c7ccccc7)c6c5)cc4[n+](-c4ccccc4)c3c2)cc1 FWLHAQYOFMQTHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWIJLRSOBQIWFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-undecyl-4,5-dihydroimidazol-1-ium-1-yl]acetate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC1=NCC[N+]1(CCO)CC([O-])=O FWIJLRSOBQIWFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTJWCLYPVFJWMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO PTJWCLYPVFJWMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FVIMRJIDRHUTQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[bis(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]ethyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCN(CCO)CCO FVIMRJIDRHUTQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQRFXEGLEGEFHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[pentadecyl(sulfo)amino]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN(S(O)(=O)=O)CCS(O)(=O)=O SQRFXEGLEGEFHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOPBDRUWRLBSDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromoaniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1Br AOPBDRUWRLBSDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGLZGLAFFOMWPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-1,4-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(N)C(Cl)=C1 MGLZGLAFFOMWPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZZMTSNZRBFGGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-7-fluoroquinazolin-4-amine Chemical compound FC1=CC=C2C(N)=NC(Cl)=NC2=C1 FZZMTSNZRBFGGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethanol Chemical compound CCOCCO ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOCCOC(C)=O SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIWUKEYIRIRTPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CO YIWUKEYIRIRTPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDQMWEYDKDCEHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C(C)=C WDQMWEYDKDCEHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004808 2-ethylhexylester Substances 0.000 description 1
- FTZQXOJYPFINKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-fluoroaniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1F FTZQXOJYPFINKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUHFRORXWCGZGE-KTKRTIGZSA-N 2-hydroxyethyl (z)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCCO MUHFRORXWCGZGE-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFVNOJDQRGSOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyethyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCO RFVNOJDQRGSOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UBPDKIDWEADHPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-iodoaniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1I UBPDKIDWEADHPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylphenol;3-methylphenol;4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1O QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZJXEIBPJWMWQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropane-1,1,1-triol Chemical compound CC(C)C(O)(O)O SZJXEIBPJWMWQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DUIOKRXOKLLURE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-octylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O DUIOKRXOKLLURE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IVVWBIJMWBNKFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3'-Dichloro-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(N)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(N)C(Cl)=C1 IVVWBIJMWBNKFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NUIURNJTPRWVAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine Chemical compound C1=C(N)C(C)=CC(C=2C=C(C)C(N)=CC=2)=C1 NUIURNJTPRWVAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSBCMFUMSRPVFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1-aminoethyl)-4-piperazin-1-ylpiperazin-1-amine Chemical compound NC(C)C1N(CCN(C1)N)N1CCNCC1 MSBCMFUMSRPVFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYSRRFNXTXNWCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2-phenylethenyl)furan-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C(C=CC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 PYSRRFNXTXNWCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDBWYUOUYNQZBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(aminomethyl)aniline Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC(N)=C1 ZDBWYUOUYNQZBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ANOPCGQVRXJHHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-(3-aminopropyl)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5.5]undecan-9-yl]propan-1-amine Chemical compound C1OC(CCCN)OCC21COC(CCCN)OC2 ANOPCGQVRXJHHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKRJGDYKYQUNIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-fluoro-2,2-dimethylpropanoic acid Chemical compound FCC(C)(C)C(O)=O CKRJGDYKYQUNIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KPYCVQASEGGKEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxyoxolane-2,5-dione Chemical compound OC1CC(=O)OC1=O KPYCVQASEGGKEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYUINKARGUCCQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-imino-n-propylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCNCCC=N XYUINKARGUCCQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGBBCHBCGNDCRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-n,4-dimethylbenzene-1,3-diamine Chemical compound CNC1=CC(N)=CC=C1C RGBBCHBCGNDCRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AIMDYNJRXHEXEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenylprop-1-enylbenzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 AIMDYNJRXHEXEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WECDUOXQLAIPQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Methylene bis(2-methylaniline) Chemical compound C1=C(N)C(C)=CC(CC=2C=C(C)C(N)=CC=2)=C1 WECDUOXQLAIPQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ICNFHJVPAJKPHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Thiodianiline Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1SC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 ICNFHJVPAJKPHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWVTWFVJZLCBMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-bipyridine Chemical group C1=NC=CC(C=2C=CN=CC=2)=C1 MWVTWFVJZLCBMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZSFTHVIIGGDOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5,6,7-tetrachloro-3-[2-methyl-3-[(4,5,6,7-tetrachloro-3-oxoisoindol-1-yl)amino]anilino]isoindol-1-one Chemical compound ClC1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C2=C1C(NC1=CC=CC(NC=3C4=C(C(=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C4Cl)Cl)C(=O)N=3)=C1C)=NC2=O WZSFTHVIIGGDOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKETWUADWJKEKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3,4-diaminophenyl)sulfonylbenzene-1,2-diamine Chemical compound C1=C(N)C(N)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C(N)=C1 JKETWUADWJKEKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNCFLKMOWWGLCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-amino-2-chlorophenyl)sulfonyl-3-chloroaniline Chemical compound ClC1=CC(N)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl BNCFLKMOWWGLCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZBQCCTCQUCOXBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-aminophenyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylcyclohex-3-en-1-amine Chemical compound CC1(C)C(N)C(C)(C)CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 ZBQCCTCQUCOXBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LHECBTWFKAHFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-aminophenyl)-6,6-dichlorocyclohexa-1,3-dien-1-amine Chemical compound C1C(Cl)(Cl)C(N)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 LHECBTWFKAHFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRJOQPQYQVNIEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-aminophenyl)selanylaniline Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1[Se]C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 KRJOQPQYQVNIEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWUBBMDHSZDNTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Chloro-meta-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(Cl)C(N)=C1 ZWUBBMDHSZDNTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BXIXXXYDDJVHDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Chloro-ortho-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1N BXIXXXYDDJVHDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLBJTVDPSNHSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Methylstyrene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 JLBJTVDPSNHSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZOHAJVWFPMQRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-amino-3-methoxyphenyl)disulfanyl]-2-methoxyaniline Chemical compound C1=C(N)C(OC)=CC(SSC=2C=C(OC)C(N)=CC=2)=C1 FZOHAJVWFPMQRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DWDURZSYQTXVIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-aminophenyl)-(4-methyliminocyclohexa-2,5-dien-1-ylidene)methyl]aniline Chemical compound C1=CC(=NC)C=CC1=C(C=1C=CC(N)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 DWDURZSYQTXVIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGFMMLHHNZGHNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[1-(4-amino-3-methoxyphenyl)decyl]-2-methoxyaniline Chemical compound C=1C=C(N)C(OC)=CC=1C(CCCCCCCCC)C1=CC=C(N)C(OC)=C1 KGFMMLHHNZGHNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIZHZKHLXXCEMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-(4-amino-2-chlorophenyl)propan-2-yl]-3-chloroaniline Chemical compound C=1C=C(N)C=C(Cl)C=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl XIZHZKHLXXCEMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVOJOIBIVGEQBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[2-chloro-4-[3-chloro-4-[(5-hydroxy-3-methyl-1-phenylpyrazol-4-yl)diazenyl]phenyl]phenyl]diazenyl]-5-methyl-2-phenylpyrazol-3-ol Chemical compound CC1=NN(C(O)=C1N=NC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)C1=CC(Cl)=C(C=C1)N=NC1=C(O)N(N=C1C)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 LVOJOIBIVGEQBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQDCQNCMUSAKQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromobenzene-1,3-diamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(Br)C(N)=C1 HQDCQNCMUSAKQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PBGKNXWGYQPUJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-2-nitroaniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O PBGKNXWGYQPUJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUGYGGDSWSUORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxystyrene Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 FUGYGGDSWSUORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSBIJCMXAIKKKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-nitro-o-toluidine Chemical compound CC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1N DSBIJCMXAIKKKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DFWXYHZQNLIBLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-nitrobenzene-1,3-diamine Chemical compound NC1=CC(N)=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C1 DFWXYHZQNLIBLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026788 ATP synthase subunit C lysine N-methyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000931526 Acer campestre Species 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FDQGNLOWMMVRQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Allobarbital Chemical compound C=CCC1(CC=C)C(=O)NC(=O)NC1=O FDQGNLOWMMVRQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium bicarbonate Chemical compound [NH4+].OC([O-])=O ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004342 Benzoyl peroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVAVKBBTPWYADW-UHFFFAOYSA-L Biebrich scarlet Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1N=NC(C(=C1)S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 VVAVKBBTPWYADW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- LCFVJGUPQDGYKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bisphenol A diglycidyl ether Chemical compound C=1C=C(OCC2OC2)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C(C=C1)=CC=C1OCC1CO1 LCFVJGUPQDGYKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCFGGGCMICWSJX-SNAWJCMRSA-N Butyl oleate sulfate Chemical class CCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCCOS(O)(=O)=O DCFGGGCMICWSJX-SNAWJCMRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SIGPIKIQXGYHAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)NCCC(O)(CN(CC)CC)C Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)NCCC(O)(CN(CC)CC)C SIGPIKIQXGYHAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVKDICZWGZDYEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO RVKDICZWGZDYEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SPOAABSPWKOANM-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO SPOAABSPWKOANM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRLNQLNEMJPQEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO SRLNQLNEMJPQEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOOSJWSEMQVWFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO GOOSJWSEMQVWFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PRSOXQNLVNJOOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO PRSOXQNLVNJOOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QLQSVFVLAZYDJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO QLQSVFVLAZYDJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DQKILEQMZHOBAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO DQKILEQMZHOBAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHWQYYAALULXNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO OHWQYYAALULXNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HJRFXCGCCSNCIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO HJRFXCGCCSNCIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZCQDEYNIWLDNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO RZCQDEYNIWLDNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 0 C.C.C.C.[1*][Si]([2*])(C)O[Si]([3*])(C)OC Chemical compound C.C.C.C.[1*][Si]([2*])(C)O[Si]([3*])(C)OC 0.000 description 1
- CFLUVFXTJIEQTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COCC(O)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COCC(O)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC CFLUVFXTJIEQTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSQZURIOAGQANZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC PSQZURIOAGQANZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPMGYFSWCJZSBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[SiH](C)O[SiH3] Chemical group C[SiH](C)O[SiH3] BPMGYFSWCJZSBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005632 Capric acid (CAS 334-48-5) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108091005944 Cerulean Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002101 Chitin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000640882 Condea Species 0.000 description 1
- QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper oxide Chemical compound [Cu]=O QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005751 Copper oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQJKPEGWNLWLTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dapsone Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MQJKPEGWNLWLTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUPBZQFQVRMKDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M Didecyldimethylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCCCCCCCC RUPBZQFQVRMKDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001174 Diethylhydroxylamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical compound COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100536354 Drosophila melanogaster tant gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epichlorohydrin Chemical compound ClCC1CO1 BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMROMDMJAWUWLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethenol Chemical compound OC=C IMROMDMJAWUWLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000896 Ethulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001859 Ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101000833848 Homo sapiens ATP synthase subunit C lysine N-methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000013032 Hydrocarbon resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000000177 Indigofera tinctoria Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004367 Lipase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004882 Lipase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001060 Lipase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VPWFPZBFBFHIIL-UHFFFAOYSA-L Lithol Rubine Chemical compound OC=1C(=CC2=CC=CC=C2C1N=NC1=C(C=C(C=C1)C)S(=O)(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-].[Na+].[Na+] VPWFPZBFBFHIIL-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910018011 MK-II Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-O Methylammonium ion Chemical compound [NH3+]C BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWGGSJFIGIGFSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dodecanoylglycine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)NCC(O)=O JWGGSJFIGIGFSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHVYPIQETPWLSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-pyrrolidine Natural products CN1CC=CC1 AHVYPIQETPWLSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYANSDBLFIYSLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC(C(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C.[Na] Chemical compound NC(C(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C.[Na] FYANSDBLFIYSLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- MMQZBEXYFLXHEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O MMQZBEXYFLXHEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUSIZKKQGFQEHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O RUSIZKKQGFQEHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHYCBSAGQJZEAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O OHYCBSAGQJZEAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NCPBIRUAPZPILF-UHFFFAOYSA-N OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O NCPBIRUAPZPILF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHEVLXKNPMLPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O DHEVLXKNPMLPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CSTSVCHPEZPQLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O CSTSVCHPEZPQLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNGJRMKAASCXJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N OCCCC(C(=O)N)CCCCCCC=C/CCCCCCCC Chemical compound OCCCC(C(=O)N)CCCCCCC=C/CCCCCCCC ZNGJRMKAASCXJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CYTYCFOTNPOANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Perchloroethylene Chemical group ClC(Cl)=C(Cl)Cl CYTYCFOTNPOANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182556 Polyacetal Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001273 Polyhydroxy acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000265 Polyparaphenylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006004 Quartz sand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019774 Rice Bran oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004113 Sepiolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N Sorbitan monostearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000147 Styrene maleic anhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ULUAUXLGCMPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfobutanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(C(O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O ULUAUXLGCMPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XSTXAVWGXDQKEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trichloroethylene Chemical group ClC=C(Cl)Cl XSTXAVWGXDQKEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001807 Urea-formaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910001308 Zinc ferrite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- TTZKGYULRVDFJJ-GIVMLJSASA-N [(2r)-2-[(2s,3r,4s)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]-2-[(z)-octadec-9-enoyl]oxyethyl] (z)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O TTZKGYULRVDFJJ-GIVMLJSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- PZQBWGFCGIRLBB-NJYHNNHUSA-N [(2r)-2-[(2s,3r,4s)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]-2-octadecanoyloxyethyl] octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O PZQBWGFCGIRLBB-NJYHNNHUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQVGEJLUEOSDBB-KTKRTIGZSA-N [3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propyl] (z)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(CO)(CO)CO QQVGEJLUEOSDBB-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJLATTXAOOPYRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propyl] dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJLATTXAOOPYRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIMQCDZDWXUDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methanol Chemical compound OCC1CCC(CO)CC1 YIMQCDZDWXUDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZKBALIHPXZPKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Mn].[Sr] Chemical compound [Mn].[Sr] YZKBALIHPXZPKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUNAPVYQLLNFOI-UHFFFAOYSA-L [Pb++].[Pb++].[Pb++].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-][Cr]([O-])(=O)=O.[O-][Mo]([O-])(=O)=O Chemical compound [Pb++].[Pb++].[Pb++].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-][Cr]([O-])(=O)=O.[O-][Mo]([O-])(=O)=O AUNAPVYQLLNFOI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- YQWHQLQLGNNNNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Sr].[Mg].[Mn] Chemical compound [Sr].[Mg].[Mn] YQWHQLQLGNNNNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IPTNXMGXEGQYSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;1-methoxybutan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CCCC(O)OC IPTNXMGXEGQYSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOIORXHNWRGPMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;zinc Chemical compound [Zn].CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O ZOIORXHNWRGPMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXAJQJMDEXJWFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetone oxime Chemical compound CC(C)=NO PXAJQJMDEXJWFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006230 acetylene black Substances 0.000 description 1
- DGOBMKYRQHEFGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L acid green 5 Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C=1C=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC=1N(CC)CC1=CC=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 DGOBMKYRQHEFGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000122 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005456 alcohol based solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001413 alkali metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005262 alkoxyamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000180 alkyd Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005263 alkylenediamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- XYLMUPLGERFSHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-Methylstyrene Chemical compound CC(=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 XYLMUPLGERFSHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CEGOLXSVJUTHNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium tristearate Chemical compound [Al+3].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CEGOLXSVJUTHNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940063655 aluminum stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OJMOMXZKOWKUTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum;borate Chemical compound [Al+3].[O-]B([O-])[O-] OJMOMXZKOWKUTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LHIJANUOQQMGNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminoethylethanolamine Chemical compound NCCNCCO LHIJANUOQQMGNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001099 ammonium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012501 ammonium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthraquinone Natural products CCC(=O)c1c(O)c2C(=O)C3C(C=CC=C3O)C(=O)c2cc1CC(=O)OC PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004056 anthraquinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052787 antimony Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000892 attapulgite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UHHXUPJJDHEMGX-UHFFFAOYSA-K azanium;manganese(3+);phosphonato phosphate Chemical compound [NH4+].[Mn+3].[O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O UHHXUPJJDHEMGX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- IRERQBUNZFJFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-L azure blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[Al+3].[S-]S[S-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] IRERQBUNZFJFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052788 barium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QFFVPLLCYGOFPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium chromate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[O-][Cr]([O-])(=O)=O QFFVPLLCYGOFPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYJRCSIUFZENHW-DEQYMQKBSA-L barium(2+);oxomethanediolate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[O-][14C]([O-])=O AYJRCSIUFZENHW-DEQYMQKBSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001716 benzalkonium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HFACYLZERDEVSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzidine Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 HFACYLZERDEVSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYDRXTMLKJDRQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzododecinium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CYDRXTMLKJDRQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBIROUFYLSSYDX-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzododecinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JBIROUFYLSSYDX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- MEYBPUZOYCHPIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid;2-tert-butylperoxy-2-methylpropane Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C MEYBPUZOYCHPIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019400 benzoyl peroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KCXMKQUNVWSEMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl chloride Chemical compound ClCC1=CC=CC=C1 KCXMKQUNVWSEMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940073608 benzyl chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWLORMQUOWCQPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl-dimethyl-octadecylazanium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 FWLORMQUOWCQPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-alanine Chemical compound NCCC(O)=O UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- MRNZSTMRDWRNNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(hexamethylene)triamine Chemical compound NCCCCCCNCCCCCCN MRNZSTMRDWRNNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000416 bismuth oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NNBFNNNWANBMTI-UHFFFAOYSA-M brilliant green Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O.C1=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)=C1C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C1 NNBFNNNWANBMTI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MPMBRWOOISTHJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-1-enylbenzene Chemical compound CCC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 MPMBRWOOISTHJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMTOKHQOVJRXLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,4-dithiol Chemical compound SCCCCS SMTOKHQOVJRXLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HGWAKQDTQVDVRP-OKULMJQMSA-N butyl (z,12r)-12-hydroxyoctadec-9-enoate Chemical class CCCCCC[C@@H](O)C\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCC HGWAKQDTQVDVRP-OKULMJQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTOVMEACOLCUCK-PLNGDYQASA-N butyl maleate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O UTOVMEACOLCUCK-PLNGDYQASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CJOBVZJTOIVNNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium sulfide Chemical compound [Cd]=S CJOBVZJTOIVNNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZYCAIJWJKAGBLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium(2+);mercury(2+);disulfide Chemical compound [S-2].[S-2].[Cd+2].[Hg+2] ZYCAIJWJKAGBLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AOWKSNWVBZGMTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium titanate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-][Ti]([O-])=O AOWKSNWVBZGMTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000828 canola oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019519 canola oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910000420 cerium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- YMKDRGPMQRFJGP-UHFFFAOYSA-M cetylpyridinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+]1=CC=CC=C1 YMKDRGPMQRFJGP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001927 cetylpyridinium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006231 channel black Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 1
- PZTQVMXMKVTIRC-UHFFFAOYSA-L chembl2028348 Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(C)=CC=C1N=NC1=C(O)C(C([O-])=O)=CC2=CC=CC=C12 PZTQVMXMKVTIRC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ZLFVRXUOSPRRKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chembl2138372 Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC(C)=CC=C1N=NC1=C(O)C=CC2=CC=CC=C12 ZLFVRXUOSPRRKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HRYZWHHZPQKTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroethane Chemical compound CCCl HRYZWHHZPQKTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000068 chlorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004581 coalescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000152 cobalt phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001940 conductive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000431 copper oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- TVZPLCNGKSPOJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper zinc Chemical compound [Cu].[Zn] TVZPLCNGKSPOJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007771 core particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930003836 cresol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000010779 crude oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007278 cyanoethylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- WTNDADANUZETTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCC(C(O)=O)C(C(O)=O)C1 WTNDADANUZETTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GEQHKFFSPGPGLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,3-diamine Chemical compound NC1CCCC(N)C1 GEQHKFFSPGPGLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LSXWFXONGKSEMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N di-tert-butyl peroxide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C LSXWFXONGKSEMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PKULCESNTQFEEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazanium;2-sulfobutanedioate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].OS(=O)(=O)C(C([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O PKULCESNTQFEEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TYIXMATWDRGMPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibismuth;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Bi+3].[Bi+3] TYIXMATWDRGMPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001990 dicarboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004670 didecyldimethylammonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004177 diethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- OAPBPDFSSPLBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-O diethyl-methyl-[2-(octadecanoylamino)ethyl]azanium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)NCC[N+](C)(CC)CC OAPBPDFSSPLBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FVCOIAYSJZGECG-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylhydroxylamine Chemical compound CCN(O)CC FVCOIAYSJZGECG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000113 differential scanning calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004990 dihydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005442 diisocyanate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- LDCRTTXIJACKKU-ARJAWSKDSA-N dimethyl maleate Chemical compound COC(=O)\C=C/C(=O)OC LDCRTTXIJACKKU-ARJAWSKDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VAYGXNSJCAHWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl sulfate Chemical compound COS(=O)(=O)OC VAYGXNSJCAHWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- APTVNWGLSRAOFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M dimethyl(dioctyl)azanium;bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCCCCCC APTVNWGLSRAOFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylmethane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CC1=CC=CC=C1 CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZZTCPWRAHWXWCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylmethanediamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(N)(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZTCPWRAHWXWCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NJLLQSBAHIKGKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipotassium dioxido(oxo)titanium Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-][Ti]([O-])=O NJLLQSBAHIKGKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007598 dipping method Methods 0.000 description 1
- WSALIDVQXCHFEG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;4,8-diamino-1,5-dihydroxy-9,10-dioxoanthracene-2,6-disulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].O=C1C2=C(N)C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(O)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(O)=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2N WSALIDVQXCHFEG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- FBNCDTLHQPLASV-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;5-methyl-2-[[5-(4-methyl-2-sulfonatoanilino)-9,10-dioxoanthracen-1-yl]amino]benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(C)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC(NC=3C(=CC(C)=CC=3)S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1C2=O FBNCDTLHQPLASV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- AFVIDSBAVDREOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO AFVIDSBAVDREOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKKOLYSUGZYGCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO KKKOLYSUGZYGCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZPQMQJORDKGFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO TZPQMQJORDKGFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZPSQNGPDEZMTMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZPSQNGPDEZMTMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WEENBLOBOHLAFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid;propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O WEENBLOBOHLAFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNAHIZMDSQCWRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecane-1-thiol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCS WNAHIZMDSQCWRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940069096 dodecene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IGOFNKLVOOKURF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl 2-aminoacetate;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CN IGOFNKLVOOKURF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVGUFUZHNYFZLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl benzenesulfonate;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 GVGUFUZHNYFZLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGVQVNIIRBPOAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl naphthalene-1-sulfonate;sodium Chemical compound [Na].C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCC)=CC=CC2=C1 QGVQVNIIRBPOAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDXLVDQZPFLQMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M dodecyl(trimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C DDXLVDQZPFLQMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000004043 dyeing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002296 dynamic light scattering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- SUPCQIBBMFXVTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)=C SUPCQIBBMFXVTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PLYDMIIYRWUYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 4-[[2-chloro-4-[3-chloro-4-[(3-ethoxycarbonyl-5-oxo-1-phenyl-4h-pyrazol-4-yl)diazenyl]phenyl]phenyl]diazenyl]-5-oxo-1-phenyl-4h-pyrazole-3-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=NN(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)C1N=NC(C(=C1)Cl)=CC=C1C(C=C1Cl)=CC=C1N=NC(C(=N1)C(=O)OCC)C(=O)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 PLYDMIIYRWUYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYIBRDXRRQCHLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetoacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(C)=O XYIBRDXRRQCHLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003750 ethyl chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019326 ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UKFXDFUAPNAMPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylmalonic acid Chemical compound CCC(C(O)=O)C(O)=O UKFXDFUAPNAMPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPVGTPBMTFTMRT-NSKUCRDLSA-L fast yellow Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(N)=CC=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 FPVGTPBMTFTMRT-NSKUCRDLSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019233 fast yellow AB Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004811 fluoropolymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011010 flushing procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NKHAVTQWNUWKEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N fumaric acid monomethyl ester Natural products COC(=O)C=CC(O)=O NKHAVTQWNUWKEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006232 furnace black Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- YVIVRJLWYJGJTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-Valerolactam Chemical compound CC1CCC(=O)N1 YVIVRJLWYJGJTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940119177 germanium dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013905 glycine and its sodium salt Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002338 glycosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005469 granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003179 granulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- KWLMIXQRALPRBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L hectorite Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-].[OH-].[Na+].[Mg+2].O1[Si]2([O-])O[Si]1([O-])O[Si]([O-])(O1)O[Si]1([O-])O2 KWLMIXQRALPRBC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000271 hectorite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RBTKNAXYKSUFRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N heliogen blue Chemical compound [Cu].[N-]1C2=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C1N=C([N-]1)C3=CC=CC=C3C1=NC([N-]1)=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C1N=C([N-]1)C3=CC=CC=C3C1=N2 RBTKNAXYKSUFRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexanoate Chemical compound CCCCCC([O-])=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920006270 hydrocarbon resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940071870 hydroiodic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron Chemical compound [H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KQSBZNJFKWOQQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hystazarin Natural products O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=C(O)C(O)=C2 KQSBZNJFKWOQQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004693 imidazolium salts Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940097275 indigo Drugs 0.000 description 1
- COHYTHOBJLSHDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N indigo powder Natural products N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C1=C1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2N1 COHYTHOBJLSHDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RHZWSUVWRRXEJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium tin Chemical compound [In].[Sn] RHZWSUVWRRXEJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010365 information processing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010884 ion-beam technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000554 ionomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DCYOBGZUOMKFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(2+);iron(3+);octadecacyanide Chemical compound [Fe+2].[Fe+2].[Fe+2].[Fe+3].[Fe+3].[Fe+3].[Fe+3].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-] DCYOBGZUOMKFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTFXARWRTYJXII-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(2+);iron(3+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Fe+2].[Fe+3].[Fe+3] WTFXARWRTYJXII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000005453 ketone based solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006233 lamp black Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940070765 laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MOUPNEIJQCETIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N lead chromate Chemical compound [Pb+2].[O-][Cr]([O-])(=O)=O MOUPNEIJQCETIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMFOQHDPRMAJNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lead(ii,iv) oxide Chemical compound O1[Pb]O[Pb]11O[Pb]O1 XMFOQHDPRMAJNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004571 lime Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019421 lipase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JXGGISJJMPYXGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;oxido(oxo)iron Chemical compound [Li+].[O-][Fe]=O JXGGISJJMPYXGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- KBMLJKBBKGNETC-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium manganese Chemical compound [Mg].[Mn] KBMLJKBBKGNETC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000395 magnesium oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium oxide Inorganic materials [Mg]=O CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Mg+2] AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940107698 malachite green Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FDZZZRQASAIRJF-UHFFFAOYSA-M malachite green Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)=C1C=CC(=[N+](C)C)C=C1 FDZZZRQASAIRJF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000002689 maleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N melamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002734 metacrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005395 methacrylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N methanone Chemical compound O=[14CH2] WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- YLGXILFCIXHCMC-JHGZEJCSSA-N methyl cellulose Chemical compound COC1C(OC)C(OC)C(COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1C(OC)C(OC)C(OC)OC1COC YLGXILFCIXHCMC-JHGZEJCSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NKHAVTQWNUWKEO-IHWYPQMZSA-N methyl hydrogen fumarate Chemical compound COC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O NKHAVTQWNUWKEO-IHWYPQMZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJRBAMWJDBPFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl vinyl ether Chemical compound COC=C XJRBAMWJDBPFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JPQBRSQJGWOTGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl(silyloxysilyloxy)silane Chemical group C[SiH2]O[SiH2]O[SiH3] JPQBRSQJGWOTGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylenebutanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(=C)C(O)=O LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 1
- 239000010445 mica Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052618 mica group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002751 molybdenum Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VLAPMBHFAWRUQP-UHFFFAOYSA-L molybdic acid Chemical compound O[Mo](O)(=O)=O VLAPMBHFAWRUQP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052901 montmorillonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KMBPCQSCMCEPMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-(3-aminopropyl)-n'-methylpropane-1,3-diamine Chemical compound NCCCN(C)CCCN KMBPCQSCMCEPMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PHQOGHDTIVQXHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCNCCN PHQOGHDTIVQXHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSHROXHEILXKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-[2-[2-[2-(2-aminoethylamino)ethylamino]ethylamino]ethyl]ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCNCCNCCN LSHROXHEILXKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZETYUTMSJWMKNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n',n'-trimethylhexane-1,6-diamine Chemical compound CNCCCCCCN(C)C ZETYUTMSJWMKNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYHPPOGFPXBRRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dichloro-1-[4-[(dichloroamino)methyl]phenyl]methanamine Chemical compound ClN(Cl)CC1=CC=C(CN(Cl)Cl)C=C1 YYHPPOGFPXBRRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DAZXVJBJRMWXJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylethylamine Chemical compound CCN(C)C DAZXVJBJRMWXJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VENDXQNWODZJGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(4-amino-5-methoxy-2-methylphenyl)benzamide Chemical compound C1=C(N)C(OC)=CC(NC(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1C VENDXQNWODZJGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PZNXLZZWWBSQQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(5-benzamido-9,10-dioxoanthracen-1-yl)benzamide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)NC(C=1C(=O)C2=CC=C3)=CC=CC=1C(=O)C2=C3NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PZNXLZZWWBSQQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UCANIZWVDIFCHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(9,10-dioxoanthracen-1-yl)-7-oxobenzo[e]perimidine-4-carboxamide Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=NC=NC3=C2C1=CC=C3C(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O UCANIZWVDIFCHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OLAKSHDLGIUUET-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-anilinosulfanylaniline Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1NSNC1=CC=CC=C1 OLAKSHDLGIUUET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGNXYFLJZILPEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-cyclopentylidenehydroxylamine Chemical compound ON=C1CCCC1 YGNXYFLJZILPEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-decyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCO MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DVEKCXOJTLDBFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-dodecyl-n,n-dimethylglycinate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O DVEKCXOJTLDBFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NAQQTJZRCYNBRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-pentan-3-ylidenehydroxylamine Chemical compound CCC(CC)=NO NAQQTJZRCYNBRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKFHAJHLJHVUDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-vinylcarbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C=C)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 KKFHAJHLJHVUDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRYWBRATLBWSSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C(C(O)=O)C(C(=O)O)=CC(C(O)=O)=C21 WRYWBRATLBWSSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LATKICLYWYUXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1,3,6-tricarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(C(O)=O)=CC2=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C21 LATKICLYWYUXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTIQLGJVGNGFEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L naphthol yellow S Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C([O-])=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C2=C1 CTIQLGJVGNGFEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSGCRAOTEDLMFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonan-5-one Chemical compound CCCCC(=O)CCCC WSGCRAOTEDLMFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HLERILKGMXJNBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N norvaline betaine Chemical compound CCCC(C([O-])=O)[N+](C)(C)C HLERILKGMXJNBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- SBOJXQVPLKSXOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-amino-hydroxylamine Chemical class NON SBOJXQVPLKSXOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMNJKLJBUHNCQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O KMNJKLJBUHNCQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMANBDGYGRWCMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid;propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O BMANBDGYGRWCMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQDVHJGNIFVBLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid;propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O UQDVHJGNIFVBLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDAISVDZHKFVQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane-1,2,7,8-tetracarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(C(O)=O)CCCCC(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O WDAISVDZHKFVQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940049964 oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002969 oleic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000021313 oleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001451 organic peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012860 organic pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- BMMGVYCKOGBVEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoceriooxy)cerium Chemical compound [Ce]=O.O=[Ce]=O BMMGVYCKOGBVEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMYREFDDLSTNKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxocan-2-ol Chemical compound OC1CCCCCCO1 SMYREFDDLSTNKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005702 oxyalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003346 palm kernel oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019865 palm kernel oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052625 palygorskite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WOTPFVNWMLFMFW-ISLYRVAYSA-N para red Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(N(=O)=O)C=C1 WOTPFVNWMLFMFW-ISLYRVAYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011860 particles by size Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- WEAYWASEBDOLRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentane-1,2,5-triol Chemical compound OCCCC(O)CO WEAYWASEBDOLRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pent‐4‐en‐2‐one Natural products CC(=O)CC=C PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940044652 phenolsulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DGTNSSLYPYDJGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl isocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NC1=CC=CC=C1 DGTNSSLYPYDJGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004714 phosphonium salts Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001490 poly(butyl methacrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003216 poly(methylphenylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000052 poly(p-xylylene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000548 poly(silane) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001495 poly(sodium acrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002037 poly(vinyl butyral) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001197 polyacetylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001281 polyalkylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001748 polybutylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001610 polycaprolactone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004632 polycaprolactone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005668 polycarbonate resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004431 polycarbonate resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920013716 polyethylene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000009719 polyimide resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006389 polyphenyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000069 polyphenylene sulfide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000128 polypyrrole Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005990 polystyrene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920005614 potassium polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- MFLJSDXNGYSDTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1,2,3-triol tetracosanoic acid Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO MFLJSDXNGYSDTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEXFHFUOHHIKAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1,2,3-triol tetracosanoic acid Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO VEXFHFUOHHIKAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLRHTIZNUGXQKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1,2,3-triol tetracosanoic acid Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO.OCC(O)CO WLRHTIZNUGXQKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYZHGONROJHTIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1,2,3-triol;tetracosanoic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O WYZHGONROJHTIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOHJOMMDDJHIJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylenediamine Chemical compound CC(N)CN AOHJOMMDDJHIJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003351 prussian blue Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013225 prussian blue Substances 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILVXOBCQQYKLDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine N-oxide Chemical compound [O-][N+]1=CC=CC=C1 ILVXOBCQQYKLDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHNQIURBCCNWDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine-2,6-diamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC(N)=N1 VHNQIURBCCNWDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHMDPDGBKYUEMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine-2-thiol Chemical compound SC1=CC=CC=N1 WHMDPDGBKYUEMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005956 quaternization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012752 quinoline yellow Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004172 quinoline yellow Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051201 quinoline yellow Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoline yellow Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C3C(C4=CC=CC=C4C3=O)=O)=CC=C21 IZMJMCDDWKSTTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001022 rhodamine dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008165 rice bran oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- WBHHMMIMDMUBKC-XLNAKTSKSA-N ricinelaidic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC[C@@H](O)C\C=C\CCCCCCCC(O)=O WBHHMMIMDMUBKC-XLNAKTSKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003656 ricinoleic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FEUQNCSVHBHROZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ricinoleic acid Natural products CCCCCCC(O[Si](C)(C)C)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC FEUQNCSVHBHROZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010079 rubber tapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940058287 salicylic acid derivative anticestodals Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003872 salicylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000003441 saturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004671 saturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000467 secondary amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019355 sepiolite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052624 sepiolite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon carbide Chemical compound [Si+]#[C-] HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910010271 silicon carbide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010944 silver (metal) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021647 smectite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IDVNZMQMDGSYNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium 2-(naphthalen-1-yldiazenyl)-5-sulfonaphthalen-1-olate Chemical compound [Na+].Oc1c(ccc2c(cccc12)S([O-])(=O)=O)N=Nc1cccc2ccccc12 IDVNZMQMDGSYNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940080264 sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium polyacrylate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C=C NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HWCHICTXVOMIIF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;3-(dodecylamino)propanoate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCNCCC([O-])=O HWCHICTXVOMIIF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000006104 solid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100515 sorbitan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001587 sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011076 sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940035048 sorbitan monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940070720 stearalkonium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005502 stearalkonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEALVRVVWBQVSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N strontium titanate Chemical compound [Sr+2].[O-][Ti]([O-])=O VEALVRVVWBQVSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003440 styrenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001384 succinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035023 sucrose monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IHBMMJGTJFPEQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanylidene(sulfanylidenestibanylsulfanyl)stibane Chemical compound S=[Sb]S[Sb]=S IHBMMJGTJFPEQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940117986 sulfobetaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical group [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XSOKHXFFCGXDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N telluride(2-) Chemical compound [Te-2] XSOKHXFFCGXDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L terephthalate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=C(C([O-])=O)C=C1 KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000003505 terpenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000007586 terpenes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N tetradecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC[14C](O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAGUFWYHJQFNRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylenepentamine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCNCCN FAGUFWYHJQFNRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- AFNRRBXCCXDRPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin(ii) sulfide Chemical compound [Sn]=S AFNRRBXCCXDRPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- RUELTTOHQODFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene 2,6-diisocyanate Chemical compound CC1=C(N=C=O)C=CC=C1N=C=O RUELTTOHQODFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004992 toluidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VOZKAJLKRJDJLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tolylenediamine group Chemical group CC1=C(C=C(C=C1)N)N VOZKAJLKRJDJLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJGJRYWNNHUESM-UHFFFAOYSA-J triacetyloxystannyl acetate Chemical compound [Sn+4].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O YJGJRYWNNHUESM-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- UBOXGVDOUJQMTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroethylene Natural products ClCC(Cl)Cl UBOXGVDOUJQMTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PDSVZUAJOIQXRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl(octadecyl)azanium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C PDSVZUAJOIQXRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZEMGTQCPRNXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-M trimethyl(octadecyl)azanium;bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C SZEMGTQCPRNXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UJMBCXLDXJUMFB-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium;5-oxo-1-(4-sulfonatophenyl)-4-[(4-sulfonatophenyl)diazenyl]-4h-pyrazole-3-carboxylate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=NN(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C(=O)C1N=NC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 UJMBCXLDXJUMFB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- DCXXMTOCNZCJGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tristearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC DCXXMTOCNZCJGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021081 unsaturated fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- UGCDBQWJXSAYIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N vat blue 6 Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C(C=C2Cl)=C1C1=C2NC2=C(C(=O)C=3C(=CC=CC=3)C3=O)C3=CC(Cl)=C2N1 UGCDBQWJXSAYIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJPJZBYFYBYKPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N vat yellow 1 Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=CC=C3N=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C5=C4C4=C3C2=C1N=C4C=C5 KJPJZBYFYBYKPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002256 xylenyl group Chemical class C1(C(C=CC=C1)C)(C)* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004246 zinc acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61C—DENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
- A61C5/00—Filling or capping teeth
- A61C5/30—Securing inlays, onlays or crowns
- A61C5/35—Pins; Mounting tools or dispensers therefor
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61C—DENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
- A61C13/00—Dental prostheses; Making same
- A61C13/225—Fastening prostheses in the mouth
- A61C13/30—Fastening of peg-teeth in the mouth
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J5/00—Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
- C08J5/04—Reinforcing macromolecular compounds with loose or coherent fibrous material
- C08J5/0405—Reinforcing macromolecular compounds with loose or coherent fibrous material with inorganic fibres
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J5/00—Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
- C08J5/04—Reinforcing macromolecular compounds with loose or coherent fibrous material
- C08J5/0405—Reinforcing macromolecular compounds with loose or coherent fibrous material with inorganic fibres
- C08J5/043—Reinforcing macromolecular compounds with loose or coherent fibrous material with inorganic fibres with glass fibres
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
- G03G9/00—Developers
- G03G9/08—Developers with toner particles
- G03G9/0802—Preparation methods
- G03G9/0804—Preparation methods whereby the components are brought together in a liquid dispersing medium
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
- G03G9/00—Developers
- G03G9/08—Developers with toner particles
- G03G9/087—Binders for toner particles
- G03G9/08742—Binders for toner particles comprising macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
- G03G9/08755—Polyesters
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
- G03G9/00—Developers
- G03G9/08—Developers with toner particles
- G03G9/087—Binders for toner particles
- G03G9/08775—Natural macromolecular compounds or derivatives thereof
- G03G9/08782—Waxes
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
- G03G9/00—Developers
- G03G9/08—Developers with toner particles
- G03G9/087—Binders for toner particles
- G03G9/08784—Macromolecular material not specially provided for in a single one of groups G03G9/08702 - G03G9/08775
- G03G9/08795—Macromolecular material not specially provided for in a single one of groups G03G9/08702 - G03G9/08775 characterised by their chemical properties, e.g. acidity, molecular weight, sensitivity to reactants
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
- G03G9/00—Developers
- G03G9/08—Developers with toner particles
- G03G9/087—Binders for toner particles
- G03G9/08784—Macromolecular material not specially provided for in a single one of groups G03G9/08702 - G03G9/08775
- G03G9/08797—Macromolecular material not specially provided for in a single one of groups G03G9/08702 - G03G9/08775 characterised by their physical properties, e.g. viscosity, solubility, melting temperature, softening temperature, glass transition temperature
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61C—DENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
- A61C2201/00—Material properties
- A61C2201/005—Material properties using radio-opaque means
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2363/00—Characterised by the use of epoxy resins; Derivatives of epoxy resins
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to a toner, a developer, an image forming apparatus, and an image forming method.
- an electric or magnetic latent image is developed into a toner image.
- electrophotography for example, an electrostatic latent image is formed on a photoreceptor and is developed into a toner image. The toner image is transferred onto a recording medium, such as paper, and fixed thereon by application of heat, etc.
- toner It requires a large amount of electric power for melting and fixing the toner image on the recording medium. Therefore, toner is required to be fixable at much lower temperatures (this property is hereinafter referred to as “low-temperature fixability”) from the viewpoint of energy saving. Toner is also required to be easily releasable from a heating member, such as a fixing roller, so as not to cause hot offset (this property is hereinafter referred to as “hot offset resistance”).
- One proposed method of improving hot offset resistance involves including a release agent in toner.
- a release agent in toner.
- toner may be referred to as an oilless toner.
- natural waxes such as carnauba wax (i.e., plant) and paraffin wax (i.e., crude oil), and synthetic waxes such as polyethylene wax and polypropylene wax have been used for toner.
- these release agents not always sufficiently improve hot offset resistance of toner.
- Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-092927 proposes a release agent comprising an ester of a polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 2 to 10 with a fatty acid having an average carbon number of 16 to 24.
- Low-temperature fixability of toner may be also improved by controlling thermal properties of binder resin.
- Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 2008-262179 and 2010-014757 each propose a toner including an amorphous polyester resin, the main chain of which having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton comprising L-monomer and D-monomer at a specific ratio (e.g., polylactic acid).
- a toner including a first binder resin, a release agent, a release agent dispersing resin, and a colorant.
- the first binder resin includes an amorphous polyester resin (a) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton in its main chain.
- the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton comprises optically-active monomers having an optical purity X of 80% by mole or less.
- the optical purity X is represented by the following formula:
- the release agent includes an ester of a fatty acid having an average carbon number of 18 to 24 with glycerin or a polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 2 to 10.
- the ester has a melting point of 55 to 80° C.
- a developer including the above toner and a carrier is provided.
- an image forming apparatus includes an electrostatic latent image bearing member, an electrostatic latent image forming device adapted to form an electrostatic latent image on the electrostatic latent image bearing member, a developing device adapted to develop the electrostatic latent image into a toner image with the above developer, a transfer device adapted to transfer the toner image from the electrostatic latent image bearing member onto a recording medium, and a fixing device adapted to fix the toner image on the recording medium.
- an image forming method includes the steps of forming an electrostatic latent image on an electrostatic latent image bearing member, developing the electrostatic latent image into a toner image with the above developer, transferring the toner image from the electrostatic latent image bearing member onto a recording medium, and fixing the toner image on the recording medium.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic view of an image forming apparatus according to an embodiment
- FIG. 2 is a schematic view of an image forming apparatus according to another embodiment.
- FIG. 3 is a magnified view of one of the image forming units included in the image forming apparatus illustrated in FIG. 2 .
- a toner according to an embodiment includes a first binder resin, a release agent, a release agent dispersing resin, and a colorant.
- the toner may be obtained by dissolving or dispersing the above toner components in an organic solvent and emulsifying the resulting oily toner components liquid in an aqueous medium.
- the first binder resin includes an amorphous polyester resin (a) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton in its main chain.
- the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton comprises optically-active monomers.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a) includes a high level of ester groups in its main chain and short-chain alkyl groups in its side chains.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a) includes a relatively higher level of ester groups per molecule compared to typical polyester resins not having polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton in their main chains. Therefore, the amorphous polyester resin (a) has high affinity for paper, which results in improvement of low-temperature fixability. Because of being amorphous, the amorphous polyester resin (a) also has high transparency.
- the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton comprises a skeleton in which a single hydroxycarboxylic acid is polymerized or multiple hydroxycarboxylic acids are copolymerized.
- the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton can be obtained by hydrolysis condensation of hydroxycarboxylic acids, ring-opening polymerization of cyclic esters of the hydroxycarboxylic acids, or lipase enzyme reaction, for example. In some embodiments, ring-opening polymerization of cyclic esters of hydroxycarboxylic acids is employed. In such embodiments, the resulting polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton has a greater molecular weight.
- the optically-active monomers forming the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton include aliphatic hydroxycarboxylic acids or hydroxycarboxylic acids having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, in view of transparency and thermal property.
- hydroxycarboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, lactic acid and 3-hydroxybutyric acid.
- cyclic esters of the hydroxycarboxylic acids are also usable as raw materials of the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton.
- the resulting skeleton has a configuration in which the hydroxycarboxylic acids constituting the cyclic esters are polymerized.
- the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton obtained from lactic acid lactide has a configuration in which lactic acids are polymerized.
- the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton has an optical purity X of 80% by mole or less or 60% by mole or less.
- the optical purity is represented by the following formula:
- X(L-form) and X(D-form) represent ratios (% by mole) of L-form and D-form optically-active monomers, respectively.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a) When the optical purity is 80% or less, the amorphous polyester resin (a) has excellent solvent solubility and transparency.
- the optical purity within the above range may be achieved when raw materials of the amorphous polyester resin (a) include a mixture of L-form and D-form compounds, meso compounds, or a mixture of meso compounds with either D-form or L-form compounds.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a) may be copolymerized with another resin having a different skeleton so long as transparency and thermal property do not deteriorate.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a) may further comprise diols, dicarboxylic acids, polyols (e.g., glycerin, glycolic acid), and/or polyhydroxy acids (e.g., malic acid, tartaric acid).
- the amorphous polyester resin (a) has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 7,000 to 70,000, 10,000 to 40,000, or 15,00 to 35,000, in view of heat-resistant storage stability and low-temperature fixability.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a) has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50 to 70° C. or 55 to 65° C.
- Tg glass transition temperature
- heat-resistant storage stability may be poor.
- Tg is greater than 70° C., low-temperature fixability may be poor.
- the optical purity X can be measured as follows. First, mix an analyte (e.g., a resin having a polyester skeleton or a toner including the resin) with a mixture solvent of pure water, 1N sodium hydroxide solution, and isopropyl alcohol, and agitate the mixture at 70° C. to cause hydrolysis. Next, filter the mixture to remove solid components and add sulfuric acid to neutralize the filtrate. Thus, an aqueous solution containing L-hydroxycarboxylic acid and/or D-hydroxycarboxylic acid, produced from the polyester resin, is obtained.
- an analyte e.g., a resin having a polyester skeleton or a toner including the resin
- a polyester diol (a11) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton can be obtained by copolymerizing a diol (11) with raw materials of the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton.
- the diol (11) include, but are not limited to, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2 to 30 mol alkylene oxide (“AO”) (e.g., ethylene oxide (“EO”), propylene oxide (“PO”), butylene oxide (“BO”)) adducts of bisphenols (e.g., bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S), and combinations thereof.
- AO alkylene oxide
- bisphenols e.g., bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S
- the amorphous polyester resin (a) comprises a straight-chain polyester diol (a11) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton, to more improve low-temperature fixability.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a) includes a straight-chain polyester resin (A) obtained by reacting the straight-chain polyester diol (a11) with another polyester diol (a12) with an elongating agent, to more improve heat-resistant storage stability.
- straight-chain polyester resins are easy to control molecular weight, thermal properties, compatibility, etc., due to their simple structures.
- the straight-chain polyester resin (A) comprises units of (a11) and (a12). Therefore, properties of the straight-chain polyester resin (A) are controllable by controlling chemical structure and/or chemical structure of the unit of (a12).
- the polyester diol (a12) may be obtained by, for example, reacting a dicarboxylic acid (13) with an excessive amount of diol (11).
- Specific examples of the polyester diol (a12) include, but are not limited to, reaction products of at least one compound selected from 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, and 2 to 30 mol AO (e.g., EO, PO, BO) adducts of bisphenols (e.g., bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S) with at least one compound selected from terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, adipic acid, and succinic acid.
- AO e.g., EO, PO, BO
- each of the polyester diols (a11) and (a12) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 500 to 30,000, 1,000 to 20,000, or 2,000 to 5,000.
- the elongating agent for elongating the polyester diols (a11) and (a12) includes two functional groups reactive with the hydroxyl groups included in (a11) and (a12).
- dicarboxylic acids (13) and anhydrides thereof, difunctional polyisocyanates (15), and difunctional polyepoxides (19) are usable as the elongating agent.
- diisocyanate compounds or dicarboxylic acid compounds are used in view of compatibility between (a11) and (a12).
- the elongating agent include, but are not limited to, succinic acid, adipic acid, maleic acid and anhydride thereof, fumaric acid and anhydride thereof, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 1,3- or 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate, 2,4- or 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), 2,4′- or 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), dicyclohexylmethane-4,4′-diisocyanate (hydrogenated MDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), and bisphenol A diglycidyl ether.
- succinic acid, adipic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, maleic acid or anhydride thereof, fumaric acid or anhydride thereof, HDI, or IPDI is used.
- maleic acid or anhydride thereof, fumaric acid or anhydride thereof, or IPDI is used.
- the content of the elongating agent in the straight-chain polyester resin (A) is 0.1 to 30% by weight or 1 to 20% by weight, in view of transparency and thermal properties.
- the weight ratio between the polyester diol (a11) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton and the polyester diol (a12) is 31:69 to 90:10 or 40:60 to 80:20, in view of transparency and thermal properties.
- the toner further includes particles of a second binder resin (b) adhered to its surface.
- the second binder resin (b) may include, for example, a polyester or styrene-acrylic resin having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 55 to 80° C.
- Tg glass transition temperature
- Tg glass transition temperature
- heat-resistant storage stability may be poor.
- Tg is greater than 80° C.
- low-temperature fixability may be poor. Therefore, when Tg is less than 55° C. or greater than 80° C., low-temperature fixability and heat-resistant storage stability may not go together.
- the second binder resin (b) has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 9,000 to 45,000.
- the toner may further include a resin other than the first and second binder resins.
- a resin other than the first and second binder resins include, but are not limited to, vinyl resins, polyester resins, polyurethane resins, and epoxy resins. In some embodiments, polyester resins or polyurethane resins are used.
- a resin obtainable by reacting a reactive prepolymer with a compound having an active hydrogen group, to be described in later, is also usable.
- Glass transition temperatures (Tg) of the binder resins can be measured using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), such as DSC-60 available from Shimadzu Corporation, based on a method according to ASTM D3418-82.
- DSC differential scanning calorimeter
- Tg of the binder resins can be measured using a flowtester, such as a flowtester capillary rheometer CFT-500 available from Shimadzu Corporation, under the following measurement conditions.
- Number average molecular weight (Mn) and weight average molecular weight (Mw) of THF-soluble components in the binder resins other than polyurethane resins can be measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following measurement conditions, for example.
- Mn and Mw of polyurethane resins can be measured by GPC under the following measurement conditions, for example.
- Measuring temperature 40° C.
- the toner according to an embodiment includes a release agent including an ester of a fatty acid having an average carbon number of 18 to 24 with glycerin or a polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 2 to 10.
- the ester may be hereinafter referred to as “glycerin or polyglycerin ester”.
- the glycerin or polyglycerin ester has a melting point of 55 to 80° C., 60 to 75° C., or 65 to 75° C. When the melting point is within the above range, the toner has a good combination of hot offset resistance (releasability), heat-resistant storage stability, and filming resistance. When the melting point is less than 55° C., heat-resistant storage stability and filming resistance of the toner may be poor.
- Melting point of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester can be measured using a DSC system such as DSC-60 available from Shimadzu Corporation as follows. First, put 5.0 mg of a sample (i.e., the glycerin or polyglycerin ester) in an aluminum container. Put the container on a holder unit and set it in an electric furnace. Heat it from 20° C. to 200° C. at a heating rate of 10° C./min under nitrogen atmosphere. Cool it from 200° C. to 0° C. at a cooling rate of 10° C./min and heat it again to 200° C. at a heating rate of 10° C./min, thus obtaining a DSC curve. Analyze the DSC curve with an analysis program in the DSC-60 to determine an endothermic peak observed in the second heating. A temperature at which the endothermic peak is observed defines the melting point of the sample.
- a DSC system such as DSC-60 available from Shimadzu Corporation as follows. First, put 5.0 mg of
- glycerin or a polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 2 is used.
- the average polymerization degree is greater than 10
- such a polyglycerin has too high a melt viscosity, resulting in deterioration of hot offset resistance of toner.
- the glycerin or polyglycerin ester Because of including a high level of ester bonds and having a branched-chain molecular structure, the glycerin or polyglycerin ester has a moderate affinity for the amorphous polyester resin (a) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton in its main chain. Therefore, the glycerin or polyglycerin ester can be uniformly and finely dispersed in the amorphous polyester resin (a) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton in its main chain.
- the average polymerization degree of polyglycerin can be calculated from the hydroxyl value of the polyglycerin.
- Hydroxyl value is defined as the amount (mg) of potassium hydroxide (KOH) needed for neutralizing acetic acid bound to hydroxyl groups when 1 g of a sample is acetylated as follows. Precisely weigh about 1 g of a sample and put it in a round-bottom flask. Precisely weigh 5 mL of an acetic anhydride/pyridine test solution and add it to the flask. Put a small funnel on an opening of the flask and heat the flask for 1 hour in an oil bath at 95 to 100° C. while immersing the bottom of the flask therein for a depth of about 1 cm. Subsequently, cool the flask and add 1 ml of water thereto.
- KOH potassium hydroxide
- OHV hydroxyl value
- AV mgKOH/g
- W 0.5 mol/L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution consumed in the blank test and the main test, respectively
- fatty acids having an average carbon number of 18 to 24 include, but are not limited to, stearic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, and combinations thereof.
- stearic acid or behenic acid is used because they are capable of increasing melting point of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester and providing high releasability.
- melting point of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester may be too low, resulting in deterioration of heat-resistant storage stability and filming resistance of the toner. Additionally, it may be difficult to finely and uniformly disperse such an ester in toner particles.
- the average carbon number of the fatty acid is greater than 24, melting point of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester may be too high, resulting in deterioration of low-temperature fixability and image gloss of the toner.
- the average esterification degree of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester i.e., the ratio of hydroxyl groups (—OH) in the glycerin or polyglycerin forming ester bonds with fatty acids, is 90% or more or 95% or more.
- the average esterification degree is less than 90%, hot offset resistance of the toner may be poor.
- the glycerin or polyglycerin ester is sharply meltable at lower temperatures (“sharply-melting property”).
- the glycerin or polyglycerin ester has a melt viscosity of 1 to 50 mPa ⁇ sec at 100° C.
- the toner has a good combination of low-temperature fixability and offset resistance and is capable of producing high-gloss images.
- melt viscosity at 100° C. is greater than 50 mPa ⁇ sec, low-temperature fixability and image gloss may be poor. Melt viscosity can be measured by a Brookfield rotating viscometer.
- the glycerin or polyglycerin ester is dispersed in the toner with a dispersion diameter of 0.2 to 1.0 ⁇ m.
- the dispersion diameter is defined as the particle diameter in the maximum direction.
- the content of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester in each toner particle may be vary considerably, which results in deterioration of releasability or particle size distribution of the toner. Additionally, it is likely that the glycerin or polyglycerin ester is exposed at the surface of the toner, which results in contamination of developing device or carrier particles.
- the dispersion diameter is less than 0.2 ⁇ m, the occupation of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester inside the toner is too high, resulting in deterioration of releasability of the toner.
- the dispersion diameter of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester can be measured as follows. Embed the toner in an epoxy resin and cut it into a ultrathin section having a thickness of about 100 nm. After dyeing the ultrathin section with ruthenium tetraoxide, observe and photograph the dyed ultrathin section with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) at a magnification of 10,000. Determine the dispersion diameter from the photograph.
- TEM transmission electron microscope
- glycerin or polyglycerin ester are shown below. Two or more of the following materials can be used in combination.
- Fatty acid esters of glycerin having a carbon number of 18 to 24 such as glycerin stearate, glycerin distearate, glycerin tristearate, glycerin behenate, glycerin dibehenate, glycerin tribehenate, glycerin lignocerate, glycerin dilignocerate, and glycerin trilignocerate.
- Fatty acid esters of diglycerin i.e., polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 2 having a carbon number of 18 to 24: such as diglycerin stearate, diglycerin distearate, diglycerin tristearate, diglycerin tetrastearate, diglycerin behenate, diglycerin dibehenate, diglycerin tribehenate, diglycerin tetrabehenate, diglycerin lignocerate, diglycerin dilignocerate, diglycerin trilignocerate, and diglycerin tetralignocerate.
- diglycerin i.e., polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 2 having a carbon number of 18 to 24: such as diglycerin stearate, diglycerin distearate, diglycerin tristearate, diglycerin tetrastearate, diglycerin behenate, diglycerin dibehenate,
- Fatty acid esters of tetraglycerin i.e., polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 4 having a carbon number of 18 to 24: such as tetraglycerin stearate, tetraglycerin distearate, tetraglycerin tristearate, tetraglycerin tetrastearate, tetraglycerin pentastearate, tetraglycerin hexastearate, tetraglycerin behenate, tetraglycerin dibehenate, tetraglycerin tribehenate, tetraglycerin tetrabehenate, tetraglycerin pentabehenate, tetraglycerin hexabehenate, tetraglycerin lignocerate, tetraglycerin dilignocerate, tetraglycerin trilignocerate, tetraglycerin tetralignocerate,
- Fatty acid esters of hexaglycerin i.e., polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 6) having a carbon number of 18 to 24: such as hexaglycerin stearate, hexaglycerin distearate, hexaglycerin tristearate, hexaglycerin tetrastearate, hexaglycerin pentastearate, hexaglycerin hexastearate, hexaglycerin heptastearate, hexaglycerin octastearate, hexaglycerin behenate, hexaglycerin dibehenate, hexaglycerin tribehenate, hexaglycerin tetrabehenate, hexaglycerin pentabehenate, hexaglycerin hexabehenate, hexaglycerin he
- Fatty acid esters of decaglycerin i.e., polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 10) having a carbon number of 18 to 24: such as decaglycerin stearate, decaglycerin distearate, decaglycerin tristearate, decaglycerin tetrastearate, decaglycerin pentastearate, decaglycerin hexastearate, decaglycerin heptastearate, decaglycerin octastearate, decaglycerin nonastearate, decaglycerin decastearate, decaglycerin undecastearate, decaglycerin dodecastearate, decaglycerin behenate, decaglycerin dibehenate, decaglycerin tribehenate, decaglycerin tetrabehenate, decaglycerin pentabehenate, decaglycerin hex
- the content of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester in the toner is 3 to 15% by weight or 5 to 12% by weight based on resin components in the toner.
- the content of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester is less than 3% by weight, hot offset resistance of the toner may be poor.
- the content of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester is greater than 15% by weight, fluidity, transferability, and chargeability of the toner may be poor.
- the content of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester in the toner can be determined by differential scanning calorimetry as follows. First, subject the glycerin or polyglycerin ester to a DSC measurement to determine the amount of heat Qw [J/mg] for melting unit weight of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester. Next, subject the toner to the DSC measurement to determine the amount of heat Qt [J/mg] for melting the glycerin or polyglycerin ester included in unit weight of the toner, from an endothermic peak of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester.
- the content W of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester can be calculated from the following formula:
- the release agent can be introduced into the toner by dispersing the release agent in the binder resin by kneading and dispersing or dissolving the kneaded product in an oily toner composition, or dispersing or dissolving the release agent in a solvent in which a release agent dispersing resin, and the binder resin if needed, is/are dissolved.
- the toner according to an embodiment includes a release agent dispersing resin.
- the release agent dispersing resin includes (1) a graft polymer comprising a polyolefin resin and a vinyl resin and/or (2) a polyester resin comprising a fatty acid ester having a branched structure comprising a fatty acid having a carbon number of 16 to 24 and a polyol having 3 or more valences.
- the graft polymer has a main chain comprising a polyolefin resin to which a vinyl resin is grafted.
- the graft polymer may be obtained by graft-polymerizing a polyolefin resin and a vinyl monomer in an organic solvent in the presence of a polymerization initiator such as an organic peroxide.
- the weight ratio between the polyolefin resin and the vinyl monomer is 1:99 to 30:70 or 5:95 to 25:75 in view of filming resistance.
- the “graft polymer” may be a mixture resin of graft polymer with by-products including unreacted polyolefin resin and non-graft vinyl polymer produced from unreacted vinyl monomers. However, there is no need to remove these by-products.
- the content of unreacted polyolefin resin in the mixture resin is 5% by weight or less or 3% by weight or less.
- the content of non-graft vinyl polymer in the mixture resin is 10% by weight or less or 5% by weight or less.
- the content of graft polymer in the mixture resin is 85% by weight or more or 90% by weight or more. Content of graft polymer in the mixture resin, molecular weights of graft polymer and vinyl polymer, etc. can be adjusted by controlling the raw material composition, reaction temperature, reaction time, etc.
- At least a part of the release agent is incorporated into or adhered to the graft polymer.
- the graft polymer is adapted to suppress reaggregation of the finely-pulverized release agent in the toner components liquid and is also adapted to transfer the release agent from the surface to inside of the toner to suppress surface localization of the release agent.
- the graft polymer is able to suppress reaggregation of the release agent because polyolefin units in the graft polymer have high affinity for the release agent.
- the graft polymer is able to transfer the release agent from the surface to inside of the toner due to a particular interaction with the amorphous polyester resin (a).
- the polyolefin resin may be comprised of, for example, ethylene, 1-butene, isobutylene, 1-hexene, 1-dodecene, and 1-octadecene.
- usable polyolefin resins include, but are not limited to, olefin-based polymers and thermally-degraded products, oxides, and denatured products thereof; and olefin-based copolymers.
- usable olefin-based polymer examples include, but are not limited to, polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, ethylene-1-butene copolymer, and propylene-1-hexene copolymer.
- olefin-based polymers include low-molecular-weight polyolefin resins obtained by heating polyolefin resins having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 50,000 to 5,000,000 to 250 to 450° C.
- Mw weight average molecular weight
- such low-molecular-weight polyolefin resins include 30 to 70% of double bonds per molecule, which is determined from the number average molecular weight (Mn).
- olefin-based polymers include, but are not limited to, oxides of the above-described olefin-based polymers.
- olefin-based polymers include, but are not limited to, maleic acid derivative adducts of the above-described olefin-based polymers.
- maleic acid derivatives include, but are not limited to, maleic anhydride, monomethyl maleate, monobutyl maleate, and dimethyl maleate.
- usable olefin-based copolymers include, but are not limited to, copolymers of olefins with unsaturated carboxylic acids or alkyl esters thereof.
- unsaturated carboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, and malic anhydride.
- alkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, alkyl esters of acrylic, methacrylic, and maleic acids having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
- the polyolefin resin has a polyolefin molecular structure but monomers thereof need not necessarily have an olefin structure. Therefore, polymethylenes such as SASOL WAX can also be used.
- the polyolefin resin has a softening point of 60 to 170° C. in view of fluidity of the toner, or 70 to 150° C. or 70 to 130° C. in view of releasability of the toner.
- the polyolefin resin has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 500 to 20,000 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 800 to 100,000, Mn of 1,000 to 15,000 and Mw of 1,500 to 60,000, or Mn of 1,500 to 10,000 and Mw of 2,000 to 30,000, in view of filming resistance and releasability.
- Mn number average molecular weight
- Mw weight average molecular weight
- usable vinyl resins include, but are not limited to, homopolymers and copolymer of vinyl monomers such as styrene monomers, alkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, vinyl ester monomers, vinyl ether monomers, halogen-containing vinyl monomers, diene monomers, and unsaturated nitrile monomers such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile. Two or more of these monomers can be used in combination.
- vinyl monomers such as styrene monomers, alkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, vinyl ester monomers, vinyl ether monomers, halogen-containing vinyl monomers, diene monomers, and unsaturated nitrile monomers such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile. Two or more of these monomers can be used in combination.
- styrene monomers include, but are not limited to, styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, p-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, p-methoxystyrene, p-hydroxystyrene, p-acetoxystyrene, ethylstyrene, phenylstyrene, and benzylstyrene.
- alkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids having 1 to 18 carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, methyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl acrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate.
- vinyl ester monomers include, but are not limited to, vinyl acetate.
- vinyl ether monomers include, but are not limited to, vinyl methyl ether.
- halogen-containing vinyl monomers include, but are not limited to, vinyl chloride.
- diene monomers include, but are not limited to, butadiene and isobutylene.
- a styrene monomer, an alkyl ester of an unsaturated carboxylic acid, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, or a combination thereof is used.
- styrene alone or a combination of styrene with an alkyl ester of acrylic or methacrylic acid or acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile is used.
- solubility parameter (SP) of the vinyl resin is adjusted in view of that of the amorphous polyester resin (a). Solubility parameters can be calculated by the Fedors method.
- the vinyl resin has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 1,500 to 100,000 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 5,000 to 200,000, Mn of 2,500 to 50,000 and Mw of 6,000 to 100,000, or Mn of 2,800 to 20,000 and Mw of 7,000 to 50,000.
- Mn number average molecular weight
- Mw weight average molecular weight
- the vinyl resin has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50 to 80° C. or 55 to 70° C. in view of storage stability and low-temperature fixability of the toner.
- Tg glass transition temperature
- the graft polymer may comprise a combination of a polyolefin resin (R) and a vinyl resin (S) shown below.
- the graft polymer may be produced by, for example, dissolving or dispersing a polyolefin resin in a solvent such as toluene and xylene, heating the resulting solution or dispersion to 100 to 200° C., dropping a vinyl monomer therein together with a peroxide-based initiator to initiate a polymerization, and removing the solvent.
- a peroxide-based initiator include, but are not limited to, benzoyl peroxide, di-t-butyl peroxide, di-t-butylperoxyhexahydroterephthalate, and t-butyl peroxide benzoate.
- the used amount of the peroxide-based initiator is 0.2 to 10% by weight or 0.5 to 5% by weight based on the weight of raw material.
- the content of the graft polymer, including unreacted polyolefin and vinyl resins, in the toner is 30 to 100 parts by weight or 40 to 90 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the release agent, in view of stable dispersibility of the release agent.
- the release agent dispersing resin may include a polyester resin comprising a fatty acid ester having a branched structure comprising a fatty acid having a carbon number of 16 to 24 and a polyol having 3 or more valences.
- the fatty acid ester having a branched structure may be obtained by reacting a fatty acid having a carbon number of 16 to 24 with a polyol having 3 or more valences.
- the fatty acid includes 16 to 24 carbon atoms or 18 to 24 carbon atoms.
- Specific examples of usable fatty acids include, but are not limited to, pahnitic acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, eicosanoic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, and combinations thereof.
- Tg glass transition temperature
- the polyester resin primarily comprises a dicarboxylic acid component and a diol component.
- dicarboxylic acid component examples include, but are not limited to, aromatic dicarboxylic acids such as terephthalic acid and isophthalic acid; aliphatic dicarboxylic acids such as phthalic acid, sebacic acid, isodecyl succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, and adipic acid; and lower alkyl esters and acid anhydrides of the above compounds.
- aromatic dicarboxylic acids such as terephthalic acid and isophthalic acid
- aliphatic dicarboxylic acids such as phthalic acid, sebacic acid, isodecyl succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, and adipic acid
- lower alkyl esters and acid anhydrides of the above compounds include, but are not limited to, monomethyl, monoethyl, dimethyl, and diethyl esters of the above-described dicarboxylic acids. Two or more of these dicarboxylic acid components can be used in combination. In some
- diol component examples include, but are not limited to, aliphatic diols and aromatic diols.
- aliphatic diols include, but are not limited to, ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol. Two or more of these compounds can be used in combination. In some embodiments, ethylene glycol or neopentyl glycol is used.
- aromatic diols include, but are not limited to, polyoxyethylene-(2.0)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene-(2.0)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene-(2.2)-polyoxyethylene-(2.0)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene-(6)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene-(2.2)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene-(2.4)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, and polyoxypropylene-(3.3)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane.
- polyoxypropylene-(n)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane satisfying 2.1 ⁇ n ⁇ 8 or polyoxyethylene-(n)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane satisfying 2.0 ⁇ n ⁇ 3.0 is used.
- the polyester resin may further comprise a polycarboxylic acid component having 3 or more valences and/or a polyol component having 3 or more valences.
- polycarboxylic acid component having 3 or more valences include, but are not limited to, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, 1,2,4-cyclohexanetricarboxylic acid, 2,5,7-naphthalenetricarboxylic acid, 1,2,4-naphthalenetricarboxylic acid, 1,2,7,8-octanetetracarboxylic acid, and acid anhydrides thereof.
- polyol component having 3 or more valences include, but are not limited to, sorbitol, 1,4-sorbitan, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, 2-methylpropanetriol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, 1,2,5-pentanetriol, glycerol, and trimethylolpropane.
- trimellitic acid and/or acid anhydride thereof, pentaerythritol, or trimethylolpropane is used. Two or more of these compounds can be used in combination.
- the content of the fatty acid ester having a branched structure in the polyester resin is 1 to 5% by weight or 1.5 to 4% by weight.
- the release agent may not be finely dispersed in the toner.
- the content of the fatty acid ester having a branched structure is greater than 5% by weight, heat-resistant storage stability of the toner may be poor.
- the polyester resin comprising the fatty acid ester having a branched structure may be produced by, for example, preparing a polyester resin by polymerization, mixing the polyester resin with a fatty acid ester having a branched structure, and melt-kneading the mixture.
- the fatty acid ester having a branched structure may be added during the polymerization. The latter case is more advantageous in terms of reliable dispersion of the fatty acid ester having a branched structure throughout the polyester resin.
- the fatty acid ester having a branched structure may be produced as follows, for example. First, an esterification reaction is developed between a polyol having 3 or more valences and an excessive amount of a fatty acid having a carbon number of 16 to 24 at a temperature of 120 to 240° C. in the presence or absence of a catalyst, thus obtaining an esterification crude product. Next, the excessive fatty acids are removed from the esterification crude product by deoxidation with an alkali aqueous solution.
- alkali aqueous solutions in the deoxidation include, but are not limited to, aqueous solutions of alkali metal salts (e.g., sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate) and ammonium salts (e.g., ammonium carbonate).
- alkali metal salts e.g., sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate
- ammonium salts e.g., ammonium carbonate
- the addition amount of the alkali may be the same or twice as much as the equivalent amount of the acid value of the esterification crude product.
- hydrocarbon solvents e.g., toluene, xylene, cyclohexane
- alcohols e.g., methanol, ethanol, isopropanol
- water-soluble organic solvents e.g., ethylene glycol, propylene glycol
- the polyester resin may be produced by, for example, heating the dicarboxylic acid and diol components, optionally with the polycarboxylic acid and/or polyol components having 3 or more valences in a reaction vessel, to cause an esterification or transesterification reaction.
- the fatty acid ester having a branched structure may be added during the above reaction so as to improve dispersibility of the fatty acid ester having a branched structure in the polyester resin.
- the esterification or transesterification reaction is caused at a temperature of 150 to 300° C. Water or alcohol that may be produced in the reaction can be removed by any known method.
- a polycondensation is caused under vacuum at 150 mmHg (20 kPa) while removing the diol components.
- the polycondensation is caused at a temperature of 150 to 300° C.
- a catalyst such as titanium butoxide, dibutyltin oxide, tin acetate, zinc acetate, tin sulfide, antimony trioxide, and germanium dioxide.
- the polyester resin comprising the fatty acid ester having a branched structure has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2,000 to 10,000 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 5,000 to 80,000, or Mn of 3,000 to 5,000 and Mw of 8,000 to 60,000.
- the polyester resin comprising the fatty acid ester having a branched structure has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50 to 80° C. or 55 to 70° C.
- the content of the polyester resin comprising the fatty acid ester having a branched structure in the toner is 30 to 100 parts by weight or 40 to 90 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the release agent, in view of stable dispersibility of the release agent.
- usable colorants include, but are not limited to, carbon black, Nigrosine dyes, black iron oxide, NAPHTHOL YELLOW S, HANSA YELLOW (10G, 5G and G), Cadmium Yellow, yellow iron oxide, loess, chrome yellow, Titan Yellow, polyazo yellow, Oil Yellow, HANSA YELLOW (GR, A, RN and R), Pigment Yellow L, BENZIDINE YELLOW (G and GR), PERMANENT YELLOW (NCG), VULCAN FAST YELLOW (5G and R), Tartrazine Lake, Quinoline Yellow Lake, ANTHRAZANE YELLOW BGL, isoindolinone yellow, red iron oxide, red lead, orange lead, cadmium red, cadmium mercury red, antimony orange, Permanent Red 4R, Para Red, Fire Red, p-chloro-o-nitroaniline red, Lithol Fast Scarlet G, Brilliant Fast Scarlet, Brilliant Carmine BS, PERMANENT RED (F
- the toner may include either a black, cyan, magenta, or yellow colorant or a combination thereof.
- usable black colorants include, but are not limited to, carbon blacks (C.I. Pigment Black 7) such as furnace black, lamp black, acetylene black, and channel black; metals such as copper, iron (C.I. Pigment Black 11), and titanium oxide; and organic pigments such as aniline black (C.I. Pigment Black 1).
- carbon blacks C.I. Pigment Black 7
- metals such as copper, iron (C.I. Pigment Black 11), and titanium oxide
- organic pigments such as aniline black (C.I. Pigment Black 1).
- usable magenta colorants include, but are not limited to, C.I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 48, 48:1, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 53:1, 54, 55, 57, 57:1, 58, 60, 63, 64, 68, 81, 83, 87, 88, 89, 90, 112, 114, 122, 123, 163, 177, 179, 202, 206, 207, 209, and 211; C.I. Pigment Violet 19; and C.I. Vat Red 1, 2, 10, 13, 15, 23, 29, and 35.
- cyan colorants include, but are not limited to, C.I. Pigment Blue 2, 3, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 17, and 60; C.I. Vat Blue 6; C.I. Acid Blue 45; copper phthalocyanine pigments having a phthalocyanine skeleton substituted with 1 to 5 phthalimidemethyl groups; and Green 7 and Green 35.
- usable yellow colorants include, but are not limited to, c. i. Pigment Yellow 0-16, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 23, 55, 65, 73, 74, 83, 97, 110, 151, 154, and 180; C.I. Vat Yellow 1, 3, and 20; and Orange 36.
- the content of the colorant in the toner is 1 to 15% by weight or 3 to 10% by weight.
- coloring power of the toner may be poor.
- coloring power and electric property of the toner may be poor because the colorant cannot be uniformly dispersed in the toner.
- the colorant can be combined with a resin to be used as a master batch.
- resins include, but are not limited to, polyester, polylactic acid, polymers and copolymers of styrene or styrene derivatives, polymethyl methacrylate, polybutyl methacrylate, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, polyethylene, polypropylene, epoxy resin, epoxy polyol resin, polyurethane, polyamide, polyvinyl butyral, polyacrylic acid resin, rosin, modified rosin, terpene resin, aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbon resin, aromatic petroleum resin, chlorinated paraffin, and paraffin wax. Two or more of these resins can be used in combination.
- polyester or polylactic acid is used.
- the master batch can be obtained by mixing and kneading a resin and a colorant while applying a high shearing force.
- an organic solvent may be used.
- the maser batch can be obtained by a method called flushing in which an aqueous paste of the colorant is mixed and kneaded with the resin and the organic solvent so that the colorant is transferred to the resin side, followed by removal of the organic solvent and moisture. This method is advantageous in that the resulting wet cake of the colorant can be used as it is without being dried.
- a high shearing force dispersing device such as a three roll mill may be used.
- the toner may further include additives such as charge controlling agent, shape controlling agent, external additive, fluidity improving agent, cleanability improving agent, and magnetic material.
- Charge controlling agents are adapted to give proper charging ability to toner.
- usable charge controlling agents include, but are not limited to, colorless or whitish materials, such as triphenylmethane dyes, molybdic acid chelate pigments, Rhodamine dyes, alkoxyamines, quaternary ammonium salts (including fluorine-modified quaternary ammonium salts), alkylamides, phosphor and phosphor-containing compounds, tungsten and tungsten-containing compounds, fluorine activators, metal salts of salicylic acid, and metal salts of salicylic acid derivatives. Two or more of these materials can be used in combination.
- colorless or whitish materials such as triphenylmethane dyes, molybdic acid chelate pigments, Rhodamine dyes, alkoxyamines, quaternary ammonium salts (including fluorine-modified quaternary ammonium salts), alkylamides, phosphor and phosphor-containing compounds, tungsten and tungsten-containing compounds, flu
- charge controlling agents include, but are not limited to, BONTRON® P-51 (quaternary ammonium salt), BONTRON® E-82 (metal complex of oxynaphthoic acid), BONTRON® E-84 (metal complex of salicylic acid), and BONTRON® E-89 (phenolic condensation product), which are available from Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.; TP-302 and TP-415 (molybdenum complexes of quaternary ammonium salts), which are available from Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.; COPY CHARGES PSY VP2038 (quaternary ammonium salt), COPY BLUE® PR (triphenyl methane derivative), COPY CHARGES NEG VP2036 and COPY CHARGE® NX VP434 (quaternary ammonium salts), which are available from Hoechst AG; LRA-901, and LR-147 (boron complex), which are available from Japan Carlit Co.
- the charge controlling agent may be melt-kneaded with the colorant-resin master batch before being added to a toner components liquid.
- the charge controlling agent may be added to an organic solvent together with other toner components in preparing a toner components liquid.
- the charge controlling agent may be fixed on the surface of the resulting toner particles.
- a fluorine-containing quaternary ammonium salt is fixed on the surface of the toner particles.
- the content of the charge controlling agent is 0.01 to 5% by weight or 0.02 to 2% by weight based on 100% the binder resin.
- the content of charge controlling agent is greater than 5% by weight, the toner may be excessively charged and excessively electrostatically attracted to a developing roller, resulting in poor fluidity of the developer and low image density.
- the content of the charge controlling agent is less than 0.01% by weight, the toner may not be charged quickly and sufficiently, resulting in poor image quality.
- Shape controlling agents are adapted to control the shape of toner.
- Specific materials usable as the shape controlling agent include, but are not limited to, layered inorganic minerals in which at least a part of interlayer ions are modified with an organic ion (hereinafter “modified layered inorganic minerals”).
- modified layered inorganic minerals include, but are not limited to, organic-cation-modified smectite-based materials.
- Metal anions can be introduced to a layered inorganic mineral by replacing a part of divalent metals with trivalent metals. In this case, at least a part of the introduced metal anions may be modified with an organic anion so as not to increase hydrophilicity of the layered inorganic mineral.
- organic cation modifying agent examples include, but are not limited to, quaternary alkyl ammonium salts, phosphonium salts, and imidazolium salts.
- quaternary alkyl ammonium salts are used.
- Specific examples of the quaternary alkyl ammonium include, but are not limited to, trimethyl stearyl ammonium, dimethyl stearyl benzyl ammonium, and oleylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)methyl ammonium.
- organic cation modifying agent further include, but are not limited to, sulfates, sulfonates, carboxylates, and phosphates having a branched, non-branched, or cyclic alkyl (C1-C44), alkenyl (C1-C22), alkoxy (C8-C32), hydroxyalkyl (C2-C22), ethylene oxide, or propylene oxide.
- carboxylic acids having an ethylene oxide skeleton are used.
- the modified layered inorganic mineral has proper hydrophilicity due to the modification by the organic ion.
- a toner components liquid including such a modified layered inorganic mineral expresses non-Newtonian viscosity, which is capable of controlling or varying the resulting toner shape.
- the content of the modified layered inorganic mineral in the toner is 0.05 to 10% by weight or 0.05 to 5% by weight.
- modified layered inorganic minerals include, but are not limited to, montmorillonite, bentonite, hectorite, attapulgite, sepiolite, and mixtures thereof.
- montmorillonite e.g., montmorillonite, bentonite, hectorite, attapulgite, sepiolite, and mixtures thereof.
- an organic-modified montmorillonite or bentonite is used. They can easily control viscosity of the toner components liquid at a small amount without adversely affecting other toner properties.
- organic-cation-modified layered inorganic minerals include, but are not limited to, quaternium 18 bentonite such as BENTONE® 3, BENTONE® 38, and BENTONE® 38V (from Rheox), TIXOGEL VP (from United Catalyst), and CLAYTONE® 34, CLAYTONE® 40, and CLAYTONE® XL (from Southern Clay Products); stearalkonium bentonite such as BENTONE® 27 (from Rheox), TIXOGEL LG (from United Catalyst), and CLAYTONE® AF and CLAYTONE® APA (from Southern Clay Products); and quaternium 18/benzalkonium bentonite such as CLAYTONE® HT and CLAYTONE® PS (from Southern Clay Products).
- quaternium 18 bentonite such as BENTONE® 3, BENTONE® 38, and BENTONE® 38V (from Rheox), TIXOGEL VP (from United Catalyst
- CLAYTONE® AF or CLAYTONE® APA is used.
- Specific examples of commercially available oranic-anion-modified layered inorganic minerals include, but are not limited to, HITENOL 330T (from Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) obtainable by modifying DHT-4A (from Kyowa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) with an organic anion represented by the following formula:
- R1 represents an alkyl group having 13 carbon atoms
- R2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms
- n represents an integer of 2 to 10
- M represents a monovalent metal element
- External additives are adapted to adjust or improve fluidity, chargeability, and electric properties of toner.
- Specific materials usable as the external additive include, but are not limited to, fine particles of silica, hydrophobized silica, metal salts of fatty acids (e.g., zinc stearate, aluminum stearate), metal oxides (e.g., titania, alumina, tin oxide, antimony oxide), hydrophobized metal oxides, and fluoro polymers.
- fine particles of hydrophobized silica, titania, or hydrophobized titania are used.
- hydrophobized silica particles include, but are not limited to, HDK H2000, HDK H2000/4, HDK H2050EP, HVK21, and HDK H1303 (from Hoechst AG); and R972, R974, RX200, RY200, R202, R805, and R812 (from Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.).
- titania particles include, but are not limited to, P-25 (from Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.); STT-30 and STT-65C-S (from Titan Kogyo, Ltd.); TAF-140 (from Fuji Titanium Industry Co., Ltd.); and MT-150W, MT-500B, MT-600B, and MT-150A (from TAYCA Corporation).
- hydrophobized titania particles include, but are not limited to, T-805 (from Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.); STT-30A and STT-65S-S (from Titan Kogyo, Ltd.); TAF-500T and TAF-1500T (from Fuji Titanium Industry Co., Ltd.); MT-100S and MT-100T (from TAYCA Corporation); and IT-S (from Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd.).
- Hydrophobized particles of silica, titania, or alumina can be obtained by treating hydrophilic particles of silica, titania, or alumina with a silane coupling agent, such as methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, and octyltrimethoxysilane.
- a silane coupling agent such as methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, and octyltrimethoxysilane.
- usable hydrophobizing agents further include, but are not limited to, silane coupling agents (e.g., dialkyl dihalogenated silane, trialkyl halogenated silane, alkyl trihalogenated silane, hexaalkyl disilazane), silylation agents, silane coupling agents having a fluorinated alkyl group, organic titanate coupling agents, aluminum coupling agents, silicone oils, and modified silicone oils.
- silane coupling agents e.g., dialkyl dihalogenated silane, trialkyl halogenated silane, alkyl trihalogenated silane, hexaalkyl disilazane
- silylation agents e.g., silane coupling agents having a fluorinated alkyl group
- organic titanate coupling agents e.g., aluminum coupling agents, silicone oils, and modified silicone oils.
- inorganic fine particles treated with a silicon oil upon application of heat are also usable.
- usable inorganic fine particles include, but are not limited to, silica, alumina, titanium oxide, barium titanate, magnesium titanate, calcium titanate, strontium titanate, iron oxide, copper oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, quartz sand, clay, mica, sand-lime, diatom earth, chromium oxide, cerium oxide, red iron oxide, antimony trioxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, barium sulfate, barium carbonate, calcium carbonate, silicon carbide, and silicon nitride.
- silica or titanium dioxide is used.
- silicone oils include, but are not limited to, dimethyl silicone oil, methyl phenyl silicone oil, chlorophenyl silicone oil, methyl hydrogen silicone oil, alkyl-modified silicone oil, fluorine-modified silicone oil, polyether-modified silicone oil, alcohol-modified silicone oil, amino-modified silicone oil, epoxy-modified silicone oil, epoxy-polyether-modified silicone oil, phenol-modified silicone oil, carboxyl-modified silicone oil, mercapto-modified silicone oil, acrylic-modified or methacrylic-modified silicone oil, and a-methylstyrene-modified silicone oil.
- the inorganic fine particles have an average primary particle diameter of 1 to 100 nm or 3 to 70 nm. When the average primary particle diameter is less than 1 nm, the inorganic fine particles may be buried in the toner without exerting their effect. When the average primary particle diameter is greater than 100 nm, an electrostatic latent image bearing may be damaged by the inorganic fine particles.
- the hydrophobized inorganic fine particles have an average primary particle diameter of 1 to 100 nm or 5 to 70 nm.
- the toner includes at least two kinds of hydrophobized inorganic fine particles each having an average primary particle diameter of 20 nm or less and at least one kind of an inorganic fine particle having an average primary particle diameter of 30 nm or more.
- the inorganic fine particles have a BET specific surface area of 20 to 500 m 2 /g.
- the content of the external additive in the toner is 0.1 to 5% by weight or 0.3 to 3% by weight.
- resin particles are also usable as the external additive.
- fine particles of polystyrene obtained by soap-free emulsion polymerization, suspension polymerization, or dispersion polymerization; copolymers of methacrylates or acrylates; polycondensation resins such as silicone, benzoguanamine, and nylon; and thermosetting resins, are usable.
- Combination use of inorganic and resin particles improves chargeability of toner while reducing oppositely-charged toner particles, resulting in prevention of the occurrence of background fouling.
- the content of the resin particles in the toner is 0.01 to 5% by weight or 0.1 to 2% by weight.
- Fluidity improving agents are adapted to improve hydrophobicity of toner by surface treatment so as to prevent deterioration of fluidity and chargeability in high-humidity conditions.
- Specific materials usable as the fluidity improving agent include, but are not limited to, silane coupling agents, silylation agents, silane coupling agents having a fluorinated alkyl group, organic titanate coupling agents, aluminum coupling agents, silicone oils, and modified silicone oils.
- the above-described silica and titania particles can also be hydrophobized with the fluidity improving agent.
- Cleanability improving agents are adapted to improve removability of toner from a photoreceptor or primary transfer medium.
- Specific materials usable as the cleanability improving agent include, but are not limited to, metal salts of fatty acids (e.g., zinc stearate, calcium stearate) and fine particles of polymers prepared by soap-free emulsion polymerization (e.g., polymethyl methacrylate, polystyrene).
- the fine particles of polymers have a narrow size distribution and a volume average particle diameter of 0.01 to 1 ⁇ m.
- Magnetic materials are adapted to give magnetic property to toner.
- Specific examples of usable magnetic materials include, but are not limited to, iron powder, magnetite, and ferrite.
- a magnetic material having a whitish color is used.
- the toner according to an embodiment may be produced by, for example, a polyaddition method in which a prepolymer having an isocyanate group is directly elongated and/or cross-linked with an amine in an aqueous phase, a pulverization method, or a melt-spraying method.
- the toner is prepared by dissolving or dispersing toner components, including a compound ( ⁇ ) having an active hydrogen group, a prepolymer ( ⁇ ) having a reactive group, a first binder resin including an amorphous polyester resin (a), a colorant, and a release agent, in an organic solvent to prepare a toner components liquid; emulsifying or dispersing the toner components liquid in an aqueous medium containing particles of a second resin (b); reacting the compound ( ⁇ ) having an active hydrogen group with the prepolymer ( ⁇ ) having a reactive group in the aqueous medium to prepare particles; and removing the organic solvent.
- This method may be hereinafter referred to as the manufacturing method (I).
- Particles of the second binder resin (b) may be obtained in the form of aqueous dispersion.
- An aqueous dispersion of resin particles can be obtained by the following methods (i) to (viii), for example.
- An aqueous dispersion of a vinyl resin is obtainable by directly subjecting raw materials including a vinyl monomer to a suspension polymerization, an emulsion polymerization, a seed polymerization, or a dispersion polymerization.
- An aqueous dispersion of a polyaddition or polycondensation resin (e.g., polyester resin, polyurethane resin, epoxy resin) is obtainable by dispersing a precursor (e.g., monomer, oligomer) of the resin or a solution thereof in an aqueous medium in the presence of a dispersant, and curing the precursor by application of heat or addition of a curing agent.
- a polyaddition or polycondensation resin e.g., polyester resin, polyurethane resin, epoxy resin
- An aqueous dispersion of a polyaddition or polycondensation resin is obtainable by dissolving an emulsifier in a precursor (e.g., monomer, oligomer) of the resin or a solution (preferably in a liquid state, or which may be liquefied by application of heat) thereof, and further adding water thereto to cause phase-transfer emulsification.
- a polyaddition or polycondensation resin e.g., polyester resin, polyurethane resin, epoxy resin
- a precursor e.g., monomer, oligomer
- a solution preferably in a liquid state, or which may be liquefied by application of heat
- An aqueous dispersion of a resin produced by a polymerization reaction is obtainable by pulverizing the resin into particles by a mechanical rotary pulverizer or a jet pulverizer, classifying the particles by size to collect desired-size particles, and dispersing the collected particles in an aqueous medium in the presence of a dispersant.
- a polymerization reaction e.g., addition polymerization, ring-opening polymerization, polyaddition, addition condensation, polycondensation
- An aqueous dispersion of a resin produced by a polymerization reaction is obtainable by dissolving the resin in a solvent, spraying the resulting resin solution to form resin particles, and dispersing the resin particles in an aqueous medium in the presence of a dispersant.
- An aqueous dispersion of a resin produced by a polymerization reaction is obtainable by dissolving the resin in a solvent and further adding a poor solvent to the resulting resin solution, or dissolving the resin in a solvent by application of heat and cooling the resulting resin solution, to precipitate resin particles, removing the solvents to isolate the resin particles, and dispersing the resin particles in an aqueous medium in the presence of a dispersant.
- An aqueous dispersion of a resin produced by a polymerization reaction is obtainable by dissolving the resin in a solvent, dispersing the resulting resin solution in an aqueous medium in the presence of a dispersant, and removing the solvent by application of heat and/or reduction of pressure.
- An aqueous dispersion of a resin produced by a polymerization reaction is obtainable by dissolving the resin in a solvent, dissolving an emulsifier in the resulting resin solution, and adding water thereto to cause phase-transfer emulsification.
- the particles of the second resin (b) have a volume average particle diameter of 3 to 10 ⁇ m or 4 to 8 ⁇ m.
- the prepolymer (a) having a reactive group is defined as a polymer having a functional group ( ⁇ 1) reactive with a compound having an active hydrogen group.
- the functional group ( ⁇ 1) reactive with a compound having an active hydrogen group may be, for example, an isocyanate group ( ⁇ 1a), a blocked isocyanate group ( ⁇ 1b), an epoxy group ( ⁇ 1c), an acid anhydride group ( ⁇ 1d), and acid halide group ( ⁇ 1e).
- an isocyanate group ( ⁇ 1a), a blocked isocyanate group ( ⁇ 1b), or an epoxy group ( ⁇ 1c) is employed.
- an isocyanate group ( ⁇ 1a) or a blocked isocyanate group ( ⁇ 1b) is employed.
- the blocked isocyanate group ( ⁇ 1b) is defined as an isocyanate group blocked with a blocking agent.
- oximes e.g., acetoxime, methyl isobutyl ketoxime, diethyl ketoxime, cyclopentanone oxime, cyclohexanone oxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime
- lactams e.g., ⁇ -butyrolactam, ⁇ -caprolactam, ⁇ -valerolactam
- aliphatic alcohols having 1 to 20 carbon atoms e.g., methanol, ethanol, octanol
- phenols e.g., phenol, cresol, xylenol, nonylphenol
- active methylene compounds e.g., acetylacetone, ethyl malonate, ethyl acetoacetate
- basic nitrogen-containing compounds e.g., N,N-diethylhydroxylamine, 2-hydroxypyridine, pyridine-N-oxide
- the prepolymer ( ⁇ ) having a reactive group may comprise a polyether ( ⁇ w) skeleton, a polyester ( ⁇ x) skeleton, an epoxy resin ( ⁇ y) skeleton, or a polyurethane ( ⁇ z) skeleton.
- a polyester ( ⁇ x) skeleton, an epoxy ( ⁇ y) skeleton, or a polyurethane ( ⁇ z) skeleton is employed.
- a polyester ( ⁇ x) skeleton or a polyurethane ( ⁇ z) skeleton is employed.
- the polyether ( ⁇ w) may be, for example, polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, polybutylene oxide, or polytetramethylene oxide.
- the polyester ( ⁇ x) may be, for example, a polycondensation product of a diol with a dicarboxylic acid or a polylactone (i.e., a ring-opening polymerization product of ⁇ -caprolactone).
- the epoxy resin ( ⁇ y) may be, for example, an addition condensation product of a bisphenol (e.g., bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S) with epichlorohydrin.
- a bisphenol e.g., bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S
- the polyurethane ( ⁇ z) may be, for example, a polyaddition product of a diol with a polyisocyanate or a polyaddition product of the polyester ( ⁇ x) with a polyisocyanate.
- a reactive group can be introduced to the polyester ( ⁇ x), epoxy resin ( ⁇ y), or polyurethane ( ⁇ z) by the following methods [1] and [2].
- the above method [1] can produce, for example, polyester prepolymer having hydroxyl group, polyester prepolymer having carboxyl group, polyester prepolymer having acid halide group, epoxy resin prepolymer having hydroxyl group, epoxy resin prepolymer having epoxy group, polyurethane prepolymer having hydroxyl group, and polyurethane prepolymer having isocyanate group.
- a polyester prepolymer having hydroxyl group may comprise a polyol and a polycarboxylic acid with the equivalent ratio [OH]/[COOH] of hydroxyl groups [OH] from the polyol to carboxyl groups [COOH] from the polycarboxylic acid being 2/1 to 1/1, 1.5/1 to 1/1, or 1.3/1 to 1.02/1.
- prepolymer having isocyanate group, prepolymer having blocked isocyanate group, prepolymer having epoxy group, and prepolymer having acid anhydride group can be produced by reacting the prepolymer produced by the method [1] with polyisocyanate, blocked polyisocyanate, polyepoxide, and poly(acid anhydride), respectively.
- a polyester prepolymer having isocyanate group can be obtained by reacting a polyester having hydroxyl group with a polyisocyanate with the equivalent ratio [NCO]/[OH] of isocyanate groups [NCO] from the polyisocyanate to hydroxyl groups [OH] from the polyester having hydroxyl group being 5/1 to 1/1, 4/1 to 1.2/1, or 2.5/1 to 1.5/1.
- the average number of reactive groups included in one molecule of the prepolymer ( ⁇ ) having a reactive group is 1 or more, 1.5 to 3, or 1.8 to 2.5.
- the reaction product of the prepolymer ( ⁇ ) having a reactive group with the compound ( ⁇ ) having an active hydrogen group has a high molecular weight.
- the prepolymer ( ⁇ ) having a reactive group has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 500 to 30,000, 1,000 to 20,000, or 2,000 to 10,000.
- the prepolymer ( ⁇ ) having a reactive group has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 1,000 to 50,000, 2,000 to 40,000, or 4,000 to 20,000.
- the prepolymer ( ⁇ ) having a reactive group has a viscosity of 2,000 poise or less or 1,000 poise or less at 100° C.
- the viscosity is 2,000 poise or less, toner particles having a narrow size distribution can be obtained with use of a small amount of organic solvents.
- the compound ( ⁇ ) having an active hydrogen group may be, for example, a polyamine ( ⁇ a) which may be blocked with a releasable compound, a polyol ( ⁇ b), a polymercaptan ( ⁇ c), and water ( ⁇ d).
- a polyamine ( ⁇ a) which may be blocked with a releasable compound, a polyol ( ⁇ b), or water ( ⁇ d) is used.
- a polyamine ( ⁇ a) or water ( ⁇ d) is used.
- a blocked polyamine or water ( ⁇ d) is used.
- the polyamine ( ⁇ a) may be, for example, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, xylylenediamine, isophoronediamine, ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, or a mixture thereof.
- the polyamine ( ⁇ a) which is blocked with a releasable compound may be, for example, a ketimine compound obtained from a polyamine and a ketone having 3 to 8 carbon atoms (e.g., acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone), an aldimine compounds obtained from an aldehyde compounds having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (e.g., formaldehyde, acetaldehyde), an enamine compound, or an oxazoline compound.
- a ketimine compound obtained from a polyamine and a ketone having 3 to 8 carbon atoms (e.g., acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone)
- an aldimine compounds obtained from an aldehyde compounds having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (e.g., formaldehyde, acetaldehyde)
- the polyol ( ⁇ b) may be, for example, a diol or a polyol. In some embodiments, a diol alone or a mixture of a diol with a small amount of a polyol is employed.
- the polymercaptan ( ⁇ c) may be, for example, ethylenedithiol, 1,4-butanedithiol, or 1,6-hexanedithiol.
- polyamine ( ⁇ a) further include the following compounds (1) to (4).
- Aliphatic polyamines such as alkylene(C2-C6)diamines (e.g., ethylenediamine, propylenediamine, trimethylenediamine, tetramethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine) and polyalkylene(C2-C6)polyamines (e.g., diethylenetriamine, iminobispropylamine, bis(hexamethylene)triamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, pentaethylenehexamine).
- alkylene(C2-C6)diamines e.g., ethylenediamine, propylenediamine, trimethylenediamine, tetramethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine
- polyalkylene(C2-C6)polyamines e.g., diethylenetriamine, iminobispropylamine, bis(hexamethylene)triamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, pentaethylenehex
- (1-3) Alicyclic or heterocyclic aliphatic polyamines, such as 3,9-bis(3-aminopropyl)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5,5]undecane.
- Aromatic aliphatic amines (C8-C15), such as xylylenediamine and tetrachloro-p-xylylenediamine.
- Alicyclic polyamines such as 1,3-diaminocyclohexane isophoronediamine, mencenediamine, and 4,4′-methylenedicyclohexanediamine (hydrogenated methylenedianiline).
- Heterocyclic polyamines such as piperazine, N-aminoethylbipiperazine, 1,4-diaminoethylbipiperazine, 1,4-bis(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)piperazine.
- Aromaded aromatic polyamines such as 1,2-, 1,3-, or 1,4-phenylenediamine, 2,4′- or 4,4′-diphenylmethanediamine, crude diphenylmethanediamine (polyphenyl polymethylene polyamine), diaminodiphenylsulfone, benzidine, thiodianiline, bis(3,4-diaminophenyl)sulfone, 2,6-diaminopyridine, m-aminobenzylamine, triphenylmethane-4,4′,4′′-triamine, and naphthylenediamine.
- aromatic polyamines such as 1,2-, 1,3-, or 1,4-phenylenediamine, 2,4′- or 4,4′-diphenylmethanediamine, crude diphenylmethanediamine (polyphenyl polymethylene polyamine), diaminodiphenylsulfone, benzidine, thiodianiline, bis(3,4-d
- Aromatic polyamines having a nuclear-substituted alkyl group e.g., an alkyl(C1-C4) group such as methyl, ethyl, or n- or i-propylbutyl group
- 2,4- or 2,6-tolylenediamine crude tolylenediamine, diethyltolylenediamine, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dimethyldiphenylmethane, 4,4′-bis(o-tolidine), dianisidine, diaminoditolyl sulfone, 1,3-dimethyl-2,4-diaminobenzene, 1,3-dimethyl-2,6-diaminobenzene, 1,4-diisopropyl-2,5-diaminobenzene, 2,4-diaminomesitylene, 1-methyl-3,5-diethyl-2,4-diaminobenzene, 2,4-di
- Aromatic polyamines having a nuclear-substituted electron withdrawing group e.g., a halogen such as Cl, Br, I, or F, an alkoxy group such as methoxy or ethoxy group, nitro group
- a nuclear-substituted electron withdrawing group e.g., a halogen such as Cl, Br, I, or F, an alkoxy group such as methoxy or ethoxy group, nitro group
- a nuclear-substituted electron withdrawing group e.g., a halogen such as Cl, Br, I, or F, an alkoxy group such as methoxy or ethoxy group, nitro group
- a nuclear-substituted electron withdrawing group e.g., a halogen such as Cl, Br, I, or F, an alkoxy group such as methoxy or ethoxy group, nitro group
- Aromatic polyamines having a secondary amino group i.e., the above aromatic polyamines (4-1) to (4-3) in which part or all of —NH 2 groups are substituted with —NH—R′ groups
- R′ represents an alkyl group such as methyl or ethyl group
- polyamide polyamines such as a low-molecular-weight polyamide polyamine obtained from condensation between a dicarboxylic acid (e.g., dimer acid) and an excessive amount of (i.e., 2 mol or more per 1 mol of the acid) a polyamine (e.g., an alkylenediamine, a polyalkylenediamine); and polyether polyamines, such as a hydride of a cyanoethylation product of a polyether polyol (e.g., a polyalkylene
- a reaction terminator ( ⁇ s) may be optionally used in combination with the compound ( ⁇ ) having an active hydrogen group. Combination use of the reaction terminator ( ⁇ s) and the compound ( ⁇ ) having an active hydrogen group at a specific ratio properly adjusts the molecular weight of the resin obtained from a reaction between the prepolymer ( ⁇ ) having a reactive group and the compound ( ⁇ ) having an active hydrogen group.
- reaction terminator examples include, but are not limited to, monoamines (e.g., diethylamine, dibutylamine, laurylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine), blocked monoamines (e.g., ketimine compounds), monools (e.g., methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, phenol), monomercaptans (e.g., butylmercaptan, laurylmercaptan), monoisocyanates (e.g., lauryl isocyanate, phenyl isocyanate), and monoepoxides (e.g., butyl glycidyl ether).
- monoamines e.g., diethylamine, dibutylamine, laurylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine
- blocked monoamines e.g., ketimine compounds
- monools e.g., methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butan
- the ratio [ ⁇ ]/[ ⁇ ] of the equivalent amount [ ⁇ ] of reactive groups in the prepolymer ( ⁇ ) having a reactive group to the equivalent amount [ ⁇ ] of active hydrogen groups in the compound ( ⁇ ) having an active hydrogen group is 1/2 to 2/1, 1.5/1 to 1/1.5, or 1.2/1 to 1/1.2.
- the water ( ⁇ d) as the compound ( ⁇ ) having an active hydrogen group is regarded as a divalent compound having an active hydrogen group.
- the aqueous medium may include a water-miscible organic solvent (e.g., acetone, methyl ethyl ketone) other than water.
- a water-miscible organic solvent e.g., acetone, methyl ethyl ketone
- the kind and content of water-miscible organic solvent are not particularly limited so long as granulation process of resin particles is not disturbed.
- the aqueous medium includes a water-miscible organic solvent, which can be removed by drying without remaining in the resulting resin particles, in an amount of 40% by weight or less based on total weight of the aqueous medium.
- organic solvents for preparing the toner components liquid in the manufacturing method (I) include, but are not limited to, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, such as toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, and tetralin; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbon solvents such as n-hexane, n-heptane, and mineral spirit cyclohexane; halogen solvents, such as methyl chloride, methyl bromide, methyl iodide, methylene dichloride, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethylene, and perchloroethylene; ester or ester ether solvents, such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methoxybutyl acetate, methyl cellosolve acetate, and ethyl cellosolve acetate; ether solvents, such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane
- an emulsifier or dispersant may be used for emulsifying or dispersing toner components.
- Any surfactant or water-soluble polymer can be used as the emulsifier or dispersant.
- the above-described organic solvent or any plasticizer can be used in combination as an auxiliary emulsifier or dispersant.
- Usable surfactants include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, ampholytic surfactants, and nonionic surfactants. Two or more kinds of surfactants can be used in combination.
- usable anionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, carboxylic acids or salts thereof, sulfate salts, carboxymethylated salts, sulfonates, and phosphate salts.
- carboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, saturated or unsaturated fatty acids having 8 to 22 carbon atoms, such as capric acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, ricinoleic acid; and mixtures of higher fatty acids obtained by saponifying palm oil, palm kernel oil, rice bran oil, or beef tallow.
- Their salts include sodium salts, potassium salts, amine salts, ammonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, and alkanolamine salts (e.g., monoethanolamine salts, diethanolamine salts, triethanolamine salts).
- sulfate salts include, but are not limited to, higher alcohol sulfate salts (i.e., sulfate salts of aliphatic alcohols having 8 to 18 carbon atoms), higher alkyl ether sulfate salts (i.e., sulfate salts of EO or PO 1-10 mol adducts of aliphatic alcohols having 8 to 18 carbon atoms), sulfated oils (obtained by sulfating and neutralizing natural unsaturated fats or waxes having 12 to 50 carbon atoms), sulfated fatty acid esters (obtained by sulfating and neutralizing lower alcohol (C1-C8) esters of unsaturated fatty acids (C6-C40)), and sulfated olefins (obtained by sulfating and neutralizing olefins having 12 to 18 carbon atoms).
- higher alcohol sulfate salts i.e., s
- Their salts include sodium salts, potassium salts, amine salts, ammonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, and alkanolamine salts (e.g., monoethanolamine salts, diethanolamine salts, triethanolamine salts).
- higher alcohol sulfate salts include, but are not limited to, octyl alcohol sulfate salt, decyl alcohol sulfate salt, lauryl alcohol sulfate salt, stearyl alcohol sulfate salt, sulfate salts of alcohols obtained using Ziegler catalysts (e.g., ALFOL 1214 available from CONDEA), and sulfate salts of alcohols obtained by oxo methods (e.g., DOBANOL 23, 25, and 45 and DIADOL 115, 115H, and 135 available from Mistubishi Chemical Corporation; TRIDECANOL available from KH Neochem Co., Ltd.; and OXOCOL 1213, 1215, and 1415 available from Nissan Chemical).
- Ziegler catalysts e.g., ALFOL 1214 available from CONDEA
- sulfate salts of alcohols obtained by oxo methods e.g., DOBANOL 23, 25, and 45 and DIADOL 115, 115H, and
- higher alkyl ether sulfate salts include, but are not limited to, sulfate salt of EO 2 mol adduct of lauryl alcohol and sulfate salt of EO 3 mol adduct of octyl alcohol.
- Specific examples of the sulfated oils include, but are not limited to, salts of sulfated castor oil, sulfated peanut oil, sulfated canola oil, sulfated beef tallow, and sulfated mutton tallow.
- sulfated fatty acid esters include, but are not limited to, salts of sulfated butyl oleate and sulfated butyl ricinoleate.
- sulfated olefin include, but are not limited to, TEEPOL (available from Shell Chemical Co.).
- carboxymethylated salts include, but are not limited to, carboxymethylated salts of aliphatic alcohols having 8 to 16 carbon atoms and carboxymethylated salts of EO or PO 1-10 mol adducts of aliphatic alcohols having 8 to 16 carbon atoms.
- carboxymethylated salts of the aliphatic alcohols include, but are not limited to, octyl alcohol carboxymethylated sodium salt, lauryl alcohol carboxymethylated sodium salt, carboxymethylated sodium salt of DOBANOL 23, and tridecanol carboxymethylated sodium salt.
- carboxymethylated salts of EO or PO 1-10 mol adducts of aliphatic alcohols include, but are not limited to, carboxymethylated sodium salt of EO or PO 3 mol adduct of octyl alcohol, carboxymethylated sodium salt of EO or PO 4 mol adduct of lauryl alcohol, and carboxymethylated sodium salt of EO or PO 5 mol adduct of tridecanol.
- sulfonates include, but are not limited to, alkylbenzene sulfonates, alkylnaphthalene sulfonates, sulfosuccinate diester salts, and sulfonates of IGEPON T or aromatic compounds.
- alkylbenzene sulfonate include, but are not limited to, sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate.
- alkylnaphthalene sulfonate include, but are not limited to, sodium dodecylnaphthalene sulfonate.
- sulfosuccinate diester salts include, but are not limited to, sulfosuccinate di-2-ethylhexyl ester sodium salt.
- sulfonates of aromatic compounds include, but are not limited to, monosulfonate and disulfonate of alkylated diphenyl ethers and styrenated phenol sulfonate.
- phosphate salts include, but are not limited to, higher alcohol phosphate salts and phosphate salts of E0 adducts of higher alcohols.
- Specific examples of the higher alcohol phosphate salts include, but are not limited to, lauryl alcohol phosphate monoester disodium salt and lauryl alcohol phosphate diester disodium salt.
- Specific examples of the phosphate salts of EO adducts of higher alcohols include, but are not limited to, monoester disodium salt of EO 5 mol adduct of oleyl alcohol phosphate.
- Specific examples of usable cationic surfactants include, but are not limited to, quaternary ammonium salt surfactants and amine salt surfactants.
- a quaternary ammonium salt surfactant can be obtained by reacting a tertiary amine having 3 to 40 carbon atoms with a quaternization agent (e.g., an alkylation agent such as methyl chloride, methyl bromide, ethyl chloride, benzyl chloride, and dimethyl sulfate; ethylene oxide).
- a quaternization agent e.g., an alkylation agent such as methyl chloride, methyl bromide, ethyl chloride, benzyl chloride, and dimethyl sulfate; ethylene oxide.
- quaternary ammonium salt surfactants include, but are not limited to, lauryl trimethyl ammonium chloride, didecyl dimethyl ammonium chloride, dioctyl dimethyl ammonium bromide, stearyl trimethyl ammonium bromide, lauryl dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride (benzalkonium chloride), cetyl pyridinium chloride, polyoxyethylene trimethyl ammonium chloride, and stearamidoethyl diethyl methyl ammonium methosulfate.
- An amine salt surfactant can be obtained by neutralizing a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine with an inorganic acid (e.g., hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, hydroiodic acid, phosphoric acid, perchloric acid) or an organic acid (e.g., acetic acid, formic acid, lactic acid, gluconic acid, adipic acid, alkyl phosphoric acid having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, malic acid, citric acid).
- an inorganic acid e.g., hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, hydroiodic acid, phosphoric acid, perchloric acid
- organic acid e.g., acetic acid, formic acid, lactic acid, gluconic acid, adipic acid, alkyl phosphoric acid having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, malic acid, citric acid.
- primary amine salt surfactants include, but are not limited to, inorganic and organic acid salts of aliphatic higher amines having 8 to 40 carbon atoms (e.g., lauryl amine, stearyl amine, cetyl amine, hardened beef tallow amine, rosin amine) and salts of higher fatty acids having 8 to 40 carbon atoms (e.g., stearic acid, oleic acid) with lower amines having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
- secondary amine salt surfactants include, but are not limited to, inorganic and organic acid salts of EO adducts of aliphatic amines having 4 to 40 carbon atoms.
- tertiary amine salt surfactants include, but are not limited to, inorganic and organic acid salts of aliphatic amines having 4 to 40 carbon atoms (e.g., triethylamine, ethyldimethylamine, N,N,N′,N′-tetramethylethylenediamine), EO adducts (2 mol or more) of aliphatic amines having 2 to 40 carbon atoms, alicyclic amines having 6 to 40 carbon atoms (e.g., N-methylpyrrolidine, N-methylpiperidine, N-meyhylhexamethyleneimine, N-methylmorpholine, 1,8-diazabicyclo(5,4,0)-7-undecene), and nitrogen-containing heterocyclic aromatic amines having 5 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N-methylimidazole, 4,4′-dipyridyl); and inorganic and organic acid salt
- ampholytic surfactants include, but are not limited to, carboxylate ampholytic surfactants, sulfate salt ampholytic surfactants, sulfonate ampholytic surfactants, and phosphate salt ampholytic surfactants.
- carboxylate ampholytic surfactants include, but are not limited to, amino acid ampholytic surfactants, betaine ampholytic surfactants, and imidazoline ampholytic surfactants.
- amino acid ampholytic surfactant has both amino group and carboxyl group per molecule, and is represented by the following formula:
- R represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group
- n represents an integer of 1 or 2
- m represents an integer of 1 or 2
- M represents a hydrogen ion, an alkali metal ion, an alkali earth metal ion, an ammonium cation, an amine cation, or an alkanolamine cation.
- amino acid ampholytic surfactants include, but are not limited to, alkyl(C6-C40) aminopropionic acid ampholytic surfactants (e.g., sodium stearyl aminopropionate, sodium lauryl aminopropionate) and alkyl(C4-C24) aminoacetic acid ampholytic surfactants (e.g., sodium lauryl aminoacetate).
- alkyl(C6-C40) aminopropionic acid ampholytic surfactants e.g., sodium stearyl aminopropionate, sodium lauryl aminopropionate
- alkyl(C4-C24) aminoacetic acid ampholytic surfactants e.g., sodium lauryl aminoacetate
- a betaine ampholytic surfactant has both a quaternary-ammonium-salt-based cationic site and a carboxylic-acid-based anionic site per molecule.
- betaine ampholytic surfactants include, but are not limited to, alkyl(C6-C40) dimethyl betaines (e.g., stearyl dimethyl aminoacetic betaine, lauryl dimethyl aminoacetic betaine), amide betaines having 6 to 40 carbon atoms (e.g., palm oil fatty acid amide propyl betaine), and alkyl(C6-C40) dihydroxyalkyl(C6-C40) betaines (e.g., lauryl dihydroxyethyl betaine).
- An imidazoline ampholytic surfactant has an imidazoline-ring-based cationic site and a carboxylic-acid-based anionic site per molecule.
- Specific examples of such imidazoline ampholytic surfactants include, but are not limited to, 2-undecyl-N-carboxymethyl-N-hydroxyethyl imidazolinium betaine.
- Usable ampholytic surfactants further include glycine ampholytic surfactants such as lauroyl glycine sodium salt, lauryl diaminoethyl glycine sodium salt, lauryl diaminoethyl glycine hydrochloride, dioctyl diaminoethyl glycine hydrochloride; sulfobetaine ampholytic surfactants such as pentadecyl sulfotaurine; sulfonate ampholytic surfactants; and phosphate salt ampholytic surfactants.
- glycine ampholytic surfactants such as lauroyl glycine sodium salt, lauryl diaminoethyl glycine sodium salt, lauryl diaminoethyl glycine hydrochloride, dioctyl diaminoethyl glycine hydrochloride
- sulfobetaine ampholytic surfactants such as pent
- nonionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, alkylene oxide (AO) adduct nonionic surfactants and polyol nonionic surfactants.
- AO alkylene oxide
- An AO adduct nonionic surfactant can be obtained by directly adding an AO(C2-C20) to a higher alcohol, higher fatty acid, or alkylamine having 8 to 40 carbon atoms; reacting a higher fatty acid with a polyalkylene glycol obtained by adding an AO to glycol; adding an AO to an esterification product between a polyol and a higher fatty acid; or adding an AO to a high fatty acid amide.
- the alkylene oxide (AO) may be ethylene oxide (EO), propylene oxide (PO), or butylene oxide (BO), for example.
- EO ethylene oxide
- PO propylene oxide
- BO butylene oxide
- EO adduct or EO-PO random or block adduct is employed.
- the added amount of AO is 10 to 50 mol.
- AO includes 50 to 100% of EO.
- polyol nonionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, polyol fatty acid esters, AO adducts of polyol fatty acid esters, polyol alkyl ethers, and AO adducts of polyol alkyl ethers.
- the carbon number of the polyol, fatty acid, and AO may be 3 to 24, 8 to 40, and 2 to 24, respectively.
- polyol fatty acid esters include, but are not limited to, pentaerythritol monolaurate, pentaerythritol monooleate, sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan dilaurate, sorbitan dioleate, and sucrose monostearate.
- AO adducts of polyol fatty acid esters include, but are not limited to, EO 10 mol adduct of ethylene glycol monooleate, EO 20 mol adduct of ethylene glycol monostearate, EO 20 mol PO 10 mol random adduct of trimethylolpropane monostearate, EO 10 mol adduct of sorbitan monolaurate, EO 20 mol adduct of sorbitan distearate, and EO 12 mol PO 24 mol random adduct of sorbitan dilaurate.
- polyol alkyl ethers include, but are not limited to, pentaerythritol monobutyl ether, pentaerythritol monolauryl ether, sorbitan monomethyl ether, sorbitan monostearyl ether, methyl glycoside, and lauryl glycoside.
- AO adducts of polyol alkyl ethers include, but are not limited to, EO 10 mol adduct of sorbitan monostearyl ether, EO 20 mol PO 10 mol random adduct of methyl glycoside, EO 10 mol adduct of lauryl glycoside, and EO 20 mol PO 20 mol random adduct of stearyl glycoside.
- water-soluble polymers include, but are not limited to, cellulose compounds (e.g., methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and saponified products thereof), gelatin, starch, dextrin, gum arabic, chitin, chitosan, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, polyethyleneimine, polyacrylamide, acrylate-containing polymers (e.g., sodium polyacrylate, potassium polyacrylate, ammonium polyacrylate, polyacrylic acids partially neutralized with sodium hydroxide, sodium acrylate-acrylate copolymer), styrene-maleic anhydride copolymers (partially) neutralized with sodium hydroxide, and water-soluble polyurethanes (e.g., reaction products of polyethylene glycols or polycaprolactone di
- the toner particles may be further mixed with an additive such as inorganic fine particles (e.g., hydrophobized silica powder) to improve fluidity, storage stability, developability, and transferability of the toner.
- an additive such as inorganic fine particles (e.g., hydrophobized silica powder) to improve fluidity, storage stability, developability, and transferability of the toner.
- the toner particles and additive can be mixed by a powder mixer which may be equipped with a jacket for controlling inner temperature.
- the additive may be gradually added from the initial stage of mixing or added from the middle of the mixing, while optionally varying the revolution, rotating speed, time, and temperature of the mixer.
- the additive may be first applied with strong load and subsequently weak load, or vice versa.
- usable mixers include, but are not limited to, a V-type mixer, a Rocking mixer, a Loedige mixer, a Nauta mixer, and a Henschel mixer. Undesired coarse or aggregated particles are removed by a 250-mesh sieve.
- the toner according to an embodiment is not limited in its properties, such as shape and size.
- the toner has an average circularity of 0.900 to 0.980 or 0.950 to 0.975.
- the circularity is defined as the ratio of the perimeter of a circle having the same area as a projected image of a toner particle to the perimeter of the projected image of the toner particle.
- the toner includes particles having a circularity less than 0.94 in an amount of 15% or less.
- the average circularity When the average circularity is less than 0.900, transferability of the toner may be poor and therefore high-quality images cannot be obtained.
- the average circularity When the average circularity is greater than 0.980, such toner particles may not be sufficiently removed from a photoreceptor or a transfer belt in image forming systems employing a blade cleaning member.
- toner particles when toner particles remain on a photoreceptor without being transferred onto paper due to the occurrence of paper jam, especially in forming an image having a high image area ratio such as a photographic image, such residual toner particles may undesirably retransferred onto background portions of a next image. Alternatively, such residual toner particles may contaminate and deteriorate a charging roller for charging the photoreceptor.
- the average circularity of toner can be determined using a flow particle image analyzer FPIA-2100 (from Sysmex Corporation) and an analysis software FPIA-2100 Data Processing Program for FPIA version 00-10 as follows. First, charge a 100-mL glass beaker with 0.1 to 0.5 mL of a 10% by weight surfactant (an alkylbenzene sulfonate NEOGEN SC-A from Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.). Add 0.1 to 0.5 g of a toner to the beaker and mix with a micro spatula. Further add 80 mL of ion-exchange water to the beaker.
- a surfactant an alkylbenzene sulfonate NEOGEN SC-A from Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
- Subject the resulting dispersion to a dispersion treatment for 3 minutes using an ultrasonic disperser (from Honda Electronics).
- the amounts of surfactant and toner included in the dispersion are adjusted. When the amount of surfactant in the dispersion is too large, noisy bubbles may be undesirably generated. When the amount of surfactant in the dispersion is too small, toner particles cannot sufficiently get wet or dispersed.
- the proper amount of toner in the dispersion depends on particle diameter of toner. The smaller the particle diameter of toner, the smaller the proper amount of the toner.
- a toner has a particle diameter of 3 to 10 ⁇ m
- 0.1 to 0.5 g of the toner should be included in the dispersion so that the dispersion has a concentration of 5,000 to 15,000 particles per micro-liter.
- the toner has a volume average particle diameter of 3 to 10 ⁇ m or 3 to 8 ⁇ m.
- the volume average particle diameter is less than 3 ⁇ m, such toner particles may undesirably fuse on the surfaces of carrier particles and degrade charging ability of the carrier particles after a long-term agitation in a developing device, when used for a two-component developer.
- volume average particle diameter is greater than 10 ⁇ m, it may be difficult to produce high-resolution and high-quality images.
- the average particle diameter of such toner particles in a developer may largely vary upon consumption and supply of the toner particles.
- the ratio of the volume average particle diameter to the number average particle diameter of the toner is 1.00 to 1.25 or 1.10 to 1.25.
- Volume average particle diameter and number average particle diameter of toner can be measured by a particle size analyzer MULTISIZER III (from Beckman Coulter, Inc.) having an aperture size of 100 ⁇ m and an analysis software program Beckman Coulter Multisizer 3 Version 3.51 as follows. First, charge a 100-mL glass beaker with 0.5 mL of a 10% by weight surfactant (an alkylbenzene sulfonate NEOGEN SC-A from Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.). Add 0.5 g of a toner to the beaker and mix with a micro spatula. Further add 80 mL of ion-exchange water to the beaker.
- a surfactant an alkylbenzene sulfonate NEOGEN SC-A from Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
- Subject the resulting dispersion to a dispersion treatment for 10 minutes using an ultrasonic disperser (W-113 MK-II from Honda Electronics). Subject the dispersion to a measurement by the MULTISIZER III using a measuring solution ISOTON III (from Beckman Coulter, Inc.). During the measurement, the dispersion is dropped so that the sample concentration becomes 8 ⁇ 2%. In terms of measurement reproducibility, it is important that the sample concentration is 8 ⁇ 2%.
- a developer according to an embodiment includes the above-described toner according to an embodiment and other components such as a carrier.
- the developer may be either a one-component developer or a two-component developer.
- the two-component developer is compatible with high-speed printers, in accordance with recent improvement in information processing speed, owing to its long lifespan.
- the average toner size may not vary very much although consumption and supply of toner particles are repeated. Additionally, toner particles may not adhere or fix to a developing roller or a toner layer regulating blade. Thus, the one-component developer reliably provides stable developability and image quality for an extended period of time. In the two-component developer according to an embodiment, the average toner size may not vary very much although consumption and supply of toner particles are repeated. Thus, the two-component developer reliably provides stable developability for an extended period of time.
- the carrier may comprise a core material and a covering layer that covers the core material.
- Specific materials usable as the core material include, but are not limited to, ferrite, magnetite, iron, and nickel.
- Specific examples of the ferrite include, but are not limited to, copper-zinc ferrite and environmentally-adaptable ferrites such as manganese ferrite, manganese-magnesium ferrite, manganese-strontium ferrite, manganese-magnesium-strontium ferrite, and lithium ferrite.
- the core material may further include one or more elements such as Li, Na, K, Ca, Ba, Y, Ti, Zr, V, Ag, Ni, Cu, Zn, Al, Sn, Sb, and Bi, to control resistivity or to improve production stability.
- the content of these elements may be 5% by atom or less or 3% by atom or less based on total metal element content.
- the covering layer includes a binder resin and optionally includes other materials such as fine particles.
- binder resins for the covering layer include, but are not limited to, cross-linked copolymers including polyolefin (e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene) or modified product thereof, styrene, acrylic resin, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, vinyl alcohol, vinyl chloride, vinyl carbazole, and/or vinyl ether; silicone resins comprising organosiloxane bonds and modified (e.g., alkyd-resin-modified, polyester-resin-modified, polyurethane-modified, polyimide-modified) products thereof; polyamides; polyesters; polyurethanes; polycarbonates; urea resins; melamine resins; benzoguanamine resins; epoxy resins; ionomer resins; polyimide resins; and derivatives of these materials. Two or more of these resins can be used in combination. In one or more embodiments, an
- Acrylic resins have strong adhesiveness to the core material or fine particles included in the covering layer while having low brittleness. Therefore, acrylic resins effectively prevent the covering layer from peeling as well as the fine particles from separating from the covering layer. In particular, fine particles having a diameter greater than the covering layer thickness are more effectively prevented from separating from the covering layer due to the nature of acrylic resin.
- the acrylic resin has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 20 to 100° C. or 25 to 80° C. Within the above Tg range, the binder resin expresses proper elasticity which reduces impact on the carrier particles upon frictional charging, resulting in prevention of peeling and abrasion of the covering layer.
- Tg glass transition temperature
- a cross-linked product of an acrylic resin between an amino resin, as the binder resin expresses proper elasticity while preventing coalescence of the covering layers (i.e., carrier blocking).
- usable amino resins include, but are not limited to, melamine resins and benzoguanamine resins, both of which can improve charge giving ability of the resulting carrier.
- the binder resin which includes silicone units can advantageously reduce surface energy of the carrier particles and thereby prevents toner particles from adhering to or contaminating the surfaces of the carrier particles.
- the silicone units may comprise, for example, methyltrisiloxane unit, dimethyldisiloxane unit, and/or trimethylsiloxane unit.
- the silicone units may be bound chemically to or blended with other binder resins. Alternatively, the silicone units may form a multilayer with other binder resins.
- the other binder resin may include a silicone resin and/or a modified product thereof.
- a silicone resin having the following formula suppresses attrition, abrasion, and elimination of the binder resins.
- each of R 1 to R 3 independently represents a hydrocarbon group or a derivative thereof, X 1 represents a condensation-reactive group, and a and b independently represents a positive integer.
- the X 1 group may be, for example, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, or methyl ethyl ketoxime group.
- the X 1 group causes a condensation reaction due to moisture in the air or upon application of heat and form a three-dimensional network structure.
- Specific examples of the silicone resins having the above formula include, but are not limited to, straight silicone resins consisting of organosiloxane bonds, and silicone resins modified with alkyd, polyester, epoxy, acrylic, or urethane.
- modified silicone resins include, but are not limited to, ES-1001N (epoxy-modified), KR-5208 (acrylic-modified), KR-5203 (polyester-modified), KR-206 (alkyd-modified), and KR-305 (urethane-modified) (available from Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.); and SR2115 (epoxy-modified) and SR2110 (alkyd-modified) (available from Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.).
- the silicone resin can be used alone or in combination with other components such as a cross-linkable component and a charge controlling component.
- a cross-linkable component and a charge controlling component.
- usable cross-linkable components include, but are not limited to, silane coupling agents.
- silane coupling agents include, but are not limited to, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, octyltrimethoxysilane, and aminosilane coupling agents.
- the carrier charge can be more properly controlled.
- Specific examples of usable aminosilane coupling agents are listed below.
- the content of the aminosilane coupling agent in the covering layer is 0.001 to 30% by weight or 0.001 to 10% by weight.
- the content is less than 0.001% by weight, chargeability may be easily influenced by environmental conditions and product yield may decrease.
- the covering layer may be too brittle to be resistant to abrasion.
- fine particles to be included in the covering layer include, but are not limited to, inorganic fine particles such as metal powder, tin oxide, zinc oxide, silica, titanium oxide, alumina, potassium titanate, barium titanate, and aluminum borate; and organic fine particles such as conductive polymer particles (e.g., polyaniline, polyacetylene, polyparaphenylene, poly(paraphenylene sulfide), polypyrrole, parylene) and carbon black. Two or more of these materials can be used in combination.
- inorganic fine particles such as metal powder, tin oxide, zinc oxide, silica, titanium oxide, alumina, potassium titanate, barium titanate, and aluminum borate
- organic fine particles such as conductive polymer particles (e.g., polyaniline, polyacetylene, polyparaphenylene, poly(paraphenylene sulfide), polypyrrole, parylene) and carbon black. Two or more of these materials can be used in combination.
- the surfaces of these fine particles may be subjected to a conductive treatment.
- the fine particles may be covered with aluminum, zinc, copper, nickel, silver, alloys thereof, zinc oxide, titanium oxide, tin oxide, antimony oxide, indium oxide, bismuth oxide, tin-doped indium oxide, or antimony-doped tin oxide or zirconium oxide, in the form of solid solution or fusion, to have conductivity.
- tin oxide, indium oxide, or tin-doped indium oxide is used for the conductive treatment.
- the fine particles have a volume average particle diameter of 1 ⁇ m or less.
- volume average particle diameter of the fine particles can be measured by a layer Doppler/dynamic light scattering particle size analyzer, for example.
- the content of the covering layer in the carrier is 5% by weight or more or 5 to 10% by weight.
- the covering layer has a thickness of 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m or 0.3 to 2 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the covering layer can be measured by, for example, preparing cross-sections of carrier particles with a focused ion beam (FIB) and observing 50 or more of the prepared cross-sections with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) or scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) to measure and average the thicknesses of each covering layer.
- FIB focused ion beam
- TEM transmission electron microscope
- STEM scanning transmission electron microscope
- the covering layer may be formed by, for example, applying a covering layer liquid that is containing all of the above-described materials to be included in the covering layer such as a binder resin and or precursor thereof, to the surface of the core material by a spraying or dipping method.
- the core material applied with the covering layer liquid is subjected to a heating treatment so as to accelerate a polymerization reaction of the binder resin or precursor thereof.
- the heating treatment may be performed with a coating equipment which has applied the covering layer on the core material, or alternatively performed with another heating equipment such as electric furnace or burning kiln.
- the heating temperature is 120 to 350° C. In some embodiments, the heating temperature is equal to or less than the decomposition temperature of the materials included in the covering layer. In some embodiments, the decomposition temperature of the materials in the covering layer is 220° C. or less and the heating time period is 5 to 120 minutes.
- the carrier has a volume average particle diameter of 10 to 100 ⁇ m or 20 to 65 ⁇ m.
- volume average particle diameter When the volume average particle diameter is less than 10 ⁇ m, carrier deposition may occur due to unevenness of the core particles. When the volume average particle diameter is greater than 100 ⁇ m, thin lines may not be precisely reproduced in the resulting image.
- Volume average particle diameter can be measured by a Microtrac particle size analyzer HRA9320-X100 (from Nikkiso Co., Ltd.), for example.
- the carrier has a volume resistivity of 9 to 16 log( ⁇ cm) or 10 to 14 log( ⁇ cm).
- volume resistivity When the volume resistivity is less than 9 log( ⁇ cm), carrier deposition may occur in non-image area.
- the volume resistivity is greater than 16 log( ⁇ cm), the edge effect may occur.
- the edge effect is a phenomenon in which the edge of a latent image is developed into a high-density image while the center of the latent image is developed into a low-density image.
- Volume resistivity may be arbitrarily controlled by controlling the thickness of the covering layer or the content of the conductive fine particles included in the covering layer.
- Volume resistivity can be measured as follows, for example. First, fill a measuring cell with a carrier.
- the measuring cell is comprised of a fluorocarbon-resin container, and electrodes each having a surface area of 2.5 cm ⁇ 4 cm are disposed within the cell forming a distance of 0.2 cm therebetween. Tap the measuring cell filled with the carrier from a height of 1 cm at a tapping speed of 30 times/min for 10 times. Next, supply a direct current voltage of 1,000 V between the electrodes for 30 seconds. Thereafter, measure a resistance r ( ⁇ ) by a high resistance meter 4329A (from Hewlett-Packard Japan. Ltd.). Volume resistivity is calculated from the following equation.
- the two-component developer includes the toner in an amount of 2.0 to 12.0% by weight or 2.5 to 10.0% by weight based on the weight of the carrier.
- the developer according to an embodiment may be contained in a container.
- the container may comprise a main body and a lid.
- the main body is not limited in size, shape, structure, and material.
- the main body is comprised of a cylinder, on the inner peripheral surface of which concavities and convexities are formed in a spiral manner, so that the developer is conveyed to a discharge outlet as the main body rotates. At least a part of the spiral concavities and convexities has a function of accordion.
- Specific examples of usable materials for the container include, but are not limited to, resins providing high dimension accuracy, such as polyester resin, polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, polystyrene resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, polyacrylic acid resin, polycarbonate resin, ABS resin, and polyacetal resin.
- the container containing the developer is easy to store, convey, or handle.
- the container may be detachably attached to image forming apparatus to supply the developer thereto.
- An image forming method includes at least an electrostatic latent image forming process, a developing process, a transfer process, and a fixing process.
- the image forming method may optionally include other processes such as a neutralization process, a cleaning process, a recycle process, and a control process, if needed.
- An image forming apparatus for practicing the image forming method include an electrostatic latent image bearing member, an electrostatic latent image forming device, a developing device, a transfer device, and a fixing device.
- the image forming apparatus may optionally include other members, such as a neutralizer, a cleaner, a recycler, and a controller, if needed.
- the electrostatic latent image forming process is a process which forms an electrostatic latent image on an electrostatic latent image bearing member.
- the electrostatic latent image bearing member (hereinafter may be referred to as “electrophotographic photoreceptor” or “photoreceptor”) is not limited in material, shape, structure, and size.
- the electrostatic latent image bearing member has a drum-like shape and is comprised of an inorganic photoconductor, such as amorphous silicone or selenium, or an organic photoconductor, such as polysilane or phthalopolymethyne.
- Amorphous silicone is advantageous in terms of long lifespan.
- an electrostatic latent image is formed by the electrostatic latent image forming device.
- the electrostatic latent image forming device comprises a charger for uniformly charging a surface of the electrostatic latent image bearing member and an irradiator for irradiating the charged surface with light containing image information.
- the charger is adapted to charge a surface of the electrostatic latent image bearing member by supplying a voltage thereto.
- the charger may be, for example, a contact charger equipped with a conductive or semiconductive roll, brush, film, or rubber blade, or a non-contact charger such as corotron and scorotron that use corona discharge.
- the charger is disposed in contact or non-contact with the electrostatic latent image bearing member so as to supply an AC-DC superimposed voltage to a surface of the electrostatic latent image bearing member.
- the charger is a non-contact charging roller disposed proximal to the electrostatic latent image bearing member, adapted to to supply an AC-DC superimposed voltage to a surface of the electrostatic latent image bearing member.
- the irradiator is adapted to irradiate the charged surface of the electrostatic latent image bearing member with light containing image information.
- the irradiator may be, for example, a radiation optical type, a rod lens array type, a laser optical type, or a liquid crystal shutter optical type.
- the electrostatic latent image bearing member may be irradiated with light from the reverse surface (back surface) side thereof.
- the developing process is a process which develops the electrostatic latent image into a toner image that is visible with the developer according to an embodiment.
- the developing device includes a container for containing the developer according to an embodiment and a developer bearing member adapted to supply the developer to the electrostatic latent image with or without contacting the electrostatic latent image.
- the developing device may be either a single-color developing device or a multi-color developing device.
- the developing device may be comprised of an agitator for frictionally agitating and charging the developer and a rotatable magnet roller.
- toner particles and carrier particles are mixed and agitated within the developing device so that the toner particles are frictionally charged.
- the charged toner particles and carrier particles are borne on the surface of the magnet roller forming chainlike aggregations (hereinafter “magnetic brush”).
- the magnet roller is disposed adjacent to the electrostatic latent image bearing member. Therefore, a part of the toner particles in the magnetic brush migrates from the surface of the magnet roller to the surface of the electrostatic latent image bearing member due to electrical attractive force. As a result, the electrostatic latent image formed on the electrostatic latent image bearing member is developed into a toner image.
- the transfer process is a process which transfers the toner image onto a recording medium.
- the toner image is primarily transferred onto an intermediate transfer medium and secondarily transferred onto the recording medium.
- a plurality of toner images with different colors is primarily transferred onto the intermediate transfer medium to form a composite toner image and the composite toner image is secondarily transferred onto the recording medium.
- the toner image may be transferred from the electrostatic latent image bearing member upon charging of the electrostatic latent image bearing member by a transfer charger.
- the transfer device includes a plurality of primary transfer devices each adapted to transfer a toner image onto the intermediate transfer medium to form a composite toner image, and a secondary transfer device adapted to transfer the composite toner image onto the recording medium.
- the intermediate transfer medium may be, for example, a transfer belt.
- each transfer device (including the primary transfer device and the secondary transfer device) contains a transfer unit adapted to separate a toner image from the electrostatic latent image bearing member toward a recording medium side.
- the number of transfer devices is not limited, i.e., one or more.
- the transfer unit may be, for example, a corona discharger, a transfer belt, a transfer roller, a pressure transfer roller, or an adhesive transfer unit.
- the recording medium is not limited to a specific material, and any kind of material can be used as the recording medium.
- the fixing process is a process which fixes the toner image on a recording medium.
- Each single-color toner image may be independently fixed on a recording medium, or alternatively, a composite toner image including a plurality of color toner images may be fixed on a recording medium at once.
- the fixing device includes fixing members adapted to fix a toner image by application of heat and pressure.
- the fixing device may include a combination of a heating roller and a pressing roller, or a combination of a heating roller, a pressing roller, and an endless belt.
- the fixing device includes a heater equipped with a heating element, a film in contact with the heater, and a pressing member pressed against the heater with the film therebetween.
- a fixing device is adapted to pass a recording medium having a toner image thereon between the film and the pressing member so that the toner image is fixed on the recording medium upon application of heat and pressure.
- the heating member is heated to a temperature of 80 to 200° C.
- an optical fixer can be used in place of or in combination with the fixing device.
- the neutralization process is a process in which the neutralizer neutralizes the electrostatic latent image bearing member by supplying a neutralization bias thereto.
- the neutralizer may be, for example, a neutralization lamp.
- the cleaning process is a process in which the cleaner removes residual toner particles remaining on the electrostatic latent image bearing member.
- the cleaner may be, for example, a magnetic brush cleaner, an electrostatic brush cleaner, a magnetic roller cleaner, a blade cleaner, a brush cleaner, or a web cleaner.
- the recycle process is a process in which the recycler supplies the residual toner particles collected in the cleaning process to the developing device.
- the recycler may be, for example, a conveyer.
- the control process is a process in which the controller controls the above-described processes.
- the controller may be, for example, a sequencer or a computer.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic view of an image forming apparatus according to an embodiment.
- An image forming apparatus 100 A includes a photoreceptor drum 10 serving as an electrostatic latent image bearing member, a charging roller 20 , an irradiator, a developing device 40 , an intermediate transfer belt 50 , a cleaning device 60 , and a neutralization lamp 70 .
- An intermediate transfer belt 50 is a seamless belt stretched taut with three rollers 51 and is movable in a direction indicated by arrow in FIG. 1 .
- One of the three rollers 51 is adapted to supply a primary transfer bias to the intermediate transfer belt 50 .
- a cleaner 90 is disposed adjacent to the intermediate transfer belt 50 .
- a transfer roller 80 is disposed facing the intermediate transfer belt 50 .
- the transfer roller 80 is adapted to supply a secondary transfer bias for transferring a toner image onto a recording medium 95 .
- a corona charger 58 is disposed facing the intermediate transfer belt 50 between the contact points of the intermediate transfer belt 50 with the photoreceptor drum 10 and the recording medium 95 with respect to the direction of rotation of the intermediate transfer belt 50 .
- the developing device 40 includes a black developing unit 45 K, an yellow developing unit 45 Y, a magenta developing unit 45 M, and a cyan developing unit 45 C.
- the developing units 45 K, 45 Y, 45 M, and 45 C include respective developer containers 42 K, 42 Y, 42 M, and 42 C, respective developer supply rollers 43 K, 43 Y, 43 M, and 43 C, and respective developing rollers 44 K, 44 Y, 44 M, and 44 C.
- the image forming apparatus 100 A is adapted to produce an image in the manner described below.
- the photoreceptor drum 10 is uniformly charged by the charging roller 20 and then irradiated with a light beam L containing image information emitted from the irradiator so that an electrostatic latent image is formed on the photoreceptor drum 10 .
- the developing device 40 supplies toner to the electrostatic latent image on the photoreceptor drum 10 to form a toner image.
- the toner image is primarily transferred onto the intermediate transfer belt 50 by a transfer bias supplied from the roller 51 and is secondarily transferred onto the recording medium 95 by a transfer bias supplied from the transfer roller 80 . Residual toner particles remaining on the photoreceptor drum 10 without being transferred onto the intermediate transfer belt 50 are removed by the cleaning device 60 .
- the photoreceptor drum 10 is neutralized by the neutralization lamp 70 .
- FIG. 2 is a schematic view of an image forming apparatus according to another embodiment.
- An image forming apparatus 100 B is a tandem-type full-color image forming apparatus including a main body 150 , a paper feed table 200 , a scanner 300 , and an automatic document feeder (ADF) 400 .
- ADF automatic document feeder
- An intermediate transfer belt 50 disposed at a center part of the main body 150 , is a seamless belt stretched taut with three rollers 14 , 15 , and 16 and is movable in a direction indicated by arrow in FIG. 2 .
- a cleaner 17 is disposed adjacent to the roller 15 .
- the cleaner 17 is adapted to remove residual toner particles remaining on the intermediate transfer belt 50 without being transferred onto a recording medium.
- An image forming unit 120 including photoreceptor drums 10 K, 10 M, 10 C, and 10 Y, is disposed facing the intermediate transfer belt 50 stretched between the rollers 14 and 15 .
- An irradiator 21 is disposed adjacent to the image forming unit 120 .
- a secondary transfer belt 24 is disposed on the opposite side of the image forming unit 120 with respect to the intermediate transfer belt 50 .
- the secondary transfer belt 24 is a seamless belt stretched taut with a pair of rollers 23 .
- a recording medium conveyed by the secondary transfer belt 24 is brought into contact with the intermediate transfer belt 50 in between the rollers 16 and 23 .
- a fixing device 25 is disposed adjacent to the secondary transfer belt 24 .
- the fixing device 25 includes a seamless fixing belt 26 stretched taut with a pair of rollers and a pressing roller 27 pressed against the fixing belt 26 .
- a sheet reversing device 28 adapted to reverse recording medium in duplexing is disposed adjacent to the secondary transfer belt 24 and the fixing device 25 .
- the image forming unit 120 includes image forming units 18 K, 18 M, 18 C, and 18 Y.
- the secondary transfer belt 24 and the rollers 23 form a secondary transfer device 22 .
- the image forming apparatus 100B produces a full-color image in the manner described below.
- a document is set on a document table 130 of the automatic document feeder 400 .
- a document is set on a contact glass 32 of the scanner 300 while lifting up the automatic document feeder 400 , followed by holding down of the automatic document feeder 400 .
- the scanner 300 Upon pressing of a switch, in a case in which a document is set on the contact glass 32 , the scanner 300 immediately starts driving so that a first runner 33 and a second runner 34 start moving.
- the scanner 300 starts driving after the document is fed onto the contact glass 32 .
- the first runner 33 directs light to the document and reflects a light reflected from the document toward the second runner 34 .
- the second runner 34 then reflects the light toward a reading sensor 36 through an imaging lens 35 .
- image information of black, magenta, cyan, and yellow is read.
- FIG. 3 is a magnified view of one of the image forming units 18 .
- Each of the image forming units 18 includes a photoreceptor drum 10 , a charging roller 160 adapted to uniformly charge the photoreceptor drum 10 , an irradiator adapted to irradiate the charged surface of the photoreceptor drum 10 with light L containing image information, a developing device 61 adapted to develop an electrostatic latent image into a toner image, a transfer roller 62 adapted to transfer the toner image onto the intermediate transfer belt 50 , a cleaner 63 , and a neutralization lamp 64 .
- the toner images formed in the image forming units 18 K, 18 M, 18 C, and 18 Y are sequentially transferred onto the intermediate transfer belt 50 while the intermediate transfer belt 50 is endlessly moving so that the toner images are superimposed on one another to form a composite toner image thereon.
- one of paper feed rollers 142 starts rotating in the paper feed table 200 so that a sheet of a recording medium is fed from one of paper feed cassettes 144 in a paper bank 143 .
- the sheet is separated by one of separation rollers 145 and fed to a paper feed path 146 .
- Feed rollers 147 feed the sheet to a paper feed path 148 in the main body 150 .
- the sheet is then stopped by a registration roller 49 .
- a recording medium may be fed from a manual feed tray 54 .
- a separation roller 52 separates a sheet of the recording medium and feeds it to a manual paper feed path 53 .
- the sheet is then stopped by the registration roller 49 .
- the registration roller 49 is generally grounded, the registration roller 49 can be supplied with a bias for the purpose of removing paper powders from the sheet.
- the registration roller 49 feeds the sheet to the gap between the intermediate transfer belt 50 and the secondary transfer belt 24 in synchronization with an entry of the composite toner image formed on the intermediate transfer belt 50 into the gap. After the composite toner image is transferred, residual toner particles remaining on the intermediate transfer belt 50 are removed by the cleaner 17 .
- the secondary transfer belt 24 conveys the recording medium having the composite toner image thereon to the fixing device 25 .
- the fixing device 25 fixes the composite toner image on the recording medium.
- a switch claw 55 switches paper feed paths so that the sheet is discharged onto a discharge tray 57 by rotation of a discharge roller 56 .
- the switch claw 55 switches paper feed paths so that the sheet gets reversed in the sheet reversing device 28 . After forming another toner image on the back side of the sheet, the sheet is discharged onto the discharge tray 57 by rotation of the discharge roller 56 .
- an amorphous polyester resin (a-1) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a-1) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 9,200, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 3,700, and an optical purity (X) of 40% by mole.
- amorphous polyester resin (a-2) polyester diol having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a-2) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2,400, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 9,000, and an optical purity (X) of 52% by mole.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a-3) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 3,200, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 11,000, and an optical purity (X) of 52% by mole.
- amorphous polyester resin (a-4) (polyester diol) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a-4) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 4,600, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 15,000, and an optical purity (X) of 52% by mole.
- amorphous polyester resin (a-4) (polyester diol) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a-4) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 8,200, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 34,000, and an optical purity (X) of 52% by mole.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a-6) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 12,000, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 41,000, and an optical purity (X) of 52% by mole.
- amorphous polyester resin (a-7) (polyester diol) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a-7) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 7,600, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 26,000, and an optical purity (X) of 60% by mole.
- an amorphous polyester resin (a-8) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a-8) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 8,800, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 39,000, and an optical purity (X) of 77% by mole.
- a toluene solution of 17.5 parts of EO 2 mol adduct of bisphenol A, 17.5 parts of terephthalic acid, and 0.02 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate is subjected to a reaction at 200° C. and 8 kPa for 15 hours. After termination of the reaction, the temperature and pressure are returned to normal temperature and pressure. Thus, a polyester diol (a12-1) is prepared.
- the polyester diol (a11-1) in an amount of 70 parts and the polyester diol (a12-1) in an amount of 30 parts are dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone.
- Isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI) as an elongating agent, in an amount of 8 parts is added thereto to cause a reaction at 50° C. for 6 hours. After termination of the reaction, the solvent is removed. Thus, an amorphous polyester resin (a-9) is prepared.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a-9) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 5,300, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 21,000, and an optical purity (X) of 59% by mole.
- an amorphous polyester resin (a-10) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- the amorphous polyester resin (a-10) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 8,200, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 31,000, and an optical purity (X) of 84% by mole.
- a toluene solution of 10 parts of EO 2 mol adduct of bisphenol A, 8 parts of terephthalic acid, 2 parts of adipic acid, and 0.01 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate is subjected to a reaction at 200° C. and 8 kPa for 15 hours.
- an amorphous polyester resin (d) having no polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- the amorphous polyester resin (d) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2,900 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 6,800.
- compositions and properties of the above-prepared resins i.e., the first resins are summarized in Table 1.
- a mixture of 79 parts of terephthalic acid, 7 parts of isophthalic acid, 14 parts of ethylene glycol, and 29 parts of neopentyl glycol is heated at 260° C. for 4 hours to cause an esterification reaction.
- the reaction system temperature is increased to 280° C. and the reaction system pressure is gradually reduced to 13 Pa over a period of 1.5 hours.
- the polycondensation reaction is further continued for 2 hours. Thereafter, the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure by introducing nitrogen gas and the reaction system temperature is reduced to 270° C. Trimellitic acid in an amount of 2 parts is further added to the vessel at 270° C.
- a sheet-like resin is obtained.
- the sheet-like resin is pulverized into particles and the particles are sieved.
- the particles collected with a sieve having an opening of 1 to 6 mm are collected.
- a granular polyester resin (b-1) is prepared.
- a 1-liter two-necked round-bottom flask is charged with 300 parts of the aqueous dispersion of the polyester resin (b-1) and 80 parts of distilled water and a mechanical stirrer and a Liebig condenser are put into place.
- the flask is heated in an oil bath to remove the aqueous medium. The heating of the flask is terminated at the time about 160 parts of the aqueous medium have been removed.
- the flask is cooled under room temperature. Liquid components remaining in the flask are filtered with a 600 mesh (twilled dutch weave).
- the solid content in the filtrate is 40% by weight.
- the filtrate is supplied with distilled water while being agitated so that the solid content becomes 30% by weight.
- a water dispersion of the polyester resin (b-1) particles is prepared.
- the polyester resin (b-1) particles has a volume average particle diameter of 68 nm, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 9,800, a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 68° C., and an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g.
- a mixture of 56 parts of terephthalic acid, 27 parts of isophthalic acid, 12 parts of ethylene glycol, and 31 parts of neopentyl glycol is heated at 260° C. for 4 hours to cause an esterification reaction.
- the reaction system temperature is increased to 280° C. and the reaction system pressure is gradually reduced to 130 Pa over a period of 1.5 hours.
- the polycondensation reaction is further continued for 2 hours. Thereafter, the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure by introducing nitrogen gas and the reaction system temperature is reduced to 270° C. Trimellitic acid in an amount of 22 parts is further added to the vessel at 270° C.
- a sheet-like resin is obtained.
- the sheet-like resin is pulverized into particles and the particles are sieved.
- the particles collected with a sieve having an opening of 1 to 6 mm are collected.
- a granular polyester resin (b-2) is prepared.
- a 1-liter two-necked round-bottom flask is charged with 300 parts of the aqueous dispersion of the polyester resin (b-2) and 80 parts of distilled water and a mechanical stirrer and a Liebig condenser are put into place.
- the flask is heated in an oil bath to remove the aqueous medium. The heating of the flask is terminated at the time about 160 parts of the aqueous medium have been removed.
- the flask is cooled under room temperature. Liquid components remaining in the flask are filtered with a 600 mesh (twilled dutch weave).
- the solid content in the filtrate is 40% by weight.
- the filtrate is supplied with distilled water while being agitated so that the solid content becomes 30% by weight.
- a water dispersion of the polyester resin (b-2) particles is prepared.
- the polyester resin (b-2) particles has a volume average particle diameter of 107 nm, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 13,500, a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 63° C., and an acid value of 22 mgKOH/g.
- a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer and a thermometer is charged with 600 parts of water, 120 parts of styrene, 100 parts of methacrylic acid, 45 parts of butyl acrylate, 10 parts of a sodium alkylallylsulfosuccinate (ELEMINOL JS-2 from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and 1 part of ammonium persulfate.
- the mixture is agitated for 20 minutes at a revolution of 400 rpm.
- a white emulsion is prepared.
- the emulsion is heated to 75° C. and subjected to a reaction for 6 hours.
- a water dispersion of styrene-acrylic resin particles (b-3) is prepared.
- the styrene-acrylic resin (b-3) particles have a volume average particle diameter of 80 nm, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 160,000, and a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 74° C.
- compositions and properties of the above-prepared resins i.e., the second resins are summarized in Table 2.
- a low-molecular-weight polyethylene (SANWAX LEL-400 from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., having a softening point of 128° C.) are dissolved in 480 parts of xylene.
- a mixed solution of 740 parts of styrene, 100 parts of acrylonitrile, 60 parts of butyl acrylate, 36 parts of di-t-butylperoxyhexahydroterephthalate, and 100 parts of xylene is dropped therein at 170° C. over a period of 3 hours to cause a polymerization.
- the reaction system is kept at 170° C. for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvents are removed.
- a graft polymer (c-1) is prepared.
- the graft polymer (c-1) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 4,500 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 24,000, a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 67° C.
- the vinyl resin portion has a solubility parameter of 10.9 (cal/cm 3 ) 1/2 .
- a low-molecular-weight polyethylene (SANWAX LEL-400 from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., having a softening point of 128° C.) are dissolved in 480 parts of xylene.
- a mixed solution of 700 parts of styrene, 95 parts of acrylonitrile, 55 parts of butyl acrylate, 36 parts of di-t-butylperoxyhexahydroterephthalate, and 100 parts of xylene is dropped therein at 170° C. over a period of 3 hours to cause a polymerization.
- the reaction system is kept at 170° C. for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvents are removed.
- a graft polymer (c-2) is prepared.
- the graft polymer (c-2) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 3,400 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 16,000, a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 63° C.
- the vinyl resin portion has a solubility parameter of 10.7 (cal/cm 3 ) 1/2 .
- a low-molecular-weight polypropylene (VISCOL 660P from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., having a softening point of 145° C.) are dissolved in 480 parts of xylene.
- a mixed solution of 636 parts of styrene, 70 parts of acrylonitrile, 88 parts of butyl acrylate, 6 parts of acrylic acid, 30 parts of di-t-butylperoxyhexahydroterephthalate, and 250 parts of xylene is dropped therein at 170° C. over a period of 3 hours to cause a polymerization.
- the reaction system is kept at 170° C. for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvents are removed.
- a graft polymer (c-3) is prepared.
- the graft polymer (c-3) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2,800 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 11,000, a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 58° C.
- the vinyl resin portion has a solubility parameter of 10.8 (cal/cm 3 ) 1/2 .
- the esterification crude product in an amount of 100 parts and ion-exchange water in an amount of 20 parts are mixed and agitated for 30 minutes at 70° C.
- the mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes and then the water layer is separated and removed.
- the remaining ester layer is repeatedly washed with water for 4 times until the waste water has expressed a neutral pH.
- the solvents are removed from the ester layer at 180° C. under a reduced pressure of 1 kPa and the ester layer is then filtered.
- an ester compound 1 having a melting point of 79° C., an acid value of 0.2 mgKOH/g, and a hydroxyl value of 1.6 mgKOH/g is prepared.
- a reaction vessel equipped with a distillation column is charged with 29 parts of terephthalic acid, 0.4 parts of isophthalic acid, 7 parts of trimellitic anhydride, 8 parts of ethylene glycol, 47 parts of polyoxypropylene(2.3)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 7 parts of polyoxyethylene(2)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2 parts of the ester compound 1, and 800 ppm of antimony trioxide as a catalyst. These materials are subjected to an esterification reaction for 7 hours by being agitated with agitation blades at a revolution of 120 rpm at a reaction system temperature of 265° C. The reaction system temperature is then kept at 235° C.
- reaction system pressure is reduced to 7.5 mmHg (1 kPa) over a period of about 40 minutes to cause a condensation reaction while removing diol components from the reaction system.
- degree of vacuum increases.
- the condensation reaction is continued until the agitation blades have expressed a torque corresponding to a desired softening point.
- the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure and the heating is terminated.
- the reaction system is pressurized with nitrogen gas and a reaction product is taken out over a period of about 40 minutes.
- a polyester resin (c-4) is prepared.
- the polyester resin (c-4) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 4,600 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 28,000, and a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 55° C.
- a reaction vessel equipped with a distillation column is charged with 30 parts of terephthalic acid, 0.4 parts of isophthalic acid, 8 parts of trimellitic anhydride, 10 parts of ethylene glycol, 48 parts of polyoxypropylene(2.3)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 4 parts of the ester compound 1, and 800 ppm of antimony trioxide as a catalyst. These materials are subjected to an esterification reaction for 7 hours by being agitated with agitation blades at a revolution of 120 rpm at a reaction system temperature of 265° C. The reaction system temperature is then kept at 235° C.
- reaction system pressure is reduced to 7.5 mmHg (1 kPa) over a period of about 40 minutes to cause a condensation reaction while removing diol components from the reaction system.
- degree of vacuum increases.
- the condensation reaction is continued until the agitation blades have expressed a torque corresponding to a desired softening point.
- the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure and the heating is terminated.
- the reaction system is pressurized with nitrogen gas and a reaction product is taken out over a period of about 40 minutes.
- a polyester resin (c-5) is prepared.
- the polyester resin (c-5) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 4,900 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 34,000, and a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 52° C.
- the esterification crude product in an amount of 100 parts and ion-exchange water in an amount of 20 parts are mixed and agitated for 30 minutes at 70° C.
- the mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes and then the water layer is separated and removed.
- the remaining ester layer is repeatedly washed with water for 4 times until the waste water has expressed a neutral pH.
- the solvents are removed from the ester layer at 180° C. under a reduced pressure of 1 kPa and the ester layer is then filtered.
- an ester compound 2 having a melting point of 85° C., an acid value of 0.2 mgKOH/g, and a hydroxyl value of 1.6 mgKOH/g is prepared.
- a reaction vessel equipped with a distillation column is charged with 29 parts of terephthalic acid, 0.4 parts of isophthalic acid, 7 parts of trimellitic anhydride, 8 parts of ethylene glycol, 47 parts of polyoxypropylene(2.3)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 7 parts of polyoxyethylene(2)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2 parts of the ester compound 2, and 800 ppm of antimony trioxide as a catalyst. These materials are subjected to an esterification reaction for 7 hours by being agitated with agitation blades at a revolution of 120 rpm at a reaction system temperature of 265° C. The reaction system temperature is then kept at 235° C.
- reaction system pressure is reduced to 7.5 mmHg (1 kPa) over a period of about 40 minutes to cause a condensation reaction while removing diol components from the reaction system.
- degree of vacuum increases.
- the condensation reaction is continued until the agitation blades have expressed a torque corresponding to a desired softening point.
- the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure and the heating is terminated.
- the reaction system is pressurized with nitrogen gas and a reaction product is taken out over a period of about 40 minutes.
- a polyester resin (c-6) is prepared.
- the polyester resin (c-6) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 6,500 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 43,000, and a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 60° C.
- the esterification crude product in an amount of 100 parts and ion-exchange water in an amount of 20 parts are mixed and agitated for 30 minutes at 70° C.
- the mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes and then the water layer is separated and removed.
- the remaining ester layer is repeatedly washed with water for 4 times until the waste water has expressed a neutral pH.
- the solvents are removed from the ester layer at 180° C. under a reduced pressure of 1 kPa and the ester layer is then filtered.
- an ester compound 3 having a melting point of 72° C., an acid value of 0.2 mgKOH/g, and a hydroxyl value of 0.8 mgKOH/g is prepared.
- a reaction vessel equipped with a distillation column is charged with 29 parts of terephthalic acid, 0.4 parts of isophthalic acid, 7 parts of trimellitic anhydride, 8 parts of ethylene glycol, 47 parts of polyoxypropylene(2.3)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 7 parts of polyoxyethylene(2)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2 parts of the ester compound 3, and 800 ppm of antimony trioxide as a catalyst. These materials are subjected to an esterification reaction for 7 hours by being agitated with agitation blades at a revolution of 120 rpm at a reaction system temperature of 265° C. The reaction system temperature is then kept at 235° C.
- reaction system pressure is reduced to 7.5 mmHg (1 kPa) over a period of about 40 minutes to cause a condensation reaction while removing diol components from the reaction system.
- degree of vacuum increases.
- the condensation reaction is continued until the agitation blades have expressed a torque corresponding to a desired softening point.
- the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure and the heating is terminated.
- the reaction system is pressurized with nitrogen gas and a reaction product is taken out over a period of about 40 minutes.
- a polyester resin (c-7) is prepared.
- the polyester resin (c-7) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 5,700 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 38,000, and a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 48° C.
- the esterification crude product in an amount of 100 parts and ion-exchange water in an amount of 20 parts are mixed and agitated for 30 minutes at 70° C.
- the mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes and then the water layer is separated and removed.
- the remaining ester layer is repeatedly washed with water for 4 times until the waste water has expressed a neutral pH.
- the solvents are removed from the ester layer at 180° C. under a reduced pressure of 1 kPa and the ester layer is then filtered.
- an ester compound 4 having a melting point of 62° C., an acid value of 0.3 mgKOH/g, and a hydroxyl value of 1.5 mgKOH/g is prepared.
- a reaction vessel equipped with a distillation column is charged with 29 parts of terephthalic acid, 0.4 parts of isophthalic acid, 7 parts of trimellitic anhydride, 8 parts of ethylene glycol, 47 parts of polyoxypropylene(2.3)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 7 parts of polyoxyethylene(2)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2 parts of the ester compound 4, and 800 ppm of antimony trioxide as a catalyst. These materials are subjected to an esterification reaction for 7 hours by being agitated with agitation blades at a revolution of 120 rpm at a reaction system temperature of 265° C. The reaction system temperature is then kept at 235° C.
- reaction system pressure is reduced to 7.5 mmHg (1 kPa) over a period of about 40 minutes to cause a condensation reaction while removing diol components from the reaction system.
- degree of vacuum increases.
- the condensation reaction is continued until the agitation blades have expressed a torque corresponding to a desired softening point.
- the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure and the heating is terminated.
- the reaction system is pressurized with nitrogen gas and a reaction product is taken out over a period of about 40 minutes.
- a polyester resin (c-8) is prepared.
- the polyester resin (c-8) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 4,700 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 31,000, and a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 42° C.
- compositions and properties of the above-prepared resins i.e., the release agent dispersing resins are summarized in Tables 3 to 5.
- each combination of a glycerin and a fatty acid in amounts as described in Table 6 is subjected to an esterification reaction at 240° C. under nitrogen gas flow.
- glycerin or polyglycerin esters (1) to (16) are prepared. Properties of the glycerin or polyglycerin esters (1) to (16) are shown in Table 7.
- Raw material glycerins listed in Table 6, i.e., DIGLYCERIN S, POLYGLYCERIN #310, #500, and #750 (available from Sakamoto Yakuhin Kogyo Co., Ltd.) have an average polymerization degree of 2, 4, 6, and 10, respectively, which is calculated from the hydroxyl value.
- the glycerin esters (1) and (2) each consist essentially of the listed glycerin esters while the polyglycerin esters (3) to (16) each comprise the listed glycerin esters only as main components because the raw material diglycerins and polyglycerins have a distribution in polymerization degree.
- Aqueous phases (1) to (26) are prepared by mixing 83 parts of a water dispersion of each particulate second binder resin listed in Table 8 with 990 parts of water, 37 parts of a 48.5% aqueous solution of dodecyl diphenyl ether sodium disulfonate (ELEMINOL MON-7 from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and 90 parts of ethyl acetate.
- ELEMINOL MON-7 dodecyl diphenyl ether sodium disulfonate
- the intermediate polyester resin has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2,500, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 10,700, a peak molecular weight of 3,400, a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 57° C., an acid value of 0.4 mgKOH/g, and a hydroxyl value of 49 mgKOH/g.
- a ketimine compound is prepared.
- the ketimine compound has an amine value of 423 mgKOH/g.
- amorphous polyester resin (a-1) 100 parts of the amorphous polyester resin (a-1), 100 parts of a carbon black (PRINTEX 35 from Degussa, having a DBP oil absorption of 42 m1/100 g and a pH of 9.5), and 50 parts of water are mixed by a HENSCHEL MIXER (from Mitsui Mining and Smelting Co., Ltd.).
- a master batch (1) is prepared.
- master batches (2) to (11) are prepared.
- release agent dispersions (1) to (26) are prepared.
- aqueous phase (1) 150 parts are mixed and agitated with 100 parts of the oily phase (1) for 10 minutes by a TK HOMOMIXER (from PRIMIX Corporation) at a revolution of 12,000 rpm.
- TK HOMOMIXER from PRIMIX Corporation
- a flask equipped with a stirrer and a thermometer is charged with 100 parts of the emulsion slurry.
- the emulsion slurry is agitated for 10 hours at 30° C. at a peripheral speed of 20 m/min so that the solvents are removed therefrom, followed by washing, filtering, and drying.
- the dried product is further sieved with a mesh having openings of 75 ⁇ m.
- a mother toner (1) is prepared.
- mother toner (1) is repeated except for replacing the water phase (1) and the oily phase (1) with each of the water phases (2) to (26) and the oily phases (2) to (26), respectively.
- mother toners (2) to (26) are prepared.
- Each of the mother toners (1) to (26) in an amount of 100 parts and a hydrophobized silica (H2000 available from Clariant Japan K.K.) in an amount of 1.0 part are mixed by a HENSCHEL MIXER (from Mitsui Mining and Smelting Co., Ltd.) at a peripheral speed of 30 m/sec for 30 minutes, followed by a pause for 1 minute. This mixing operation is repeated 5 times. The mixture is sieved with a mesh having openings of 35 ⁇ m. Thus, toners (1) to (26) are prepared.
- a resin layer coating liquid is prepared by mixing 100 parts of a silicone resin (organo straight silicone), 5 parts of ⁇ -(2-aminoethyl)aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, 10 parts of a carbon black, and 100 parts of toluene by a homomixer for 20 minutes.
- the resin layer coating liquid is applied to the surfaces of 1,000 parts of ferrite particles having a volume average particle diameter of 35 ⁇ m using a fluidized bed coating device.
- a carrier is prepared.
- Each of the toners (1) to (26) in an amount of 5 parts and the carrier in an amount of 95 parts are mixed. Thus, developers (1) to (26) are prepared.
- COULTER MULTISIZER III As a measuring instrument, COULTER MULTISIZER III (available from Beckman Coulter Inc.) is used connecting to an interface (available from Nikkaki-Bios K.K.) and a personal computer for outputting number and volume distributions.
- electrolyte 1% water solution of the first grade sodium chloride is prepared.
- a surfactant alkylbenzene sulfonate
- 2 to 20 mg of each toner are dispersed by an ultrasonic disperser for about 1 to 3 minutes, thus obtaining a primary dispersion.
- 100 to 200 mL of the electrolyte is mixed with an amount of the primary dispersion, thus obtaining a measuring dispersion having a predetermined toner concentration.
- 50,000 toner particles in the measuring dispersion are subjected to a measurement of volume and number distributions by the COULTER MULTISIZER III equipped with an aperture of 100 ⁇ m.
- the volume average particle diameter (Dv) and number average particle diameter (Dn) are determined from the measured volume and number distributions, respectively.
- Each toner is embedded in an epoxy resin and cut into a ultrathin section having a thickness of about 100 nm.
- the ultrathin section is dyed with ruthenium tetraoxide and observed and photographed with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) at a magnification of 10,000.
- TEM transmission electron microscope
- Melting point of each release agent is measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC-60 from Shimadzu Corporation) as follows. First, 5.0 mg of each release agent is put in an aluminum container. The container is put on a holder unit and set in an electric furnace. The container is heated from 20° C. to 200° C. at a heating rate of 10° C./min under nitrogen atmosphere. The container is then cooled from 200° C. to 0° C. at a cooling rate of 10° C./min and heated again to 200° C. at a heating rate of 10° C./min, thus obtaining a DSC curve. The DSC curve is analyzed with an analysis program in the DSC-60 to determine an endothermic peak observed in the second heating. The melting point of the sample is determined from a temperature at which the endothermic peak is observed.
- DSC-60 differential scanning calorimeter
- An electrophotographic copier (MF-200 from Ricoh Co., Ltd.) employing a TEFLON® fixing roller is modified so that the temperature of the fixing roller is variable.
- Each developer is mounted on the copier, and a solid image having 0.85 ⁇ 0.1 mg/cm 2 of toner is formed on sheets of a normal paper TYPE 6200 (from Ricoh Co., Ltd.) and a thick paper ⁇ 135> (from NBS Ricoh) while varying the temperature of the fixing roller to determine the maximum and minimum fixable temperatures.
- the maximum fixable temperature is a temperature above which hot offset occurs on the normal paper.
- the minimum fixable temperature is a temperature below which the residual rate of image density after rubbing the solid image falls below 70% on the thick paper.
- the maximum and minimum temperatures thus determined are graded as follows.
- Each toner is contained in a 50-mL glass vessel and left in a constant temperature chamber at 50° C. for 24 hours. After being cooled to 24° C., the toner is subjected to a penetration test (JIS K2235-1991) to determine a penetration (mm).
- JIS K2235-1991 JIS K2235-1991
- the measured penetrations are graded as follows. The greater the penetration, the better the heat-resistant storage stability. Toners having a penetration less than 5 mm are not suitable for practical use.
- Each developer is mounted on a tandem full-color image forming apparatus (IMAGIO NEO 450 from Ricoh Co., Ltd.).
- An image chart having an image area occupancy of 20% is printed out while controlling the toner concentration so that the resulting image density becomes 1.4 ⁇ 0.2.
- An initial charge quantity A ( ⁇ C/g) of the developer and a charge quantity B ( ⁇ C/g) of the developer after printing 200,000th sheets are measured by a blow off method and the degree of decrease is calculated from the following equation: [(A ⁇ B)/A] ⁇ 100(%).
- Filming resistance is evaluated by the degree of decrease in charge quantity and graded as follows.
- Each developer is mounted on a tandem full-color image forming apparatus (IMAGIO NEO 450 from Ricoh Co., Ltd.), and a solid image having 1.00 ⁇ 0.05 mg/cm 2 of toner is formed on a sheet of a paper TYPE 6000 ⁇ 70W> (from Ricoh Co., Ltd.) while setting the temperature of the fixing roller to 160 ⁇ 2° C.
- Six randomly-selected portions in the solid image are subjected to a measurement of image density using a spectrophotometer (938 spectrodensitometer from X-Rite). The measured image density values are averaged and graded as follows.
- the evaluation results are shown in Tables 12-1, 12-2, 13-1, and 13-2.
- the toners (1) to (18) are examples and the toners (19) to (26) are comparative examples.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Dentistry (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Developing Agents For Electrophotography (AREA)
- Prostheses (AREA)
- Dental Tools And Instruments Or Auxiliary Dental Instruments (AREA)
Abstract
X (% by mole)=|X(L-form)−X(D-form)|
Description
- This patent application is based on and claims priority pursuant to 35 U.S.C. §119 to Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-106418, filed on May 11, 2011, in the Japanese Patent Office, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
- 1. Technical Field
- The present disclosure relates to a toner, a developer, an image forming apparatus, and an image forming method.
- 2. Description of Related Art
- In an electrophotographic image forming apparatus or electrostatic recording device, an electric or magnetic latent image is developed into a toner image. In electrophotography, for example, an electrostatic latent image is formed on a photoreceptor and is developed into a toner image. The toner image is transferred onto a recording medium, such as paper, and fixed thereon by application of heat, etc.
- It requires a large amount of electric power for melting and fixing the toner image on the recording medium. Therefore, toner is required to be fixable at much lower temperatures (this property is hereinafter referred to as “low-temperature fixability”) from the viewpoint of energy saving. Toner is also required to be easily releasable from a heating member, such as a fixing roller, so as not to cause hot offset (this property is hereinafter referred to as “hot offset resistance”).
- One proposed method of improving hot offset resistance involves including a release agent in toner. (Such a toner may be referred to as an oilless toner.) As the release agent, natural waxes such as carnauba wax (i.e., plant) and paraffin wax (i.e., crude oil), and synthetic waxes such as polyethylene wax and polypropylene wax have been used for toner. However, these release agents not always sufficiently improve hot offset resistance of toner.
- As an attempt to improve hot offset resistance, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-092927 proposes a release agent comprising an ester of a polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 2 to 10 with a fatty acid having an average carbon number of 16 to 24.
- Low-temperature fixability of toner may be also improved by controlling thermal properties of binder resin. As an attempt to improve low-temperature fixability, Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 2008-262179 and 2010-014757 each propose a toner including an amorphous polyester resin, the main chain of which having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton comprising L-monomer and D-monomer at a specific ratio (e.g., polylactic acid).
- In accordance with some embodiments, a toner including a first binder resin, a release agent, a release agent dispersing resin, and a colorant is provided. The first binder resin includes an amorphous polyester resin (a) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton in its main chain. The polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton comprises optically-active monomers having an optical purity X of 80% by mole or less. The optical purity X is represented by the following formula:
-
X (% by mole)=|X(L-form)−X(D-form)| - wherein X(L-form) and X(D-form) represent ratios (% by mole) of L-form and D-form optically-active monomers, respectively. The release agent includes an ester of a fatty acid having an average carbon number of 18 to 24 with glycerin or a polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 2 to 10. The ester has a melting point of 55 to 80° C.
- In accordance with some embodiments, a developer including the above toner and a carrier is provided.
- In accordance with some embodiments, an image forming apparatus is provided. The image forming apparatus includes an electrostatic latent image bearing member, an electrostatic latent image forming device adapted to form an electrostatic latent image on the electrostatic latent image bearing member, a developing device adapted to develop the electrostatic latent image into a toner image with the above developer, a transfer device adapted to transfer the toner image from the electrostatic latent image bearing member onto a recording medium, and a fixing device adapted to fix the toner image on the recording medium.
- In accordance with some embodiments, an image forming method is provided. The image forming method includes the steps of forming an electrostatic latent image on an electrostatic latent image bearing member, developing the electrostatic latent image into a toner image with the above developer, transferring the toner image from the electrostatic latent image bearing member onto a recording medium, and fixing the toner image on the recording medium.
- A more complete appreciation of the disclosure and many of the attendant advantages thereof will be readily obtained as the same becomes better understood by reference to the following detailed description when considered in connection with the accompanying drawings, wherein:
-
FIG. 1 is a schematic view of an image forming apparatus according to an embodiment; -
FIG. 2 is a schematic view of an image forming apparatus according to another embodiment; and -
FIG. 3 is a magnified view of one of the image forming units included in the image forming apparatus illustrated inFIG. 2 . - Embodiments of the present invention are described in detail below with reference to accompanying drawings. In describing embodiments illustrated in the drawings, specific terminology is employed for the sake of clarity. However, the disclosure of this patent specification is not intended to be limited to the specific terminology so selected, and it is to be understood that each specific element includes all technical equivalents that operate in a similar manner and achieve a similar result.
- For the sake of simplicity, the same reference number will be given to identical constituent elements such as parts and materials having the same functions and redundant descriptions thereof omitted unless otherwise stated.
- A toner according to an embodiment includes a first binder resin, a release agent, a release agent dispersing resin, and a colorant. The toner may be obtained by dissolving or dispersing the above toner components in an organic solvent and emulsifying the resulting oily toner components liquid in an aqueous medium.
- The first binder resin includes an amorphous polyester resin (a) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton in its main chain. The polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton comprises optically-active monomers.
- The amorphous polyester resin (a) includes a high level of ester groups in its main chain and short-chain alkyl groups in its side chains. Thus, the amorphous polyester resin (a) includes a relatively higher level of ester groups per molecule compared to typical polyester resins not having polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton in their main chains. Therefore, the amorphous polyester resin (a) has high affinity for paper, which results in improvement of low-temperature fixability. Because of being amorphous, the amorphous polyester resin (a) also has high transparency.
- The polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton comprises a skeleton in which a single hydroxycarboxylic acid is polymerized or multiple hydroxycarboxylic acids are copolymerized. The polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton can be obtained by hydrolysis condensation of hydroxycarboxylic acids, ring-opening polymerization of cyclic esters of the hydroxycarboxylic acids, or lipase enzyme reaction, for example. In some embodiments, ring-opening polymerization of cyclic esters of hydroxycarboxylic acids is employed. In such embodiments, the resulting polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton has a greater molecular weight.
- In some embodiments, the optically-active monomers forming the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton include aliphatic hydroxycarboxylic acids or hydroxycarboxylic acids having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, in view of transparency and thermal property. Specific examples of such hydroxycarboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, lactic acid and 3-hydroxybutyric acid. Other than the hydroxycarboxylic acids, cyclic esters of the hydroxycarboxylic acids are also usable as raw materials of the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton. In this case, the resulting skeleton has a configuration in which the hydroxycarboxylic acids constituting the cyclic esters are polymerized. For example, the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton obtained from lactic acid lactide has a configuration in which lactic acids are polymerized.
- The polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton has an optical purity X of 80% by mole or less or 60% by mole or less. The optical purity is represented by the following formula:
-
X (% by mole)=|X(L-form)−X(D-form)| - wherein X(L-form) and X(D-form) represent ratios (% by mole) of L-form and D-form optically-active monomers, respectively.
- When the optical purity is 80% or less, the amorphous polyester resin (a) has excellent solvent solubility and transparency. The optical purity within the above range may be achieved when raw materials of the amorphous polyester resin (a) include a mixture of L-form and D-form compounds, meso compounds, or a mixture of meso compounds with either D-form or L-form compounds.
- The amorphous polyester resin (a) may be copolymerized with another resin having a different skeleton so long as transparency and thermal property do not deteriorate. The amorphous polyester resin (a) may further comprise diols, dicarboxylic acids, polyols (e.g., glycerin, glycolic acid), and/or polyhydroxy acids (e.g., malic acid, tartaric acid).
- In some embodiments, the amorphous polyester resin (a) has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 7,000 to 70,000, 10,000 to 40,000, or 15,00 to 35,000, in view of heat-resistant storage stability and low-temperature fixability.
- In some embodiments, the amorphous polyester resin (a) has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50 to 70° C. or 55 to 65° C. When Tg is less than 50° C., heat-resistant storage stability may be poor. When Tg is greater than 70° C., low-temperature fixability may be poor.
- The optical purity X can be measured as follows. First, mix an analyte (e.g., a resin having a polyester skeleton or a toner including the resin) with a mixture solvent of pure water, 1N sodium hydroxide solution, and isopropyl alcohol, and agitate the mixture at 70° C. to cause hydrolysis. Next, filter the mixture to remove solid components and add sulfuric acid to neutralize the filtrate. Thus, an aqueous solution containing L-hydroxycarboxylic acid and/or D-hydroxycarboxylic acid, produced from the polyester resin, is obtained. Subject the aqueous solution to a measurement with a high-speed liquid chromatography (HPLC) equipped with chiral ligand exchangeable columns SUMICHIRAL OA-5000 (from Sumika Analysis Chemical Service, Ltd.). Determine peak areas S(L) and S(D) corresponding to L-hydroxycarboxylic acid and D-hydroxycarboxylic acid, respectively, from the resulting chromatogram. Calculate optical purity X from the following formulae.
-
X(L-form) (% by mol)=100×S(L)/{S(L)+S(D)} -
X(D-form) (% by mol)=100×S(D)/{S(L)+S(D)} -
Optical purity X (% by mol)=|X(L-form)−X(D-form)| - A polyester diol (a11) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton can be obtained by copolymerizing a diol (11) with raw materials of the polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton. Specific examples of the diol (11) include, but are not limited to, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2 to 30 mol alkylene oxide (“AO”) (e.g., ethylene oxide (“EO”), propylene oxide (“PO”), butylene oxide (“BO”)) adducts of bisphenols (e.g., bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S), and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, or an AO adduct of bisphenol A is used.
- In some embodiments, the amorphous polyester resin (a) comprises a straight-chain polyester diol (a11) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton, to more improve low-temperature fixability. In some embodiments, the amorphous polyester resin (a) includes a straight-chain polyester resin (A) obtained by reacting the straight-chain polyester diol (a11) with another polyester diol (a12) with an elongating agent, to more improve heat-resistant storage stability.
- Generally, straight-chain polyester resins are easy to control molecular weight, thermal properties, compatibility, etc., due to their simple structures. The straight-chain polyester resin (A) comprises units of (a11) and (a12). Therefore, properties of the straight-chain polyester resin (A) are controllable by controlling chemical structure and/or chemical structure of the unit of (a12).
- The polyester diol (a12) may be obtained by, for example, reacting a dicarboxylic acid (13) with an excessive amount of diol (11). Specific examples of the polyester diol (a12) include, but are not limited to, reaction products of at least one compound selected from 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, and 2 to 30 mol AO (e.g., EO, PO, BO) adducts of bisphenols (e.g., bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S) with at least one compound selected from terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, adipic acid, and succinic acid.
- In some embodiments, each of the polyester diols (a11) and (a12) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 500 to 30,000, 1,000 to 20,000, or 2,000 to 5,000.
- The elongating agent for elongating the polyester diols (a11) and (a12) includes two functional groups reactive with the hydroxyl groups included in (a11) and (a12). For example, dicarboxylic acids (13) and anhydrides thereof, difunctional polyisocyanates (15), and difunctional polyepoxides (19) are usable as the elongating agent. In some embodiments, diisocyanate compounds or dicarboxylic acid compounds are used in view of compatibility between (a11) and (a12). Specific examples of the elongating agent include, but are not limited to, succinic acid, adipic acid, maleic acid and anhydride thereof, fumaric acid and anhydride thereof, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 1,3- or 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate, 2,4- or 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), 2,4′- or 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), dicyclohexylmethane-4,4′-diisocyanate (hydrogenated MDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), and bisphenol A diglycidyl ether. In some embodiments, succinic acid, adipic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, maleic acid or anhydride thereof, fumaric acid or anhydride thereof, HDI, or IPDI is used. In some embodiments, maleic acid or anhydride thereof, fumaric acid or anhydride thereof, or IPDI is used.
- In some embodiments, the content of the elongating agent in the straight-chain polyester resin (A) is 0.1 to 30% by weight or 1 to 20% by weight, in view of transparency and thermal properties.
- In some embodiments, the weight ratio between the polyester diol (a11) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton and the polyester diol (a12) is 31:69 to 90:10 or 40:60 to 80:20, in view of transparency and thermal properties.
- In some embodiments, the toner further includes particles of a second binder resin (b) adhered to its surface. The second binder resin (b) may include, for example, a polyester or styrene-acrylic resin having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 55 to 80° C. When Tg is less than 55° C., heat-resistant storage stability may be poor. When Tg is greater than 80° C., low-temperature fixability may be poor. Therefore, when Tg is less than 55° C. or greater than 80° C., low-temperature fixability and heat-resistant storage stability may not go together.
- In some embodiments, the second binder resin (b) has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 9,000 to 45,000.
- The toner may further include a resin other than the first and second binder resins. Specific examples of usable resins include, but are not limited to, vinyl resins, polyester resins, polyurethane resins, and epoxy resins. In some embodiments, polyester resins or polyurethane resins are used. A resin obtainable by reacting a reactive prepolymer with a compound having an active hydrogen group, to be described in later, is also usable.
- Glass transition temperatures (Tg) of the binder resins can be measured using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), such as DSC-60 available from Shimadzu Corporation, based on a method according to ASTM D3418-82. Alternatively, Tg of the binder resins can be measured using a flowtester, such as a flowtester capillary rheometer CFT-500 available from Shimadzu Corporation, under the following measurement conditions.
- Load: 30 kg/cm2
- Heating rate: 3.0° C./min
- Die orifice diameter: 0.50 mm
- Die length: 10.0 mm
- Number average molecular weight (Mn) and weight average molecular weight (Mw) of THF-soluble components in the binder resins other than polyurethane resins can be measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following measurement conditions, for example.
- Instrument: HLC-8120 available from Tosoh Corporation
- Columns: 1 column of TSKgel GMHXL and 2 columns of TSKgel Multipore HXL-M
- Sample solution: 0.25% THF solution
- Injection volume: 100 μL
- Flow rate: 1 mL/min
- Measurement temperature: 40° C.
- Detector: Refractive index detector
- Reference substance: 12 Polystyrene standards (TSK standard POLYSTYRENE available from Tosoh Corporation) each having a molecular weight of 500, 1,050, 2,800, 5,970, 9,100, 18,100, 37,900, 96,400, 190,000, 355,000, 1,090,000, and 2,890,000)
- Mn and Mw of polyurethane resins can be measured by GPC under the following measurement conditions, for example.
- Instrument: HLC-8220GPC available from Tosoh Corporation
- Columns: Guardcolumn a TSKgel α-M
- Sample solution: 0.125% Dimethylformamide solution
- Injection volume: 100 μL
- Flow rate: 1 mL/min
- Measuring temperature: 40° C.
- Detector: Refractive index detector
- Reference substance: 12 Polystyrene standards (TSK standard POLYSTYRENE available from Tosoh Corporation) each having a molecular weight of 500, 1,050, 2,800, 5,970, 9,100, 18,100, 37,900, 96,400, 190,000, 355,000, 1,090,000, and 2,890,000)
- The toner according to an embodiment includes a release agent including an ester of a fatty acid having an average carbon number of 18 to 24 with glycerin or a polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 2 to 10. The ester may be hereinafter referred to as “glycerin or polyglycerin ester”. The glycerin or polyglycerin ester has a melting point of 55 to 80° C., 60 to 75° C., or 65 to 75° C. When the melting point is within the above range, the toner has a good combination of hot offset resistance (releasability), heat-resistant storage stability, and filming resistance. When the melting point is less than 55° C., heat-resistant storage stability and filming resistance of the toner may be poor. Additionally, it may be difficult to finely and uniformly disperse such an ester in toner particles, resulting in deterioration of releasability and manufacturability of toner. When the melting point is greater than 80° C., low-temperature fixability and image gloss may be poor.
- Melting point of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester can be measured using a DSC system such as DSC-60 available from Shimadzu Corporation as follows. First, put 5.0 mg of a sample (i.e., the glycerin or polyglycerin ester) in an aluminum container. Put the container on a holder unit and set it in an electric furnace. Heat it from 20° C. to 200° C. at a heating rate of 10° C./min under nitrogen atmosphere. Cool it from 200° C. to 0° C. at a cooling rate of 10° C./min and heat it again to 200° C. at a heating rate of 10° C./min, thus obtaining a DSC curve. Analyze the DSC curve with an analysis program in the DSC-60 to determine an endothermic peak observed in the second heating. A temperature at which the endothermic peak is observed defines the melting point of the sample.
- The greater the average polymerization degree of the polyglycerin, the more positively chargeable the toner. In view of this, in some embodiments, glycerin or a polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 2 is used. When the average polymerization degree is greater than 10, such a polyglycerin has too high a melt viscosity, resulting in deterioration of hot offset resistance of toner.
- Because of including a high level of ester bonds and having a branched-chain molecular structure, the glycerin or polyglycerin ester has a moderate affinity for the amorphous polyester resin (a) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton in its main chain. Therefore, the glycerin or polyglycerin ester can be uniformly and finely dispersed in the amorphous polyester resin (a) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton in its main chain. The average polymerization degree of polyglycerin can be calculated from the hydroxyl value of the polyglycerin.
- Hydroxyl value is defined as the amount (mg) of potassium hydroxide (KOH) needed for neutralizing acetic acid bound to hydroxyl groups when 1 g of a sample is acetylated as follows. Precisely weigh about 1 g of a sample and put it in a round-bottom flask. Precisely weigh 5 mL of an acetic anhydride/pyridine test solution and add it to the flask. Put a small funnel on an opening of the flask and heat the flask for 1 hour in an oil bath at 95 to 100° C. while immersing the bottom of the flask therein for a depth of about 1 cm. Subsequently, cool the flask and add 1 ml of water thereto. Shake the flask well and further heat it for 10 minutes. Cool the flask again and wash the small funnel and the neck of the flask with 5 mL of ethanol. After adding 1 mL of a phenolphthalein test solution as an indicator to the flask, titrate excessive acetic acid with a 0.5 mol/L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution (i.e., a main test). On the other hand, repeat the above procedure except for containing no sample in the flask (i.e., a blank test). Calculate hydroxyl value from the following equation:
-
OHV=((a−b)×28.5)/W+AV - wherein OHV (mgKOH/g) represents a hydroxyl value; AV (mgKOH/g) represents an acid value; a and b (mL) represent amounts of the 0.5 mol/L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution consumed in the blank test and the main test, respectively; and W (g) represents an amount of the sample.
- Specific examples of the fatty acids having an average carbon number of 18 to 24 include, but are not limited to, stearic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, stearic acid or behenic acid is used because they are capable of increasing melting point of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester and providing high releasability. When the average carbon number of the fatty acid is less than 18, melting point of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester may be too low, resulting in deterioration of heat-resistant storage stability and filming resistance of the toner. Additionally, it may be difficult to finely and uniformly disperse such an ester in toner particles. When the average carbon number of the fatty acid is greater than 24, melting point of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester may be too high, resulting in deterioration of low-temperature fixability and image gloss of the toner.
- In some embodiments, the average esterification degree of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester, i.e., the ratio of hydroxyl groups (—OH) in the glycerin or polyglycerin forming ester bonds with fatty acids, is 90% or more or 95% or more. When the average esterification degree is less than 90%, hot offset resistance of the toner may be poor.
- The glycerin or polyglycerin ester is sharply meltable at lower temperatures (“sharply-melting property”). In some embodiments, the glycerin or polyglycerin ester has a melt viscosity of 1 to 50 mPa·sec at 100° C. In such embodiments, the toner has a good combination of low-temperature fixability and offset resistance and is capable of producing high-gloss images. When the melt viscosity at 100° C. is greater than 50 mPa·sec, low-temperature fixability and image gloss may be poor. Melt viscosity can be measured by a Brookfield rotating viscometer.
- In some embodiments, the glycerin or polyglycerin ester is dispersed in the toner with a dispersion diameter of 0.2 to 1.0 μm. The dispersion diameter is defined as the particle diameter in the maximum direction. When the dispersion diameter is greater than 1.0 μm, the content of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester in each toner particle may be vary considerably, which results in deterioration of releasability or particle size distribution of the toner. Additionally, it is likely that the glycerin or polyglycerin ester is exposed at the surface of the toner, which results in contamination of developing device or carrier particles. When the dispersion diameter is less than 0.2 μm, the occupation of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester inside the toner is too high, resulting in deterioration of releasability of the toner.
- The dispersion diameter of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester can be measured as follows. Embed the toner in an epoxy resin and cut it into a ultrathin section having a thickness of about 100 nm. After dyeing the ultrathin section with ruthenium tetraoxide, observe and photograph the dyed ultrathin section with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) at a magnification of 10,000. Determine the dispersion diameter from the photograph.
- Specific examples of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester are shown below. Two or more of the following materials can be used in combination.
- Fatty acid esters of glycerin having a carbon number of 18 to 24: such as glycerin stearate, glycerin distearate, glycerin tristearate, glycerin behenate, glycerin dibehenate, glycerin tribehenate, glycerin lignocerate, glycerin dilignocerate, and glycerin trilignocerate. Fatty acid esters of diglycerin (i.e., polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 2) having a carbon number of 18 to 24: such as diglycerin stearate, diglycerin distearate, diglycerin tristearate, diglycerin tetrastearate, diglycerin behenate, diglycerin dibehenate, diglycerin tribehenate, diglycerin tetrabehenate, diglycerin lignocerate, diglycerin dilignocerate, diglycerin trilignocerate, and diglycerin tetralignocerate.
- Fatty acid esters of tetraglycerin (i.e., polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 4) having a carbon number of 18 to 24: such as tetraglycerin stearate, tetraglycerin distearate, tetraglycerin tristearate, tetraglycerin tetrastearate, tetraglycerin pentastearate, tetraglycerin hexastearate, tetraglycerin behenate, tetraglycerin dibehenate, tetraglycerin tribehenate, tetraglycerin tetrabehenate, tetraglycerin pentabehenate, tetraglycerin hexabehenate, tetraglycerin lignocerate, tetraglycerin dilignocerate, tetraglycerin trilignocerate, tetraglycerin tetralignocerate, tetraglycerin pentalignocerate, and tetraglycerin hexalignocerate.
- Fatty acid esters of hexaglycerin (i.e., polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 6) having a carbon number of 18 to 24: such as hexaglycerin stearate, hexaglycerin distearate, hexaglycerin tristearate, hexaglycerin tetrastearate, hexaglycerin pentastearate, hexaglycerin hexastearate, hexaglycerin heptastearate, hexaglycerin octastearate, hexaglycerin behenate, hexaglycerin dibehenate, hexaglycerin tribehenate, hexaglycerin tetrabehenate, hexaglycerin pentabehenate, hexaglycerin hexabehenate, hexaglycerin heptabehenate, hexaglycerin octabehenate, hexaglycerin lignocerate, hexaglycerin dilignocerate, hexaglycerin trilignocerate, hexaglycerin tetralignocerate, hexaglycerin pentalignocerate, hexaglycerin hexalignocerate, hexaglycerin heptalignocerate, and hexaglycerin octalignocerate.
- Fatty acid esters of decaglycerin (i.e., polyglycerin having an average polymerization degree of 10) having a carbon number of 18 to 24: such as decaglycerin stearate, decaglycerin distearate, decaglycerin tristearate, decaglycerin tetrastearate, decaglycerin pentastearate, decaglycerin hexastearate, decaglycerin heptastearate, decaglycerin octastearate, decaglycerin nonastearate, decaglycerin decastearate, decaglycerin undecastearate, decaglycerin dodecastearate, decaglycerin behenate, decaglycerin dibehenate, decaglycerin tribehenate, decaglycerin tetrabehenate, decaglycerin pentabehenate, decaglycerin hexabehenate, decaglycerin heptabehenate, decaglycerin octabehenate, decaglycerin nonabehenate, decaglycerin decabehenate, decaglycerin undecabehenate, decaglycerin dodecabehenate, decaglycerin lignocerate, decaglycerin dilignocerate, decaglycerin trilignocerate, decaglycerin tetralignocerate, decaglycerin pentalignocerate, decaglycerin hexalignocerate, decaglycerin heptalignocerate, decaglycerin octalignocerate, decaglycerin nonalignocerate, decaglycerin decalignocerate, decaglycerin undecalignocerate, and decaglycerin dodecalignocerate. In some embodiments, glycerin tribehenate or diglycerin tetrabehenate is used in view of dispersibility in the toner and hot offset resistance.
- In some embodiments, the content of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester in the toner is 3 to 15% by weight or 5 to 12% by weight based on resin components in the toner. When the content of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester is less than 3% by weight, hot offset resistance of the toner may be poor. When the content of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester is greater than 15% by weight, fluidity, transferability, and chargeability of the toner may be poor.
- The content of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester in the toner can be determined by differential scanning calorimetry as follows. First, subject the glycerin or polyglycerin ester to a DSC measurement to determine the amount of heat Qw [J/mg] for melting unit weight of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester. Next, subject the toner to the DSC measurement to determine the amount of heat Qt [J/mg] for melting the glycerin or polyglycerin ester included in unit weight of the toner, from an endothermic peak of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester. The content W of the glycerin or polyglycerin ester can be calculated from the following formula:
-
W=Qt/Qw×100 (% by weight) - The release agent can be introduced into the toner by dispersing the release agent in the binder resin by kneading and dispersing or dissolving the kneaded product in an oily toner composition, or dispersing or dissolving the release agent in a solvent in which a release agent dispersing resin, and the binder resin if needed, is/are dissolved.
- The toner according to an embodiment includes a release agent dispersing resin. The release agent dispersing resin includes (1) a graft polymer comprising a polyolefin resin and a vinyl resin and/or (2) a polyester resin comprising a fatty acid ester having a branched structure comprising a fatty acid having a carbon number of 16 to 24 and a polyol having 3 or more valences.
- (1) Graft polymer: The graft polymer has a main chain comprising a polyolefin resin to which a vinyl resin is grafted. The graft polymer may be obtained by graft-polymerizing a polyolefin resin and a vinyl monomer in an organic solvent in the presence of a polymerization initiator such as an organic peroxide. In some embodiments, the weight ratio between the polyolefin resin and the vinyl monomer is 1:99 to 30:70 or 5:95 to 25:75 in view of filming resistance.
- Actually, the “graft polymer” may be a mixture resin of graft polymer with by-products including unreacted polyolefin resin and non-graft vinyl polymer produced from unreacted vinyl monomers. However, there is no need to remove these by-products. In some embodiments, the content of unreacted polyolefin resin in the mixture resin is 5% by weight or less or 3% by weight or less. In some embodiments, the content of non-graft vinyl polymer in the mixture resin is 10% by weight or less or 5% by weight or less. In some embodiments, the content of graft polymer in the mixture resin is 85% by weight or more or 90% by weight or more. Content of graft polymer in the mixture resin, molecular weights of graft polymer and vinyl polymer, etc. can be adjusted by controlling the raw material composition, reaction temperature, reaction time, etc.
- In some embodiments, at least a part of the release agent is incorporated into or adhered to the graft polymer.
- The graft polymer is adapted to suppress reaggregation of the finely-pulverized release agent in the toner components liquid and is also adapted to transfer the release agent from the surface to inside of the toner to suppress surface localization of the release agent. The graft polymer is able to suppress reaggregation of the release agent because polyolefin units in the graft polymer have high affinity for the release agent. The graft polymer is able to transfer the release agent from the surface to inside of the toner due to a particular interaction with the amorphous polyester resin (a).
- The polyolefin resin may be comprised of, for example, ethylene, 1-butene, isobutylene, 1-hexene, 1-dodecene, and 1-octadecene.
- Specific examples of usable polyolefin resins include, but are not limited to, olefin-based polymers and thermally-degraded products, oxides, and denatured products thereof; and olefin-based copolymers.
- Specific examples of usable olefin-based polymer include, but are not limited to, polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, ethylene-1-butene copolymer, and propylene-1-hexene copolymer.
- Specific examples of usable thermally-degraded olefin-based polymers include low-molecular-weight polyolefin resins obtained by heating polyolefin resins having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 50,000 to 5,000,000 to 250 to 450° C. In some embodiments, such low-molecular-weight polyolefin resins include 30 to 70% of double bonds per molecule, which is determined from the number average molecular weight (Mn).
- Specific examples of usable oxides of olefin-based polymers include, but are not limited to, oxides of the above-described olefin-based polymers.
- Specific examples of usable denatured products of olefin-based polymers include, but are not limited to, maleic acid derivative adducts of the above-described olefin-based polymers. Specific examples of the maleic acid derivatives include, but are not limited to, maleic anhydride, monomethyl maleate, monobutyl maleate, and dimethyl maleate.
- Specific examples of usable olefin-based copolymers include, but are not limited to, copolymers of olefins with unsaturated carboxylic acids or alkyl esters thereof. Specific examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, and malic anhydride. Specific examples of the alkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, alkyl esters of acrylic, methacrylic, and maleic acids having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
- The polyolefin resin has a polyolefin molecular structure but monomers thereof need not necessarily have an olefin structure. Therefore, polymethylenes such as SASOL WAX can also be used.
- In some embodiments, the polyolefin resin has a softening point of 60 to 170° C. in view of fluidity of the toner, or 70 to 150° C. or 70 to 130° C. in view of releasability of the toner.
- In some embodiments, the polyolefin resin has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 500 to 20,000 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 800 to 100,000, Mn of 1,000 to 15,000 and Mw of 1,500 to 60,000, or Mn of 1,500 to 10,000 and Mw of 2,000 to 30,000, in view of filming resistance and releasability.
- Specific examples of usable vinyl resins include, but are not limited to, homopolymers and copolymer of vinyl monomers such as styrene monomers, alkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, vinyl ester monomers, vinyl ether monomers, halogen-containing vinyl monomers, diene monomers, and unsaturated nitrile monomers such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile. Two or more of these monomers can be used in combination.
- Specific examples of the styrene monomers include, but are not limited to, styrene, α-methylstyrene, p-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, p-methoxystyrene, p-hydroxystyrene, p-acetoxystyrene, ethylstyrene, phenylstyrene, and benzylstyrene.
- Specific examples of the alkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids having 1 to 18 carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, methyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl acrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate.
- Specific examples of the vinyl ester monomers include, but are not limited to, vinyl acetate. Specific examples of the vinyl ether monomers include, but are not limited to, vinyl methyl ether. Specific examples of the halogen-containing vinyl monomers include, but are not limited to, vinyl chloride. Specific examples of the diene monomers include, but are not limited to, butadiene and isobutylene.
- In some embodiments, a styrene monomer, an alkyl ester of an unsaturated carboxylic acid, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, or a combination thereof is used. In some embodiments, styrene alone or a combination of styrene with an alkyl ester of acrylic or methacrylic acid or acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile is used.
- The solubility parameter (SP) of the vinyl resin is adjusted in view of that of the amorphous polyester resin (a). Solubility parameters can be calculated by the Fedors method.
- In some embodiments, the vinyl resin has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 1,500 to 100,000 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 5,000 to 200,000, Mn of 2,500 to 50,000 and Mw of 6,000 to 100,000, or Mn of 2,800 to 20,000 and Mw of 7,000 to 50,000.
- In some embodiments, the vinyl resin has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50 to 80° C. or 55 to 70° C. in view of storage stability and low-temperature fixability of the toner.
- For example, the graft polymer may comprise a combination of a polyolefin resin (R) and a vinyl resin (S) shown below.
- (R): polyethylene, (S): styrene/acrylonitrile/butyl acrylate copolymer
- (R): polyethylene, (S): styrene/acrylonitrile/butyl acrylate/acrylic acid copolymer
- (R): polypropylene, (S): styrene/acrylonitrile/butyl acrylate copolymer
- (R): polypropylene, (S): styrene/acrylonitrile/butyl acrylate/acrylic acid copolymer
- (R): polypropylene, (S): styrene/acrylonitrile/butyl acrylate/monobutyl maleate copolymer
- (R): oxidized polypropylene, (S): styrene/acrylonitrile copolymer
- (R): polyethylene/polypropylene mixture, (S): styrene/acrylonitrile copolymer
- (R): ethylene/propylene copolymer, (S): styrene/acrylic acid/butyl acrylate copolymer
- (R): ethylene/propylene copolymer, (S): styrene/acrylonitrile/butyl acrylate copolymer
- (R): maleic-acid-modified polypropylene, (S): styrene/acrylonitrile/acrylic acid/butyl acrylate copolymer
- (R): maleic-acid-modified polypropylene, (S): styrene/acrylonitrile/acrylic acid/2-ethylhexyl acrylate copolymer
- (R): polyethylene/maleic-acid-modified polypropylene mixture, (S): acrylonitrile/butyl acrylate/styrene/monobutyl maleate copolymer
- The graft polymer may be produced by, for example, dissolving or dispersing a polyolefin resin in a solvent such as toluene and xylene, heating the resulting solution or dispersion to 100 to 200° C., dropping a vinyl monomer therein together with a peroxide-based initiator to initiate a polymerization, and removing the solvent. Specific examples of usable peroxide-based initiators include, but are not limited to, benzoyl peroxide, di-t-butyl peroxide, di-t-butylperoxyhexahydroterephthalate, and t-butyl peroxide benzoate.
- In some embodiments, the used amount of the peroxide-based initiator is 0.2 to 10% by weight or 0.5 to 5% by weight based on the weight of raw material.
- In some embodiments, the content of the graft polymer, including unreacted polyolefin and vinyl resins, in the toner is 30 to 100 parts by weight or 40 to 90 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the release agent, in view of stable dispersibility of the release agent.
- (2) Polyester Resin comprising Fatty Acid Ester having Branched Structure: As described above, the release agent dispersing resin may include a polyester resin comprising a fatty acid ester having a branched structure comprising a fatty acid having a carbon number of 16 to 24 and a polyol having 3 or more valences.
- The fatty acid ester having a branched structure may be obtained by reacting a fatty acid having a carbon number of 16 to 24 with a polyol having 3 or more valences. The fatty acid includes 16 to 24 carbon atoms or 18 to 24 carbon atoms. Specific examples of usable fatty acids include, but are not limited to, pahnitic acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, eicosanoic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, and combinations thereof. When the carbon number is less than 16, heat-resistant storage stability of the toner may be poor because the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polyester resin comprising the fatty acid ester having a branched structure is too low. When the carbon number is greater than 24, low-temperature fixability of the toner may be poor. Specific examples of usable polyols having 3 or more valences include, but are not limited to, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, and dipentaerythritol.
- The polyester resin primarily comprises a dicarboxylic acid component and a diol component.
- Specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid component include, but are not limited to, aromatic dicarboxylic acids such as terephthalic acid and isophthalic acid; aliphatic dicarboxylic acids such as phthalic acid, sebacic acid, isodecyl succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, and adipic acid; and lower alkyl esters and acid anhydrides of the above compounds. Specific examples of the lower alkyl esters of dicarboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, monomethyl, monoethyl, dimethyl, and diethyl esters of the above-described dicarboxylic acids. Two or more of these dicarboxylic acid components can be used in combination. In some embodiments, terephthalic acid or isophthalic acid is used.
- Specific examples of the diol component include, but are not limited to, aliphatic diols and aromatic diols.
- Specific examples of the aliphatic diols include, but are not limited to, ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol. Two or more of these compounds can be used in combination. In some embodiments, ethylene glycol or neopentyl glycol is used.
- Specific examples of the aromatic diols include, but are not limited to, polyoxyethylene-(2.0)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene-(2.0)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene-(2.2)-polyoxyethylene-(2.0)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene-(6)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene-(2.2)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, polyoxypropylene-(2.4)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, and polyoxypropylene-(3.3)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane. Two or more of these compounds can be used in combination. In some embodiments, polyoxypropylene-(n)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane satisfying 2.1≦n≦8 or polyoxyethylene-(n)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane satisfying 2.0≦n≦3.0 is used.
- The polyester resin may further comprise a polycarboxylic acid component having 3 or more valences and/or a polyol component having 3 or more valences.
- Specific examples of the polycarboxylic acid component having 3 or more valences include, but are not limited to, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, 1,2,4-cyclohexanetricarboxylic acid, 2,5,7-naphthalenetricarboxylic acid, 1,2,4-naphthalenetricarboxylic acid, 1,2,7,8-octanetetracarboxylic acid, and acid anhydrides thereof. Specific examples of the polyol component having 3 or more valences include, but are not limited to, sorbitol, 1,4-sorbitan, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, 2-methylpropanetriol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, 1,2,5-pentanetriol, glycerol, and trimethylolpropane. In some embodiments, trimellitic acid and/or acid anhydride thereof, pentaerythritol, or trimethylolpropane is used. Two or more of these compounds can be used in combination.
- In some embodiments, the content of the fatty acid ester having a branched structure in the polyester resin is 1 to 5% by weight or 1.5 to 4% by weight. When the content of the fatty acid ester having a branched structure is less than 1% by weight, the release agent may not be finely dispersed in the toner. When the content of the fatty acid ester having a branched structure is greater than 5% by weight, heat-resistant storage stability of the toner may be poor.
- The polyester resin comprising the fatty acid ester having a branched structure may be produced by, for example, preparing a polyester resin by polymerization, mixing the polyester resin with a fatty acid ester having a branched structure, and melt-kneading the mixture. Alternatively, the fatty acid ester having a branched structure may be added during the polymerization. The latter case is more advantageous in terms of reliable dispersion of the fatty acid ester having a branched structure throughout the polyester resin.
- The fatty acid ester having a branched structure may be produced as follows, for example. First, an esterification reaction is developed between a polyol having 3 or more valences and an excessive amount of a fatty acid having a carbon number of 16 to 24 at a temperature of 120 to 240° C. in the presence or absence of a catalyst, thus obtaining an esterification crude product. Next, the excessive fatty acids are removed from the esterification crude product by deoxidation with an alkali aqueous solution. Usable alkali aqueous solutions in the deoxidation include, but are not limited to, aqueous solutions of alkali metal salts (e.g., sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate) and ammonium salts (e.g., ammonium carbonate). The addition amount of the alkali may be the same or twice as much as the equivalent amount of the acid value of the esterification crude product. Additionally, hydrocarbon solvents (e.g., toluene, xylene, cyclohexane), alcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol, isopropanol), and water-soluble organic solvents (e.g., ethylene glycol, propylene glycol) are also usable in the deoxidation. After removing the alkali aqueous phase separated in the deoxidation, the remaining ester phase is repeatedly washed with warm or hot water until the phase becomes neutral. When any hydrocarbon solvent or water-soluble organic solvent is used, these solvents are distilled away under reduced pressures after the washing of the ester phase. Thus, a fatty acid ester having a branched structure is obtained.
- The polyester resin may be produced by, for example, heating the dicarboxylic acid and diol components, optionally with the polycarboxylic acid and/or polyol components having 3 or more valences in a reaction vessel, to cause an esterification or transesterification reaction. As described above, the fatty acid ester having a branched structure may be added during the above reaction so as to improve dispersibility of the fatty acid ester having a branched structure in the polyester resin. In some embodiments, the esterification or transesterification reaction is caused at a temperature of 150 to 300° C. Water or alcohol that may be produced in the reaction can be removed by any known method. Subsequently, a polycondensation is caused under vacuum at 150 mmHg (20 kPa) while removing the diol components. In some embodiments, the polycondensation is caused at a temperature of 150 to 300° C.
- In the esterification or transesterification reaction and polycondensation, a catalyst may be used, such as titanium butoxide, dibutyltin oxide, tin acetate, zinc acetate, tin sulfide, antimony trioxide, and germanium dioxide.
- In some embodiments, the polyester resin comprising the fatty acid ester having a branched structure has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2,000 to 10,000 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 5,000 to 80,000, or Mn of 3,000 to 5,000 and Mw of 8,000 to 60,000.
- In some embodiments, the polyester resin comprising the fatty acid ester having a branched structure has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50 to 80° C. or 55 to 70° C.
- In some embodiments, the content of the polyester resin comprising the fatty acid ester having a branched structure in the toner is 30 to 100 parts by weight or 40 to 90 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the release agent, in view of stable dispersibility of the release agent.
- Specific examples of usable colorants include, but are not limited to, carbon black, Nigrosine dyes, black iron oxide, NAPHTHOL YELLOW S, HANSA YELLOW (10G, 5G and G), Cadmium Yellow, yellow iron oxide, loess, chrome yellow, Titan Yellow, polyazo yellow, Oil Yellow, HANSA YELLOW (GR, A, RN and R), Pigment Yellow L, BENZIDINE YELLOW (G and GR), PERMANENT YELLOW (NCG), VULCAN FAST YELLOW (5G and R), Tartrazine Lake, Quinoline Yellow Lake, ANTHRAZANE YELLOW BGL, isoindolinone yellow, red iron oxide, red lead, orange lead, cadmium red, cadmium mercury red, antimony orange, Permanent Red 4R, Para Red, Fire Red, p-chloro-o-nitroaniline red, Lithol Fast Scarlet G, Brilliant Fast Scarlet, Brilliant Carmine BS, PERMANENT RED (F2R, F4R, FRL, FRLL and F4RH), Fast Scarlet VD, VULCAN FAST RUBINE B, Brilliant Scarlet G, LITHOL RUBINE GX, Permanent Red FSR, Brilliant Carmine 6B, Pigment Scarlet 3B, Bordeaux 5B, Toluidine Maroon, PERMANENT BORDEAUX F2K, HELIO BORDEAUX BL, Bordeaux 10B, BON MAROON LIGHT, BON MAROON MEDIUM, Eosin Lake, Rhodamine Lake B, Rhodamine Lake Y, Alizarine Lake, Thioindigo Red B, Thioindigo Maroon, Oil Red, Quinacridone Red, Pyrazolone Red, polyazo red, Chrome Vermilion, Benzidine Orange, perynone orange, Oil Orange, cobalt blue, cerulean blue, Alkali Blue Lake, Peacock Blue Lake, Victoria Blue Lake, metal-free Phthalocyanine Blue, Phthalocyanine Blue, Fast Sky Blue, INDANTHRENE BLUE (RS and BC), Indigo, ultramarine, Prussian blue, Anthraquinone Blue, Fast Violet B, Methyl Violet Lake, cobalt violet, manganese violet, dioxane violet, Anthraquinone Violet, Chrome Green, zinc green, chromium oxide, viridian, emerald green, Pigment Green B, Naphthol Green B, Green Gold, Acid Green Lake, Malachite Green Lake, Phthalocyanine Green, Anthraquinone Green, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, and lithopone. Two or more of these materials can be used in combination.
- Usable colorants are not limited in its color. The toner may include either a black, cyan, magenta, or yellow colorant or a combination thereof.
- Specific examples of usable black colorants include, but are not limited to, carbon blacks (C.I. Pigment Black 7) such as furnace black, lamp black, acetylene black, and channel black; metals such as copper, iron (C.I. Pigment Black 11), and titanium oxide; and organic pigments such as aniline black (C.I. Pigment Black 1).
- Specific examples of usable magenta colorants include, but are not limited to, C.I.
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 48, 48:1, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 53:1, 54, 55, 57, 57:1, 58, 60, 63, 64, 68, 81, 83, 87, 88, 89, 90, 112, 114, 122, 123, 163, 177, 179, 202, 206, 207, 209, and 211; C.I. Pigment Violet 19; and C.I.Pigment Red 1, 2, 10, 13, 15, 23, 29, and 35.Vat Red - Specific examples of usable cyan colorants include, but are not limited to, C.I.
Pigment Blue 2, 3, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 17, and 60; C.I. Vat Blue 6; C.I. Acid Blue 45; copper phthalocyanine pigments having a phthalocyanine skeleton substituted with 1 to 5 phthalimidemethyl groups; and Green 7 andGreen 35. - Specific examples of usable yellow colorants include, but are not limited to, c. i. Pigment Yellow 0-16, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 23, 55, 65, 73, 74, 83, 97, 110, 151, 154, and 180; C.I.
Vat Yellow 1, 3, and 20; andOrange 36. - In some embodiments, the content of the colorant in the toner is 1 to 15% by weight or 3 to 10% by weight. When the colorant content is less than 1% by weight, coloring power of the toner may be poor. When the colorant content is greater than 15% by weight, coloring power and electric property of the toner may be poor because the colorant cannot be uniformly dispersed in the toner.
- The colorant can be combined with a resin to be used as a master batch. Specific examples of usable resins include, but are not limited to, polyester, polylactic acid, polymers and copolymers of styrene or styrene derivatives, polymethyl methacrylate, polybutyl methacrylate, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, polyethylene, polypropylene, epoxy resin, epoxy polyol resin, polyurethane, polyamide, polyvinyl butyral, polyacrylic acid resin, rosin, modified rosin, terpene resin, aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbon resin, aromatic petroleum resin, chlorinated paraffin, and paraffin wax. Two or more of these resins can be used in combination. In some embodiments, polyester or polylactic acid is used.
- The master batch can be obtained by mixing and kneading a resin and a colorant while applying a high shearing force. To increase the interaction between the colorant and the resin, an organic solvent may be used. More specifically, the maser batch can be obtained by a method called flushing in which an aqueous paste of the colorant is mixed and kneaded with the resin and the organic solvent so that the colorant is transferred to the resin side, followed by removal of the organic solvent and moisture. This method is advantageous in that the resulting wet cake of the colorant can be used as it is without being dried. When performing the mixing or kneading, a high shearing force dispersing device such as a three roll mill may be used.
- The toner may further include additives such as charge controlling agent, shape controlling agent, external additive, fluidity improving agent, cleanability improving agent, and magnetic material. Charge controlling agents are adapted to give proper charging ability to toner.
- Specific examples of usable charge controlling agents include, but are not limited to, colorless or whitish materials, such as triphenylmethane dyes, molybdic acid chelate pigments, Rhodamine dyes, alkoxyamines, quaternary ammonium salts (including fluorine-modified quaternary ammonium salts), alkylamides, phosphor and phosphor-containing compounds, tungsten and tungsten-containing compounds, fluorine activators, metal salts of salicylic acid, and metal salts of salicylic acid derivatives. Two or more of these materials can be used in combination.
- Specific examples of commercially available charge controlling agents include, but are not limited to, BONTRON® P-51 (quaternary ammonium salt), BONTRON® E-82 (metal complex of oxynaphthoic acid), BONTRON® E-84 (metal complex of salicylic acid), and BONTRON® E-89 (phenolic condensation product), which are available from Orient Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.; TP-302 and TP-415 (molybdenum complexes of quaternary ammonium salts), which are available from Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.; COPY CHARGES PSY VP2038 (quaternary ammonium salt), COPY BLUE® PR (triphenyl methane derivative), COPY CHARGES NEG VP2036 and COPY CHARGE® NX VP434 (quaternary ammonium salts), which are available from Hoechst AG; LRA-901, and LR-147 (boron complex), which are available from Japan Carlit Co., Ltd.; and quinacridone, azo pigments, and polymers having a functional group such as a sulfonate group, a carboxyl group, and a quaternary ammonium group.
- The charge controlling agent may be melt-kneaded with the colorant-resin master batch before being added to a toner components liquid. Alternatively, the charge controlling agent may be added to an organic solvent together with other toner components in preparing a toner components liquid. Alternatively, the charge controlling agent may be fixed on the surface of the resulting toner particles. In some embodiments, a fluorine-containing quaternary ammonium salt is fixed on the surface of the toner particles.
- In some embodiments, the content of the charge controlling agent is 0.01 to 5% by weight or 0.02 to 2% by weight based on 100% the binder resin. When the content of charge controlling agent is greater than 5% by weight, the toner may be excessively charged and excessively electrostatically attracted to a developing roller, resulting in poor fluidity of the developer and low image density. When the content of the charge controlling agent is less than 0.01% by weight, the toner may not be charged quickly and sufficiently, resulting in poor image quality.
- Shape controlling agents are adapted to control the shape of toner. Specific materials usable as the shape controlling agent include, but are not limited to, layered inorganic minerals in which at least a part of interlayer ions are modified with an organic ion (hereinafter “modified layered inorganic minerals”). Specific examples of such modified layered inorganic minerals include, but are not limited to, organic-cation-modified smectite-based materials. Metal anions can be introduced to a layered inorganic mineral by replacing a part of divalent metals with trivalent metals. In this case, at least a part of the introduced metal anions may be modified with an organic anion so as not to increase hydrophilicity of the layered inorganic mineral.
- Specific materials usable as the organic cation modifying agent include, but are not limited to, quaternary alkyl ammonium salts, phosphonium salts, and imidazolium salts. In some embodiments, quaternary alkyl ammonium salts are used. Specific examples of the quaternary alkyl ammonium include, but are not limited to, trimethyl stearyl ammonium, dimethyl stearyl benzyl ammonium, and oleylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)methyl ammonium.
- Specific materials usable as the organic cation modifying agent further include, but are not limited to, sulfates, sulfonates, carboxylates, and phosphates having a branched, non-branched, or cyclic alkyl (C1-C44), alkenyl (C1-C22), alkoxy (C8-C32), hydroxyalkyl (C2-C22), ethylene oxide, or propylene oxide. In some embodiments, carboxylic acids having an ethylene oxide skeleton are used.
- The modified layered inorganic mineral has proper hydrophilicity due to the modification by the organic ion. A toner components liquid including such a modified layered inorganic mineral expresses non-Newtonian viscosity, which is capable of controlling or varying the resulting toner shape. In some embodiments, the content of the modified layered inorganic mineral in the toner is 0.05 to 10% by weight or 0.05 to 5% by weight.
- Specific examples of the modified layered inorganic minerals include, but are not limited to, montmorillonite, bentonite, hectorite, attapulgite, sepiolite, and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, an organic-modified montmorillonite or bentonite is used. They can easily control viscosity of the toner components liquid at a small amount without adversely affecting other toner properties.
- Specific examples of commercially available organic-cation-modified layered inorganic minerals include, but are not limited to,
quaternium 18 bentonite such as BENTONE® 3, BENTONE® 38, and BENTONE® 38V (from Rheox), TIXOGEL VP (from United Catalyst), andCLAYTONE® 34, CLAYTONE® 40, and CLAYTONE® XL (from Southern Clay Products); stearalkonium bentonite such as BENTONE® 27 (from Rheox), TIXOGEL LG (from United Catalyst), and CLAYTONE® AF and CLAYTONE® APA (from Southern Clay Products); andquaternium 18/benzalkonium bentonite such as CLAYTONE® HT and CLAYTONE® PS (from Southern Clay Products). In some embodiments, CLAYTONE® AF or CLAYTONE® APA is used. Specific examples of commercially available oranic-anion-modified layered inorganic minerals include, but are not limited to, HITENOL 330T (from Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) obtainable by modifying DHT-4A (from Kyowa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) with an organic anion represented by the following formula: -
R1(OR2)nOSO3M - wherein R1 represents an alkyl group having 13 carbon atoms, R2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, n represents an integer of 2 to 10, and M represents a monovalent metal element.
- External additives are adapted to adjust or improve fluidity, chargeability, and electric properties of toner. Specific materials usable as the external additive include, but are not limited to, fine particles of silica, hydrophobized silica, metal salts of fatty acids (e.g., zinc stearate, aluminum stearate), metal oxides (e.g., titania, alumina, tin oxide, antimony oxide), hydrophobized metal oxides, and fluoro polymers. In some embodiments, fine particles of hydrophobized silica, titania, or hydrophobized titania are used.
- Specific examples of commercially available hydrophobized silica particles include, but are not limited to, HDK H2000, HDK H2000/4, HDK H2050EP, HVK21, and HDK H1303 (from Hoechst AG); and R972, R974, RX200, RY200, R202, R805, and R812 (from Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.).
- Specific examples of commercially available titania particles include, but are not limited to, P-25 (from Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.); STT-30 and STT-65C-S (from Titan Kogyo, Ltd.); TAF-140 (from Fuji Titanium Industry Co., Ltd.); and MT-150W, MT-500B, MT-600B, and MT-150A (from TAYCA Corporation).
- Specific examples of commercially available hydrophobized titania particles include, but are not limited to, T-805 (from Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.); STT-30A and STT-65S-S (from Titan Kogyo, Ltd.); TAF-500T and TAF-1500T (from Fuji Titanium Industry Co., Ltd.); MT-100S and MT-100T (from TAYCA Corporation); and IT-S (from Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd.).
- Hydrophobized particles of silica, titania, or alumina can be obtained by treating hydrophilic particles of silica, titania, or alumina with a silane coupling agent, such as methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, and octyltrimethoxysilane. Specific examples of usable hydrophobizing agents further include, but are not limited to, silane coupling agents (e.g., dialkyl dihalogenated silane, trialkyl halogenated silane, alkyl trihalogenated silane, hexaalkyl disilazane), silylation agents, silane coupling agents having a fluorinated alkyl group, organic titanate coupling agents, aluminum coupling agents, silicone oils, and modified silicone oils.
- Alternatively, inorganic fine particles treated with a silicon oil upon application of heat are also usable. Specific examples of usable inorganic fine particles include, but are not limited to, silica, alumina, titanium oxide, barium titanate, magnesium titanate, calcium titanate, strontium titanate, iron oxide, copper oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, quartz sand, clay, mica, sand-lime, diatom earth, chromium oxide, cerium oxide, red iron oxide, antimony trioxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, barium sulfate, barium carbonate, calcium carbonate, silicon carbide, and silicon nitride. In some embodiments, silica or titanium dioxide is used.
- Specific examples of usable silicone oils include, but are not limited to, dimethyl silicone oil, methyl phenyl silicone oil, chlorophenyl silicone oil, methyl hydrogen silicone oil, alkyl-modified silicone oil, fluorine-modified silicone oil, polyether-modified silicone oil, alcohol-modified silicone oil, amino-modified silicone oil, epoxy-modified silicone oil, epoxy-polyether-modified silicone oil, phenol-modified silicone oil, carboxyl-modified silicone oil, mercapto-modified silicone oil, acrylic-modified or methacrylic-modified silicone oil, and a-methylstyrene-modified silicone oil.
- In some embodiments, the inorganic fine particles have an average primary particle diameter of 1 to 100 nm or 3 to 70 nm. When the average primary particle diameter is less than 1 nm, the inorganic fine particles may be buried in the toner without exerting their effect. When the average primary particle diameter is greater than 100 nm, an electrostatic latent image bearing may be damaged by the inorganic fine particles.
- In some embodiments, the hydrophobized inorganic fine particles have an average primary particle diameter of 1 to 100 nm or 5 to 70 nm. In some embodiments, the toner includes at least two kinds of hydrophobized inorganic fine particles each having an average primary particle diameter of 20 nm or less and at least one kind of an inorganic fine particle having an average primary particle diameter of 30 nm or more. In some embodiments, the inorganic fine particles have a BET specific surface area of 20 to 500 m2/g.
- In some embodiments, the content of the external additive in the toner is 0.1 to 5% by weight or 0.3 to 3% by weight.
- Additionally, resin particles are also usable as the external additive. For example, fine particles of polystyrene obtained by soap-free emulsion polymerization, suspension polymerization, or dispersion polymerization; copolymers of methacrylates or acrylates; polycondensation resins such as silicone, benzoguanamine, and nylon; and thermosetting resins, are usable. Combination use of inorganic and resin particles improves chargeability of toner while reducing oppositely-charged toner particles, resulting in prevention of the occurrence of background fouling.
- In some embodiments, the content of the resin particles in the toner is 0.01 to 5% by weight or 0.1 to 2% by weight.
- Fluidity improving agents are adapted to improve hydrophobicity of toner by surface treatment so as to prevent deterioration of fluidity and chargeability in high-humidity conditions. Specific materials usable as the fluidity improving agent include, but are not limited to, silane coupling agents, silylation agents, silane coupling agents having a fluorinated alkyl group, organic titanate coupling agents, aluminum coupling agents, silicone oils, and modified silicone oils. The above-described silica and titania particles can also be hydrophobized with the fluidity improving agent.
- Cleanability improving agents are adapted to improve removability of toner from a photoreceptor or primary transfer medium. Specific materials usable as the cleanability improving agent include, but are not limited to, metal salts of fatty acids (e.g., zinc stearate, calcium stearate) and fine particles of polymers prepared by soap-free emulsion polymerization (e.g., polymethyl methacrylate, polystyrene). In some embodiments, the fine particles of polymers have a narrow size distribution and a volume average particle diameter of 0.01 to 1 μm.
- Magnetic materials are adapted to give magnetic property to toner. Specific examples of usable magnetic materials include, but are not limited to, iron powder, magnetite, and ferrite. In some embodiments, a magnetic material having a whitish color is used.
- The toner according to an embodiment may be produced by, for example, a polyaddition method in which a prepolymer having an isocyanate group is directly elongated and/or cross-linked with an amine in an aqueous phase, a pulverization method, or a melt-spraying method.
- In some embodiments, the toner is prepared by dissolving or dispersing toner components, including a compound (β) having an active hydrogen group, a prepolymer (α) having a reactive group, a first binder resin including an amorphous polyester resin (a), a colorant, and a release agent, in an organic solvent to prepare a toner components liquid; emulsifying or dispersing the toner components liquid in an aqueous medium containing particles of a second resin (b); reacting the compound (β) having an active hydrogen group with the prepolymer (α) having a reactive group in the aqueous medium to prepare particles; and removing the organic solvent. (This method may be hereinafter referred to as the manufacturing method (I).)
- Particles of the second binder resin (b) may be obtained in the form of aqueous dispersion. An aqueous dispersion of resin particles can be obtained by the following methods (i) to (viii), for example.
- (i) An aqueous dispersion of a vinyl resin is obtainable by directly subjecting raw materials including a vinyl monomer to a suspension polymerization, an emulsion polymerization, a seed polymerization, or a dispersion polymerization.
- (ii) An aqueous dispersion of a polyaddition or polycondensation resin (e.g., polyester resin, polyurethane resin, epoxy resin) is obtainable by dispersing a precursor (e.g., monomer, oligomer) of the resin or a solution thereof in an aqueous medium in the presence of a dispersant, and curing the precursor by application of heat or addition of a curing agent.
- (iii) An aqueous dispersion of a polyaddition or polycondensation resin (e.g., polyester resin, polyurethane resin, epoxy resin) is obtainable by dissolving an emulsifier in a precursor (e.g., monomer, oligomer) of the resin or a solution (preferably in a liquid state, or which may be liquefied by application of heat) thereof, and further adding water thereto to cause phase-transfer emulsification.
- (iv) An aqueous dispersion of a resin produced by a polymerization reaction (e.g., addition polymerization, ring-opening polymerization, polyaddition, addition condensation, polycondensation) is obtainable by pulverizing the resin into particles by a mechanical rotary pulverizer or a jet pulverizer, classifying the particles by size to collect desired-size particles, and dispersing the collected particles in an aqueous medium in the presence of a dispersant.
- (v) An aqueous dispersion of a resin produced by a polymerization reaction (e.g., addition polymerization, ring-opening polymerization, polyaddition, addition condensation, polycondensation) is obtainable by dissolving the resin in a solvent, spraying the resulting resin solution to form resin particles, and dispersing the resin particles in an aqueous medium in the presence of a dispersant.
- (vi) An aqueous dispersion of a resin produced by a polymerization reaction (e.g., addition polymerization, ring-opening polymerization, polyaddition, addition condensation, polycondensation) is obtainable by dissolving the resin in a solvent and further adding a poor solvent to the resulting resin solution, or dissolving the resin in a solvent by application of heat and cooling the resulting resin solution, to precipitate resin particles, removing the solvents to isolate the resin particles, and dispersing the resin particles in an aqueous medium in the presence of a dispersant.
- (vii) An aqueous dispersion of a resin produced by a polymerization reaction (e.g., addition polymerization, ring-opening polymerization, polyaddition, addition condensation, polycondensation) is obtainable by dissolving the resin in a solvent, dispersing the resulting resin solution in an aqueous medium in the presence of a dispersant, and removing the solvent by application of heat and/or reduction of pressure.
- (viii) An aqueous dispersion of a resin produced by a polymerization reaction (e.g., addition polymerization, ring-opening polymerization, polyaddition, addition condensation, polycondensation) is obtainable by dissolving the resin in a solvent, dissolving an emulsifier in the resulting resin solution, and adding water thereto to cause phase-transfer emulsification.
- In some embodiments, the particles of the second resin (b) have a volume average particle diameter of 3 to 10 μm or 4 to 8 μm.
- The prepolymer (a) having a reactive group is defined as a polymer having a functional group (α1) reactive with a compound having an active hydrogen group.
- The functional group (α1) reactive with a compound having an active hydrogen group may be, for example, an isocyanate group (α1a), a blocked isocyanate group (α1b), an epoxy group (α1c), an acid anhydride group (α1d), and acid halide group (α1e). In some embodiments, an isocyanate group (α1a), a blocked isocyanate group (α1b), or an epoxy group (α1c) is employed. In some embodiments, an isocyanate group (α1a) or a blocked isocyanate group (α1b) is employed. The blocked isocyanate group (α1b) is defined as an isocyanate group blocked with a blocking agent.
- Specific materials usable as the blocking agent include, but are not limited to, oximes (e.g., acetoxime, methyl isobutyl ketoxime, diethyl ketoxime, cyclopentanone oxime, cyclohexanone oxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime), lactams (e.g., γ-butyrolactam, ε-caprolactam, γ-valerolactam), aliphatic alcohols having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., methanol, ethanol, octanol), phenols (e.g., phenol, cresol, xylenol, nonylphenol), active methylene compounds (e.g., acetylacetone, ethyl malonate, ethyl acetoacetate), basic nitrogen-containing compounds (e.g., N,N-diethylhydroxylamine, 2-hydroxypyridine, pyridine-N-oxide, 2-mercaptopyridine), and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, an oxime is used. In some embodiments, methyl ethyl oxime is used.
- The prepolymer (α) having a reactive group may comprise a polyether (αw) skeleton, a polyester (αx) skeleton, an epoxy resin (αy) skeleton, or a polyurethane (αz) skeleton. In some embodiments, a polyester (αx) skeleton, an epoxy (αy) skeleton, or a polyurethane (αz) skeleton is employed. In some embodiments, a polyester (αx) skeleton or a polyurethane (αz) skeleton is employed.
- The polyether (αw) may be, for example, polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, polybutylene oxide, or polytetramethylene oxide.
- The polyester (αx) may be, for example, a polycondensation product of a diol with a dicarboxylic acid or a polylactone (i.e., a ring-opening polymerization product of ε-caprolactone).
- The epoxy resin (αy) may be, for example, an addition condensation product of a bisphenol (e.g., bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S) with epichlorohydrin.
- The polyurethane (αz) may be, for example, a polyaddition product of a diol with a polyisocyanate or a polyaddition product of the polyester (αx) with a polyisocyanate.
- A reactive group can be introduced to the polyester (αx), epoxy resin (αy), or polyurethane (αz) by the following methods [1] and [2].
- [1] React two or more components with one particular component being excessive so that a functional group of the particular component remains on a terminal.
- [2] React two or more components with one particular component being excessive so that a functional group of the particular component remains on a terminal, and further react the remaining functional group with a compound having both a functional group reactive with the remaining functional group and a reactive group.
- The above method [1] can produce, for example, polyester prepolymer having hydroxyl group, polyester prepolymer having carboxyl group, polyester prepolymer having acid halide group, epoxy resin prepolymer having hydroxyl group, epoxy resin prepolymer having epoxy group, polyurethane prepolymer having hydroxyl group, and polyurethane prepolymer having isocyanate group.
- For example, a polyester prepolymer having hydroxyl group may comprise a polyol and a polycarboxylic acid with the equivalent ratio [OH]/[COOH] of hydroxyl groups [OH] from the polyol to carboxyl groups [COOH] from the polycarboxylic acid being 2/1 to 1/1, 1.5/1 to 1/1, or 1.3/1 to 1.02/1.
- In the above method [2], for example, prepolymer having isocyanate group, prepolymer having blocked isocyanate group, prepolymer having epoxy group, and prepolymer having acid anhydride group can be produced by reacting the prepolymer produced by the method [1] with polyisocyanate, blocked polyisocyanate, polyepoxide, and poly(acid anhydride), respectively.
- For example, a polyester prepolymer having isocyanate group can be obtained by reacting a polyester having hydroxyl group with a polyisocyanate with the equivalent ratio [NCO]/[OH] of isocyanate groups [NCO] from the polyisocyanate to hydroxyl groups [OH] from the polyester having hydroxyl group being 5/1 to 1/1, 4/1 to 1.2/1, or 2.5/1 to 1.5/1.
- In some embodiments, the average number of reactive groups included in one molecule of the prepolymer (α) having a reactive group is 1 or more, 1.5 to 3, or 1.8 to 2.5. Within the above range, the reaction product of the prepolymer (α) having a reactive group with the compound (β) having an active hydrogen group has a high molecular weight. In some embodiments, the prepolymer (α) having a reactive group has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 500 to 30,000, 1,000 to 20,000, or 2,000 to 10,000. In some embodiments, the prepolymer (α) having a reactive group has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 1,000 to 50,000, 2,000 to 40,000, or 4,000 to 20,000. In some embodiments, the prepolymer (α) having a reactive group has a viscosity of 2,000 poise or less or 1,000 poise or less at 100° C. When the viscosity is 2,000 poise or less, toner particles having a narrow size distribution can be obtained with use of a small amount of organic solvents.
- The compound (β) having an active hydrogen group may be, for example, a polyamine (βa) which may be blocked with a releasable compound, a polyol (βb), a polymercaptan (βc), and water (βd). In some embodiments, a polyamine (βa) which may be blocked with a releasable compound, a polyol (βb), or water (βd) is used. In some embodiments, a polyamine (βa) or water (βd) is used. In some embodiments, a blocked polyamine or water (βd) is used. The polyamine (βa) may be, for example, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, xylylenediamine, isophoronediamine, ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, or a mixture thereof.
- The polyamine (βa) which is blocked with a releasable compound may be, for example, a ketimine compound obtained from a polyamine and a ketone having 3 to 8 carbon atoms (e.g., acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone), an aldimine compounds obtained from an aldehyde compounds having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (e.g., formaldehyde, acetaldehyde), an enamine compound, or an oxazoline compound.
- The polyol (βb) may be, for example, a diol or a polyol. In some embodiments, a diol alone or a mixture of a diol with a small amount of a polyol is employed.
- The polymercaptan (βc) may be, for example, ethylenedithiol, 1,4-butanedithiol, or 1,6-hexanedithiol.
- Specific examples of the polyamine (βa) further include the following compounds (1) to (4).
- (1) Aliphatic polyamines (C2-C18)
- (1-1) Aliphatic polyamines, such as alkylene(C2-C6)diamines (e.g., ethylenediamine, propylenediamine, trimethylenediamine, tetramethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine) and polyalkylene(C2-C6)polyamines (e.g., diethylenetriamine, iminobispropylamine, bis(hexamethylene)triamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, pentaethylenehexamine).
- (1-2) Alkyl(C1-C4) or hydroxyalkyl(C2-C4) substitutions of the aliphatic polyamines of (1-1), such as dialkyl(C1-C3)aminopropylamine, trimethylhexamethylenediamine, aminoethylethanolamine, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexamethylenediamine, and methyliminobispropylamine.
- (1-3) Alicyclic or heterocyclic aliphatic polyamines, such as 3,9-bis(3-aminopropyl)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5,5]undecane.
- (1-4) Aromatic aliphatic amines (C8-C15), such as xylylenediamine and tetrachloro-p-xylylenediamine.
- (2) Alicyclic polyamines (C4-C15), such as 1,3-diaminocyclohexane isophoronediamine, mencenediamine, and 4,4′-methylenedicyclohexanediamine (hydrogenated methylenedianiline).
- (3) Heterocyclic polyamines (C4-C15), such as piperazine, N-aminoethylbipiperazine, 1,4-diaminoethylbipiperazine, 1,4-bis(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)piperazine.
- (4) Aromatic polyamines (C6-C20)
- (4-1) Unsubstituted aromatic polyamines, such as 1,2-, 1,3-, or 1,4-phenylenediamine, 2,4′- or 4,4′-diphenylmethanediamine, crude diphenylmethanediamine (polyphenyl polymethylene polyamine), diaminodiphenylsulfone, benzidine, thiodianiline, bis(3,4-diaminophenyl)sulfone, 2,6-diaminopyridine, m-aminobenzylamine, triphenylmethane-4,4′,4″-triamine, and naphthylenediamine.
- (4-2) Aromatic polyamines having a nuclear-substituted alkyl group (e.g., an alkyl(C1-C4) group such as methyl, ethyl, or n- or i-propylbutyl group), such as 2,4- or 2,6-tolylenediamine, crude tolylenediamine, diethyltolylenediamine, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dimethyldiphenylmethane, 4,4′-bis(o-tolidine), dianisidine, diaminoditolyl sulfone, 1,3-dimethyl-2,4-diaminobenzene, 1,3-dimethyl-2,6-diaminobenzene, 1,4-diisopropyl-2,5-diaminobenzene, 2,4-diaminomesitylene, 1-methyl-3,5-diethyl-2,4-diaminobenzene, 2,3-dimethyl-1,4-diaminonaphthalene, 2,6-dimethyl-1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 3,3,5,5-tetramethylbenzidine, 3,3,5,5-tetramethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,5-diethyl-3′-methyl-2′,4-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3′-diethyl-2,2′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4-diamino-3,3′-dimethyldiphenylmethane, 3,3,5,5-tetraethyl-4,4-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3,5,5-tetraethyl-4,4′-diaminophenyl ether, 3,3,5,5-tetraisopropyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, and mixtures thereof with their isomers.
- (4-3) Aromatic polyamines having a nuclear-substituted electron withdrawing group (e.g., a halogen such as Cl, Br, I, or F, an alkoxy group such as methoxy or ethoxy group, nitro group), such as methylenebis-o-chloroaniline, 4-chloro-o-phenylenediamine, 2-chloro-1,4-phenylenediamine, 3-amino-4-chloroaniline, 4-bromo-1,3-phenylenediamine, 2,5-dichloro-1,4-phenylenediamine, 5-nitro-1,3-phenylenediamine, 3-dimethoxy-4-aminoaniline, 4,4′-diamino-3,3′-dimethyl-5,5′-dibromo-diphenylmethane, 3,3-dichlorobenzidine, 3,3-dimethoxybenzidine, bis(4-amino-3-chlorophenyl) oxide, bis(4-amino-2-chlorophenyl) propane, bis(4-amino-2-chlorophenyl)sulfone, bis(4-amino-3-methoxyphenyl)decane, bis(4-aminophenyl)sulfide bis(4-aminophenyl)telluride, bis(4-aminophenyl)selenide, bis(4-amino-3-methoxyphenyl)disulfide, 4,4-methylenebis(2-iodoaniline), 4,4-methylenebis(2-bromoaniline), 4,4-methylenebis(2-fluoroaniline), and 4-aminophneyl-2-chloroaniline.
- (4-4) Aromatic polyamines having a secondary amino group, i.e., the above aromatic polyamines (4-1) to (4-3) in which part or all of —NH2 groups are substituted with —NH—R′ groups (R′ represents an alkyl group such as methyl or ethyl group), such as 4,4-di(methylamino)diphenylmethane and 1-methyl-2-methylamino-4-aminobenzene; polyamide polyamines, such as a low-molecular-weight polyamide polyamine obtained from condensation between a dicarboxylic acid (e.g., dimer acid) and an excessive amount of (i.e., 2 mol or more per 1 mol of the acid) a polyamine (e.g., an alkylenediamine, a polyalkylenediamine); and polyether polyamines, such as a hydride of a cyanoethylation product of a polyether polyol (e.g., a polyalkylene glycol).
- A reaction terminator (βs) may be optionally used in combination with the compound (β) having an active hydrogen group. Combination use of the reaction terminator (βs) and the compound (β) having an active hydrogen group at a specific ratio properly adjusts the molecular weight of the resin obtained from a reaction between the prepolymer (α) having a reactive group and the compound (β) having an active hydrogen group.
- Specific examples of the reaction terminator (βs) include, but are not limited to, monoamines (e.g., diethylamine, dibutylamine, laurylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine), blocked monoamines (e.g., ketimine compounds), monools (e.g., methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, phenol), monomercaptans (e.g., butylmercaptan, laurylmercaptan), monoisocyanates (e.g., lauryl isocyanate, phenyl isocyanate), and monoepoxides (e.g., butyl glycidyl ether).
- In some embodiments, the ratio [α]/[β] of the equivalent amount [α] of reactive groups in the prepolymer (α) having a reactive group to the equivalent amount [β] of active hydrogen groups in the compound (β) having an active hydrogen group is 1/2 to 2/1, 1.5/1 to 1/1.5, or 1.2/1 to 1/1.2. The water (βd) as the compound (β) having an active hydrogen group is regarded as a divalent compound having an active hydrogen group.
- In the above manufacturing method (I), the aqueous medium may include a water-miscible organic solvent (e.g., acetone, methyl ethyl ketone) other than water. The kind and content of water-miscible organic solvent are not particularly limited so long as granulation process of resin particles is not disturbed. In some embodiments, the aqueous medium includes a water-miscible organic solvent, which can be removed by drying without remaining in the resulting resin particles, in an amount of 40% by weight or less based on total weight of the aqueous medium.
- Specific examples of usable organic solvents for preparing the toner components liquid in the manufacturing method (I) include, but are not limited to, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, such as toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, and tetralin; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbon solvents such as n-hexane, n-heptane, and mineral spirit cyclohexane; halogen solvents, such as methyl chloride, methyl bromide, methyl iodide, methylene dichloride, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethylene, and perchloroethylene; ester or ester ether solvents, such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methoxybutyl acetate, methyl cellosolve acetate, and ethyl cellosolve acetate; ether solvents, such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ketone solvents, such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, di-n-butyl ketone, and cyclohexanone; alcohol solvents, such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, isobutanol, t-butanol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, and benzyl alcohol; amide solvents, such as dimethylformamide and dimethylacetamide; sulfoxide solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide; and heterocyclic compound solvents, such as N-methylpyrrolidone. Two or more of these organic solvents can be used in combination.
- In the manufacturing method (I), an emulsifier or dispersant may be used for emulsifying or dispersing toner components. Any surfactant or water-soluble polymer can be used as the emulsifier or dispersant. The above-described organic solvent or any plasticizer can be used in combination as an auxiliary emulsifier or dispersant. Usable surfactants include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, ampholytic surfactants, and nonionic surfactants. Two or more kinds of surfactants can be used in combination.
- Specific examples of usable anionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, carboxylic acids or salts thereof, sulfate salts, carboxymethylated salts, sulfonates, and phosphate salts.
- Specific examples of the carboxylic acids include, but are not limited to, saturated or unsaturated fatty acids having 8 to 22 carbon atoms, such as capric acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, ricinoleic acid; and mixtures of higher fatty acids obtained by saponifying palm oil, palm kernel oil, rice bran oil, or beef tallow. Their salts include sodium salts, potassium salts, amine salts, ammonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, and alkanolamine salts (e.g., monoethanolamine salts, diethanolamine salts, triethanolamine salts).
- Specific examples of the sulfate salts include, but are not limited to, higher alcohol sulfate salts (i.e., sulfate salts of aliphatic alcohols having 8 to 18 carbon atoms), higher alkyl ether sulfate salts (i.e., sulfate salts of EO or PO 1-10 mol adducts of aliphatic alcohols having 8 to 18 carbon atoms), sulfated oils (obtained by sulfating and neutralizing natural unsaturated fats or waxes having 12 to 50 carbon atoms), sulfated fatty acid esters (obtained by sulfating and neutralizing lower alcohol (C1-C8) esters of unsaturated fatty acids (C6-C40)), and sulfated olefins (obtained by sulfating and neutralizing olefins having 12 to 18 carbon atoms).
- Their salts include sodium salts, potassium salts, amine salts, ammonium salts, quaternary ammonium salts, and alkanolamine salts (e.g., monoethanolamine salts, diethanolamine salts, triethanolamine salts).
- Specific examples of the higher alcohol sulfate salts include, but are not limited to, octyl alcohol sulfate salt, decyl alcohol sulfate salt, lauryl alcohol sulfate salt, stearyl alcohol sulfate salt, sulfate salts of alcohols obtained using Ziegler catalysts (e.g., ALFOL 1214 available from CONDEA), and sulfate salts of alcohols obtained by oxo methods (e.g.,
23, 25, and 45 and DIADOL 115, 115H, and 135 available from Mistubishi Chemical Corporation; TRIDECANOL available from KH Neochem Co., Ltd.; and OXOCOL 1213, 1215, and 1415 available from Nissan Chemical). Specific examples of the higher alkyl ether sulfate salts include, but are not limited to, sulfate salt of EO 2 mol adduct of lauryl alcohol and sulfate salt of EO 3 mol adduct of octyl alcohol. Specific examples of the sulfated oils include, but are not limited to, salts of sulfated castor oil, sulfated peanut oil, sulfated canola oil, sulfated beef tallow, and sulfated mutton tallow. Specific examples of the sulfated fatty acid esters include, but are not limited to, salts of sulfated butyl oleate and sulfated butyl ricinoleate. Specific examples of the sulfated olefin include, but are not limited to, TEEPOL (available from Shell Chemical Co.).DOBANOL - Specific examples of the carboxymethylated salts include, but are not limited to, carboxymethylated salts of aliphatic alcohols having 8 to 16 carbon atoms and carboxymethylated salts of EO or PO 1-10 mol adducts of aliphatic alcohols having 8 to 16 carbon atoms.
- Specific examples of the carboxymethylated salts of the aliphatic alcohols include, but are not limited to, octyl alcohol carboxymethylated sodium salt, lauryl alcohol carboxymethylated sodium salt, carboxymethylated sodium salt of
DOBANOL 23, and tridecanol carboxymethylated sodium salt. - Specific examples of the carboxymethylated salts of EO or PO 1-10 mol adducts of aliphatic alcohols include, but are not limited to, carboxymethylated sodium salt of EO or PO 3 mol adduct of octyl alcohol, carboxymethylated sodium salt of EO or PO 4 mol adduct of lauryl alcohol, and carboxymethylated sodium salt of EO or PO 5 mol adduct of tridecanol.
- Specific examples of the sulfonates include, but are not limited to, alkylbenzene sulfonates, alkylnaphthalene sulfonates, sulfosuccinate diester salts, and sulfonates of IGEPON T or aromatic compounds. Specific examples of the alkylbenzene sulfonate include, but are not limited to, sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate. Specific examples of the alkylnaphthalene sulfonate include, but are not limited to, sodium dodecylnaphthalene sulfonate. Specific examples of the sulfosuccinate diester salts include, but are not limited to, sulfosuccinate di-2-ethylhexyl ester sodium salt. Specific examples of the sulfonates of aromatic compounds include, but are not limited to, monosulfonate and disulfonate of alkylated diphenyl ethers and styrenated phenol sulfonate.
- Specific examples of the phosphate salts include, but are not limited to, higher alcohol phosphate salts and phosphate salts of E0 adducts of higher alcohols. Specific examples of the higher alcohol phosphate salts include, but are not limited to, lauryl alcohol phosphate monoester disodium salt and lauryl alcohol phosphate diester disodium salt. Specific examples of the phosphate salts of EO adducts of higher alcohols include, but are not limited to, monoester disodium salt of EO 5 mol adduct of oleyl alcohol phosphate. Specific examples of usable cationic surfactants include, but are not limited to, quaternary ammonium salt surfactants and amine salt surfactants.
- A quaternary ammonium salt surfactant can be obtained by reacting a tertiary amine having 3 to 40 carbon atoms with a quaternization agent (e.g., an alkylation agent such as methyl chloride, methyl bromide, ethyl chloride, benzyl chloride, and dimethyl sulfate; ethylene oxide). Specific examples of such quaternary ammonium salt surfactants include, but are not limited to, lauryl trimethyl ammonium chloride, didecyl dimethyl ammonium chloride, dioctyl dimethyl ammonium bromide, stearyl trimethyl ammonium bromide, lauryl dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride (benzalkonium chloride), cetyl pyridinium chloride, polyoxyethylene trimethyl ammonium chloride, and stearamidoethyl diethyl methyl ammonium methosulfate.
- An amine salt surfactant can be obtained by neutralizing a primary, secondary, or tertiary amine with an inorganic acid (e.g., hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, hydroiodic acid, phosphoric acid, perchloric acid) or an organic acid (e.g., acetic acid, formic acid, lactic acid, gluconic acid, adipic acid, alkyl phosphoric acid having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, malic acid, citric acid). Specific examples of primary amine salt surfactants include, but are not limited to, inorganic and organic acid salts of aliphatic higher amines having 8 to 40 carbon atoms (e.g., lauryl amine, stearyl amine, cetyl amine, hardened beef tallow amine, rosin amine) and salts of higher fatty acids having 8 to 40 carbon atoms (e.g., stearic acid, oleic acid) with lower amines having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples of secondary amine salt surfactants include, but are not limited to, inorganic and organic acid salts of EO adducts of aliphatic amines having 4 to 40 carbon atoms. Specific examples of tertiary amine salt surfactants include, but are not limited to, inorganic and organic acid salts of aliphatic amines having 4 to 40 carbon atoms (e.g., triethylamine, ethyldimethylamine, N,N,N′,N′-tetramethylethylenediamine), EO adducts (2 mol or more) of aliphatic amines having 2 to 40 carbon atoms, alicyclic amines having 6 to 40 carbon atoms (e.g., N-methylpyrrolidine, N-methylpiperidine, N-meyhylhexamethyleneimine, N-methylmorpholine, 1,8-diazabicyclo(5,4,0)-7-undecene), and nitrogen-containing heterocyclic aromatic amines having 5 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N-methylimidazole, 4,4′-dipyridyl); and inorganic and organic acid salts of tertiary amines, such as triethanolamine monostearate and stearamidoethyl diethyl methyl ethanolamine.
- Specific examples of usable ampholytic surfactants include, but are not limited to, carboxylate ampholytic surfactants, sulfate salt ampholytic surfactants, sulfonate ampholytic surfactants, and phosphate salt ampholytic surfactants.
- Specific examples of the carboxylate ampholytic surfactants include, but are not limited to, amino acid ampholytic surfactants, betaine ampholytic surfactants, and imidazoline ampholytic surfactants.
- An amino acid ampholytic surfactant has both amino group and carboxyl group per molecule, and is represented by the following formula:
-
[R—NH—(CH2)n—COO]mM - wherein R represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group, n represents an integer of 1 or 2, m represents an integer of 1 or 2, and M represents a hydrogen ion, an alkali metal ion, an alkali earth metal ion, an ammonium cation, an amine cation, or an alkanolamine cation.
- Specific examples of such amino acid ampholytic surfactants include, but are not limited to, alkyl(C6-C40) aminopropionic acid ampholytic surfactants (e.g., sodium stearyl aminopropionate, sodium lauryl aminopropionate) and alkyl(C4-C24) aminoacetic acid ampholytic surfactants (e.g., sodium lauryl aminoacetate).
- A betaine ampholytic surfactant has both a quaternary-ammonium-salt-based cationic site and a carboxylic-acid-based anionic site per molecule. Specific examples of such betaine ampholytic surfactants include, but are not limited to, alkyl(C6-C40) dimethyl betaines (e.g., stearyl dimethyl aminoacetic betaine, lauryl dimethyl aminoacetic betaine), amide betaines having 6 to 40 carbon atoms (e.g., palm oil fatty acid amide propyl betaine), and alkyl(C6-C40) dihydroxyalkyl(C6-C40) betaines (e.g., lauryl dihydroxyethyl betaine).
- An imidazoline ampholytic surfactant has an imidazoline-ring-based cationic site and a carboxylic-acid-based anionic site per molecule. Specific examples of such imidazoline ampholytic surfactants include, but are not limited to, 2-undecyl-N-carboxymethyl-N-hydroxyethyl imidazolinium betaine.
- Usable ampholytic surfactants further include glycine ampholytic surfactants such as lauroyl glycine sodium salt, lauryl diaminoethyl glycine sodium salt, lauryl diaminoethyl glycine hydrochloride, dioctyl diaminoethyl glycine hydrochloride; sulfobetaine ampholytic surfactants such as pentadecyl sulfotaurine; sulfonate ampholytic surfactants; and phosphate salt ampholytic surfactants.
- Specific examples of usable nonionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, alkylene oxide (AO) adduct nonionic surfactants and polyol nonionic surfactants.
- An AO adduct nonionic surfactant can be obtained by directly adding an AO(C2-C20) to a higher alcohol, higher fatty acid, or alkylamine having 8 to 40 carbon atoms; reacting a higher fatty acid with a polyalkylene glycol obtained by adding an AO to glycol; adding an AO to an esterification product between a polyol and a higher fatty acid; or adding an AO to a high fatty acid amide.
- The alkylene oxide (AO) may be ethylene oxide (EO), propylene oxide (PO), or butylene oxide (BO), for example. In some embodiments, EO adduct or EO-PO random or block adduct is employed. In some embodiments, the added amount of AO is 10 to 50 mol. In some embodiments, AO includes 50 to 100% of EO.
- Specific examples of the AO adduct nonionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, oxyalkylene(C2-C24) alkyl(C8-C40) ethers (e.g., EO 20 mol adduct of octyl alcohol, EO 20 mol adduct of lauryl alcohol, EO 10 mol adduct of stearyl alcohol, EO 5 mol adduct of oleyl alcohol, EO 10 mol PO 20 mol block adduct of lauryl alcohol); polyoxyalkylene(C2-C24) higher fatty acid(C8-C40) esters (e.g., EO 10 mol adduct of stearic acid, EO 10 mol adduct of lauric acid); polyoxyalkylene(C2-C24) polyol(C3-C40) higher fatty acid(C8-C40) esters (e.g., polyethylene glycol (polymerization degree=20) laurate diester, polyethylene glycol (polymerization degree=20) oleate diester); polyoxyalkylene(C2-C24) alkyl(C8-C40) phenyl ethers (e.g., EO 4 mol adduct of nonyl phenol, EO 8 mol PO 20 mol block adduct of nonyl phenol, EO 10 mol adduct of octyl phenol, EO 10 mol adduct of bisphenol A, EO 20 mol adduct of styrenated phenol); polyoxyalkylene(C2-C24) alkyl(C8-C40) amino ethers (e.g., EO 10 mol adduct of laurylamine, EO 10 mol adduct of stearylamine); and polyoxyalkylene(C2-C24) alkanolamides(C8-C24:acyl site) (e.g., EO 10 mol adduct of hydroxyethyl lauric acid amide, EO 20 mol adduct of hydroxypropyl oleic acid amide).
- Specific examples of the polyol nonionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, polyol fatty acid esters, AO adducts of polyol fatty acid esters, polyol alkyl ethers, and AO adducts of polyol alkyl ethers. The carbon number of the polyol, fatty acid, and AO may be 3 to 24, 8 to 40, and 2 to 24, respectively.
- Specific examples of the polyol fatty acid esters include, but are not limited to, pentaerythritol monolaurate, pentaerythritol monooleate, sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan dilaurate, sorbitan dioleate, and sucrose monostearate.
- Specific examples of the AO adducts of polyol fatty acid esters include, but are not limited to,
EO 10 mol adduct of ethylene glycol monooleate,EO 20 mol adduct of ethylene glycol monostearate,EO 20mol PO 10 mol random adduct of trimethylolpropane monostearate,EO 10 mol adduct of sorbitan monolaurate,EO 20 mol adduct of sorbitan distearate, and EO 12mol PO 24 mol random adduct of sorbitan dilaurate. - Specific examples of the polyol alkyl ethers include, but are not limited to, pentaerythritol monobutyl ether, pentaerythritol monolauryl ether, sorbitan monomethyl ether, sorbitan monostearyl ether, methyl glycoside, and lauryl glycoside.
- Specific examples of the AO adducts of polyol alkyl ethers include, but are not limited to,
EO 10 mol adduct of sorbitan monostearyl ether,EO 20mol PO 10 mol random adduct of methyl glycoside,EO 10 mol adduct of lauryl glycoside, andEO 20mol PO 20 mol random adduct of stearyl glycoside. - Specific examples of usable water-soluble polymers include, but are not limited to, cellulose compounds (e.g., methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and saponified products thereof), gelatin, starch, dextrin, gum arabic, chitin, chitosan, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, polyethyleneimine, polyacrylamide, acrylate-containing polymers (e.g., sodium polyacrylate, potassium polyacrylate, ammonium polyacrylate, polyacrylic acids partially neutralized with sodium hydroxide, sodium acrylate-acrylate copolymer), styrene-maleic anhydride copolymers (partially) neutralized with sodium hydroxide, and water-soluble polyurethanes (e.g., reaction products of polyethylene glycols or polycaprolactone diol with polyisocyanate).
- The toner particles may be further mixed with an additive such as inorganic fine particles (e.g., hydrophobized silica powder) to improve fluidity, storage stability, developability, and transferability of the toner.
- The toner particles and additive can be mixed by a powder mixer which may be equipped with a jacket for controlling inner temperature. To vary load history given to the additive, the additive may be gradually added from the initial stage of mixing or added from the middle of the mixing, while optionally varying the revolution, rotating speed, time, and temperature of the mixer. The additive may be first applied with strong load and subsequently weak load, or vice versa. Specific examples of usable mixers include, but are not limited to, a V-type mixer, a Rocking mixer, a Loedige mixer, a Nauta mixer, and a Henschel mixer. Undesired coarse or aggregated particles are removed by a 250-mesh sieve.
- The toner according to an embodiment is not limited in its properties, such as shape and size.
- In some embodiments, the toner has an average circularity of 0.900 to 0.980 or 0.950 to 0.975. The circularity is defined as the ratio of the perimeter of a circle having the same area as a projected image of a toner particle to the perimeter of the projected image of the toner particle. In some embodiments, the toner includes particles having a circularity less than 0.94 in an amount of 15% or less.
- When the average circularity is less than 0.900, transferability of the toner may be poor and therefore high-quality images cannot be obtained. When the average circularity is greater than 0.980, such toner particles may not be sufficiently removed from a photoreceptor or a transfer belt in image forming systems employing a blade cleaning member. For example, when toner particles remain on a photoreceptor without being transferred onto paper due to the occurrence of paper jam, especially in forming an image having a high image area ratio such as a photographic image, such residual toner particles may undesirably retransferred onto background portions of a next image. Alternatively, such residual toner particles may contaminate and deteriorate a charging roller for charging the photoreceptor.
- The average circularity of toner can be determined using a flow particle image analyzer FPIA-2100 (from Sysmex Corporation) and an analysis software FPIA-2100 Data Processing Program for FPIA version 00-10 as follows. First, charge a 100-mL glass beaker with 0.1 to 0.5 mL of a 10% by weight surfactant (an alkylbenzene sulfonate NEOGEN SC-A from Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.). Add 0.1 to 0.5 g of a toner to the beaker and mix with a micro spatula. Further add 80 mL of ion-exchange water to the beaker. Subject the resulting dispersion to a dispersion treatment for 3 minutes using an ultrasonic disperser (from Honda Electronics). Subject the dispersion, having a concentration of 5,000 to 15,000 particles per micro-liter, to a measurement of shape distribution by FPIA-2100. In terms of measurement reproducibility, it is important that the dispersion has a concentration of 5,000 to 15,000 particles per micro-liter. To make the dispersion have the desired concentration, the amounts of surfactant and toner included in the dispersion are adjusted. When the amount of surfactant in the dispersion is too large, noisy bubbles may be undesirably generated. When the amount of surfactant in the dispersion is too small, toner particles cannot sufficiently get wet or dispersed. The proper amount of toner in the dispersion depends on particle diameter of toner. The smaller the particle diameter of toner, the smaller the proper amount of the toner. When a toner has a particle diameter of 3 to 10 μm, 0.1 to 0.5 g of the toner should be included in the dispersion so that the dispersion has a concentration of 5,000 to 15,000 particles per micro-liter.
- In some embodiments, the toner has a volume average particle diameter of 3 to 10 μm or 3 to 8 μm. When the volume average particle diameter is less than 3 μm, such toner particles may undesirably fuse on the surfaces of carrier particles and degrade charging ability of the carrier particles after a long-term agitation in a developing device, when used for a two-component developer. When volume average particle diameter is greater than 10 μm, it may be difficult to produce high-resolution and high-quality images. Moreover, the average particle diameter of such toner particles in a developer may largely vary upon consumption and supply of the toner particles.
- In some embodiments, the ratio of the volume average particle diameter to the number average particle diameter of the toner is 1.00 to 1.25 or 1.10 to 1.25.
- Volume average particle diameter and number average particle diameter of toner can be measured by a particle size analyzer MULTISIZER III (from Beckman Coulter, Inc.) having an aperture size of 100 μm and an analysis software program Beckman Coulter Multisizer 3 Version 3.51 as follows. First, charge a 100-mL glass beaker with 0.5 mL of a 10% by weight surfactant (an alkylbenzene sulfonate NEOGEN SC-A from Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.). Add 0.5 g of a toner to the beaker and mix with a micro spatula. Further add 80 mL of ion-exchange water to the beaker. Subject the resulting dispersion to a dispersion treatment for 10 minutes using an ultrasonic disperser (W-113 MK-II from Honda Electronics). Subject the dispersion to a measurement by the MULTISIZER III using a measuring solution ISOTON III (from Beckman Coulter, Inc.). During the measurement, the dispersion is dropped so that the sample concentration becomes 8±2%. In terms of measurement reproducibility, it is important that the sample concentration is 8±2%.
- A developer according to an embodiment includes the above-described toner according to an embodiment and other components such as a carrier. The developer may be either a one-component developer or a two-component developer. The two-component developer is compatible with high-speed printers, in accordance with recent improvement in information processing speed, owing to its long lifespan.
- In the one-component developer according to an embodiment, the average toner size may not vary very much although consumption and supply of toner particles are repeated. Additionally, toner particles may not adhere or fix to a developing roller or a toner layer regulating blade. Thus, the one-component developer reliably provides stable developability and image quality for an extended period of time. In the two-component developer according to an embodiment, the average toner size may not vary very much although consumption and supply of toner particles are repeated. Thus, the two-component developer reliably provides stable developability for an extended period of time.
- The carrier may comprise a core material and a covering layer that covers the core material. Specific materials usable as the core material include, but are not limited to, ferrite, magnetite, iron, and nickel. Specific examples of the ferrite include, but are not limited to, copper-zinc ferrite and environmentally-adaptable ferrites such as manganese ferrite, manganese-magnesium ferrite, manganese-strontium ferrite, manganese-magnesium-strontium ferrite, and lithium ferrite.
- The core material may further include one or more elements such as Li, Na, K, Ca, Ba, Y, Ti, Zr, V, Ag, Ni, Cu, Zn, Al, Sn, Sb, and Bi, to control resistivity or to improve production stability. The content of these elements may be 5% by atom or less or 3% by atom or less based on total metal element content.
- The covering layer includes a binder resin and optionally includes other materials such as fine particles. Specific examples of usable binder resins for the covering layer include, but are not limited to, cross-linked copolymers including polyolefin (e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene) or modified product thereof, styrene, acrylic resin, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, vinyl alcohol, vinyl chloride, vinyl carbazole, and/or vinyl ether; silicone resins comprising organosiloxane bonds and modified (e.g., alkyd-resin-modified, polyester-resin-modified, polyurethane-modified, polyimide-modified) products thereof; polyamides; polyesters; polyurethanes; polycarbonates; urea resins; melamine resins; benzoguanamine resins; epoxy resins; ionomer resins; polyimide resins; and derivatives of these materials. Two or more of these resins can be used in combination. In one or more embodiments, an acrylic resin and/or a silicone resin is used.
- Acrylic resins have strong adhesiveness to the core material or fine particles included in the covering layer while having low brittleness. Therefore, acrylic resins effectively prevent the covering layer from peeling as well as the fine particles from separating from the covering layer. In particular, fine particles having a diameter greater than the covering layer thickness are more effectively prevented from separating from the covering layer due to the nature of acrylic resin.
- In some embodiments, the acrylic resin has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 20 to 100° C. or 25 to 80° C. Within the above Tg range, the binder resin expresses proper elasticity which reduces impact on the carrier particles upon frictional charging, resulting in prevention of peeling and abrasion of the covering layer.
- A cross-linked product of an acrylic resin between an amino resin, as the binder resin, expresses proper elasticity while preventing coalescence of the covering layers (i.e., carrier blocking).
- Specific examples of usable amino resins include, but are not limited to, melamine resins and benzoguanamine resins, both of which can improve charge giving ability of the resulting carrier.
- To more properly control the charge giving ability of the resulting carrier, melamine and/or benzoguanamine resins may be used in combination with another amino resin. Acrylic resins cross-linkable with such amino resins may include hydroxyl group or carboxyl group. In some embodiments, an acrylic resin having hydroxyl group is used. Due to the presence of hydroxyl group, such acrylic resins have improved adhesiveness to both the core material and fine particles as well as more stabilized dispersing ability. In some embodiments, such acrylic resins have a hydroxyl value of 10 mgKOH/g or more or 20 mgKOH/g or more.
- The binder resin which includes silicone units can advantageously reduce surface energy of the carrier particles and thereby prevents toner particles from adhering to or contaminating the surfaces of the carrier particles.
- The silicone units may comprise, for example, methyltrisiloxane unit, dimethyldisiloxane unit, and/or trimethylsiloxane unit. The silicone units may be bound chemically to or blended with other binder resins. Alternatively, the silicone units may form a multilayer with other binder resins.
- In a case in which the silicone units are blended with other binder resins or form a multilayer with other binder resins, the other binder resin may include a silicone resin and/or a modified product thereof. In particular, the use of a silicone resin having the following formula suppresses attrition, abrasion, and elimination of the binder resins.
- wherein each of R1 to R3 independently represents a hydrocarbon group or a derivative thereof, X1 represents a condensation-reactive group, and a and b independently represents a positive integer.
- The X1 group may be, for example, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, or methyl ethyl ketoxime group. The X1 group causes a condensation reaction due to moisture in the air or upon application of heat and form a three-dimensional network structure. Specific examples of the silicone resins having the above formula include, but are not limited to, straight silicone resins consisting of organosiloxane bonds, and silicone resins modified with alkyd, polyester, epoxy, acrylic, or urethane.
- Specific examples of commercially available straight silicone resins include, but are not limited to, KR271, KR272, KR282, KR252, KR255, and KR152 (available from Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.); and SR2400, SR2405, and SR2406 (available from Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.). Specific examples of commercially available modified silicone resins include, but are not limited to, ES-1001N (epoxy-modified), KR-5208 (acrylic-modified), KR-5203 (polyester-modified), KR-206 (alkyd-modified), and KR-305 (urethane-modified) (available from Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.); and SR2115 (epoxy-modified) and SR2110 (alkyd-modified) (available from Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.).
- The silicone resin can be used alone or in combination with other components such as a cross-linkable component and a charge controlling component. Specific examples of usable cross-linkable components include, but are not limited to, silane coupling agents. Specific examples of the silane coupling agents include, but are not limited to, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, octyltrimethoxysilane, and aminosilane coupling agents.
- When the covering layer includes an aminosilane coupling agent, the carrier charge can be more properly controlled. Specific examples of usable aminosilane coupling agents are listed below.
-
H2N(CH2)3Si(OCH3)3 MW 179.3 H2N(CH2)3Si(OC2H5)3 MW 221.4 H2NCH2CH2CH2Si(CH3)2(OC2H5) MW 161.3 H2NCH2CH2CH2Si(CH3)(OC2H5)2 MW 191.3 H2NCH2CH2NHCH2Si(OCH3)3 MW 194.3 H2NCH2CH2NHCH2CH2CH2Si(CH3)(OCH3)2 MW 206.4 H2NCH2CH2NHCH2CH2CH2Si(OCH3)3 MW 224.4 (CH3)2NCH2CH2CH2Si(CH3)(OC2H5)2 MW 219.4 (C4H9)2NC3H6Si(OCH3)3 MW 291.6 - In some embodiments, the content of the aminosilane coupling agent in the covering layer is 0.001 to 30% by weight or 0.001 to 10% by weight. When the content is less than 0.001% by weight, chargeability may be easily influenced by environmental conditions and product yield may decrease. When the content is greater than 30% by weight, the covering layer may be too brittle to be resistant to abrasion.
- Specific examples of fine particles to be included in the covering layer include, but are not limited to, inorganic fine particles such as metal powder, tin oxide, zinc oxide, silica, titanium oxide, alumina, potassium titanate, barium titanate, and aluminum borate; and organic fine particles such as conductive polymer particles (e.g., polyaniline, polyacetylene, polyparaphenylene, poly(paraphenylene sulfide), polypyrrole, parylene) and carbon black. Two or more of these materials can be used in combination.
- The surfaces of these fine particles may be subjected to a conductive treatment. For example, the fine particles may be covered with aluminum, zinc, copper, nickel, silver, alloys thereof, zinc oxide, titanium oxide, tin oxide, antimony oxide, indium oxide, bismuth oxide, tin-doped indium oxide, or antimony-doped tin oxide or zirconium oxide, in the form of solid solution or fusion, to have conductivity. In some embodiments, tin oxide, indium oxide, or tin-doped indium oxide is used for the conductive treatment.
- In some embodiments, the fine particles have a volume average particle diameter of 1 μm or less. When the volume average particle diameter is greater than 1 μm, it may be difficult for the covering layer to retain the fine particles and therefore the fine particles may be easily detached from the covering layer, resulting in deterioration of the strength of the covering layer. Volume average particle diameter of the fine particles can be measured by a layer Doppler/dynamic light scattering particle size analyzer, for example.
- In some embodiments, the content of the covering layer in the carrier is 5% by weight or more or 5 to 10% by weight.
- In some embodiments, the covering layer has a thickness of 0.1 to 5 μm or 0.3 to 2 μm. The thickness of the covering layer can be measured by, for example, preparing cross-sections of carrier particles with a focused ion beam (FIB) and observing 50 or more of the prepared cross-sections with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) or scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) to measure and average the thicknesses of each covering layer.
- The covering layer may be formed by, for example, applying a covering layer liquid that is containing all of the above-described materials to be included in the covering layer such as a binder resin and or precursor thereof, to the surface of the core material by a spraying or dipping method. In some embodiments, the core material applied with the covering layer liquid is subjected to a heating treatment so as to accelerate a polymerization reaction of the binder resin or precursor thereof. The heating treatment may be performed with a coating equipment which has applied the covering layer on the core material, or alternatively performed with another heating equipment such as electric furnace or burning kiln.
- In some embodiments, the heating temperature is 120 to 350° C. In some embodiments, the heating temperature is equal to or less than the decomposition temperature of the materials included in the covering layer. In some embodiments, the decomposition temperature of the materials in the covering layer is 220° C. or less and the heating time period is 5 to 120 minutes.
- In some embodiments, the carrier has a volume average particle diameter of 10 to 100 μm or 20 to 65 μm. When the volume average particle diameter is less than 10 μm, carrier deposition may occur due to unevenness of the core particles. When the volume average particle diameter is greater than 100 μm, thin lines may not be precisely reproduced in the resulting image. Volume average particle diameter can be measured by a Microtrac particle size analyzer HRA9320-X100 (from Nikkiso Co., Ltd.), for example.
- In some embodiments, the carrier has a volume resistivity of 9 to 16 log(Ω·cm) or 10 to 14 log(Ω·cm). When the volume resistivity is less than 9 log(Ω·cm), carrier deposition may occur in non-image area. When the volume resistivity is greater than 16 log(Ω·cm), the edge effect may occur. The edge effect is a phenomenon in which the edge of a latent image is developed into a high-density image while the center of the latent image is developed into a low-density image. Volume resistivity may be arbitrarily controlled by controlling the thickness of the covering layer or the content of the conductive fine particles included in the covering layer.
- Volume resistivity can be measured as follows, for example. First, fill a measuring cell with a carrier. The measuring cell is comprised of a fluorocarbon-resin container, and electrodes each having a surface area of 2.5 cm×4 cm are disposed within the cell forming a distance of 0.2 cm therebetween. Tap the measuring cell filled with the carrier from a height of 1 cm at a tapping speed of 30 times/min for 10 times. Next, supply a direct current voltage of 1,000 V between the electrodes for 30 seconds. Thereafter, measure a resistance r (Ω) by a high resistance meter 4329A (from Hewlett-Packard Japan. Ltd.). Volume resistivity is calculated from the following equation.
-
R=Log[r(Ω)×(2.5(cm)×4(cm)/0.2(cm)] - In some embodiments, the two-component developer includes the toner in an amount of 2.0 to 12.0% by weight or 2.5 to 10.0% by weight based on the weight of the carrier.
- The developer according to an embodiment may be contained in a container. The container may comprise a main body and a lid.
- The main body is not limited in size, shape, structure, and material. In one or more embodiments, the main body is comprised of a cylinder, on the inner peripheral surface of which concavities and convexities are formed in a spiral manner, so that the developer is conveyed to a discharge outlet as the main body rotates. At least a part of the spiral concavities and convexities has a function of accordion. Specific examples of usable materials for the container include, but are not limited to, resins providing high dimension accuracy, such as polyester resin, polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, polystyrene resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, polyacrylic acid resin, polycarbonate resin, ABS resin, and polyacetal resin.
- The container containing the developer is easy to store, convey, or handle. The container may be detachably attached to image forming apparatus to supply the developer thereto.
- An image forming method according to an embodiment includes at least an electrostatic latent image forming process, a developing process, a transfer process, and a fixing process. The image forming method may optionally include other processes such as a neutralization process, a cleaning process, a recycle process, and a control process, if needed.
- An image forming apparatus for practicing the image forming method according to an embodiment include an electrostatic latent image bearing member, an electrostatic latent image forming device, a developing device, a transfer device, and a fixing device. The image forming apparatus may optionally include other members, such as a neutralizer, a cleaner, a recycler, and a controller, if needed.
- The electrostatic latent image forming process is a process which forms an electrostatic latent image on an electrostatic latent image bearing member.
- The electrostatic latent image bearing member (hereinafter may be referred to as “electrophotographic photoreceptor” or “photoreceptor”) is not limited in material, shape, structure, and size. In some embodiments, the electrostatic latent image bearing member has a drum-like shape and is comprised of an inorganic photoconductor, such as amorphous silicone or selenium, or an organic photoconductor, such as polysilane or phthalopolymethyne. Amorphous silicone is advantageous in terms of long lifespan.
- In the electrostatic latent image forming process, an electrostatic latent image is formed by the electrostatic latent image forming device. The electrostatic latent image forming device comprises a charger for uniformly charging a surface of the electrostatic latent image bearing member and an irradiator for irradiating the charged surface with light containing image information.
- The charger is adapted to charge a surface of the electrostatic latent image bearing member by supplying a voltage thereto. The charger may be, for example, a contact charger equipped with a conductive or semiconductive roll, brush, film, or rubber blade, or a non-contact charger such as corotron and scorotron that use corona discharge. In some embodiments, the charger is disposed in contact or non-contact with the electrostatic latent image bearing member so as to supply an AC-DC superimposed voltage to a surface of the electrostatic latent image bearing member. In some embodiments, the charger is a non-contact charging roller disposed proximal to the electrostatic latent image bearing member, adapted to to supply an AC-DC superimposed voltage to a surface of the electrostatic latent image bearing member.
- The irradiator is adapted to irradiate the charged surface of the electrostatic latent image bearing member with light containing image information. The irradiator may be, for example, a radiation optical type, a rod lens array type, a laser optical type, or a liquid crystal shutter optical type.
- The electrostatic latent image bearing member may be irradiated with light from the reverse surface (back surface) side thereof.
- The developing process is a process which develops the electrostatic latent image into a toner image that is visible with the developer according to an embodiment. In some embodiments, the developing device includes a container for containing the developer according to an embodiment and a developer bearing member adapted to supply the developer to the electrostatic latent image with or without contacting the electrostatic latent image.
- The developing device may be either a single-color developing device or a multi-color developing device. The developing device may be comprised of an agitator for frictionally agitating and charging the developer and a rotatable magnet roller.
- In these embodiments, toner particles and carrier particles are mixed and agitated within the developing device so that the toner particles are frictionally charged. The charged toner particles and carrier particles are borne on the surface of the magnet roller forming chainlike aggregations (hereinafter “magnetic brush”). The magnet roller is disposed adjacent to the electrostatic latent image bearing member. Therefore, a part of the toner particles in the magnetic brush migrates from the surface of the magnet roller to the surface of the electrostatic latent image bearing member due to electrical attractive force. As a result, the electrostatic latent image formed on the electrostatic latent image bearing member is developed into a toner image.
- The transfer process is a process which transfers the toner image onto a recording medium. In some embodiments, the toner image is primarily transferred onto an intermediate transfer medium and secondarily transferred onto the recording medium. In some embodiments, a plurality of toner images with different colors is primarily transferred onto the intermediate transfer medium to form a composite toner image and the composite toner image is secondarily transferred onto the recording medium.
- The toner image may be transferred from the electrostatic latent image bearing member upon charging of the electrostatic latent image bearing member by a transfer charger. In some embodiments, the transfer device includes a plurality of primary transfer devices each adapted to transfer a toner image onto the intermediate transfer medium to form a composite toner image, and a secondary transfer device adapted to transfer the composite toner image onto the recording medium. The intermediate transfer medium may be, for example, a transfer belt.
- In some embodiments, each transfer device (including the primary transfer device and the secondary transfer device) contains a transfer unit adapted to separate a toner image from the electrostatic latent image bearing member toward a recording medium side. The number of transfer devices is not limited, i.e., one or more.
- The transfer unit may be, for example, a corona discharger, a transfer belt, a transfer roller, a pressure transfer roller, or an adhesive transfer unit.
- The recording medium is not limited to a specific material, and any kind of material can be used as the recording medium.
- The fixing process is a process which fixes the toner image on a recording medium. Each single-color toner image may be independently fixed on a recording medium, or alternatively, a composite toner image including a plurality of color toner images may be fixed on a recording medium at once.
- In some embodiments, the fixing device includes fixing members adapted to fix a toner image by application of heat and pressure. For example, the fixing device may include a combination of a heating roller and a pressing roller, or a combination of a heating roller, a pressing roller, and an endless belt.
- In some embodiments, the fixing device includes a heater equipped with a heating element, a film in contact with the heater, and a pressing member pressed against the heater with the film therebetween. Such a fixing device is adapted to pass a recording medium having a toner image thereon between the film and the pressing member so that the toner image is fixed on the recording medium upon application of heat and pressure. In some embodiments, the heating member is heated to a temperature of 80 to 200° C.
- In the fixing process, an optical fixer can be used in place of or in combination with the fixing device.
- The neutralization process is a process in which the neutralizer neutralizes the electrostatic latent image bearing member by supplying a neutralization bias thereto. The neutralizer may be, for example, a neutralization lamp.
- The cleaning process is a process in which the cleaner removes residual toner particles remaining on the electrostatic latent image bearing member. The cleaner may be, for example, a magnetic brush cleaner, an electrostatic brush cleaner, a magnetic roller cleaner, a blade cleaner, a brush cleaner, or a web cleaner.
- The recycle process is a process in which the recycler supplies the residual toner particles collected in the cleaning process to the developing device. The recycler may be, for example, a conveyer.
- The control process is a process in which the controller controls the above-described processes. The controller may be, for example, a sequencer or a computer.
-
FIG. 1 is a schematic view of an image forming apparatus according to an embodiment. Animage forming apparatus 100A includes aphotoreceptor drum 10 serving as an electrostatic latent image bearing member, a chargingroller 20, an irradiator, a developing device 40, anintermediate transfer belt 50, acleaning device 60, and aneutralization lamp 70. - An
intermediate transfer belt 50 is a seamless belt stretched taut with threerollers 51 and is movable in a direction indicated by arrow inFIG. 1 . One of the threerollers 51 is adapted to supply a primary transfer bias to theintermediate transfer belt 50. A cleaner 90 is disposed adjacent to theintermediate transfer belt 50. Atransfer roller 80 is disposed facing theintermediate transfer belt 50. Thetransfer roller 80 is adapted to supply a secondary transfer bias for transferring a toner image onto arecording medium 95. Acorona charger 58 is disposed facing theintermediate transfer belt 50 between the contact points of theintermediate transfer belt 50 with thephotoreceptor drum 10 and therecording medium 95 with respect to the direction of rotation of theintermediate transfer belt 50. - The developing device 40 includes a black developing
unit 45K, an yellow developingunit 45Y, amagenta developing unit 45M, and acyan developing unit 45C. The developing 45K, 45Y, 45M, and 45C includeunits 42K, 42Y, 42M, and 42C, respectiverespective developer containers 43K, 43Y, 43M, and 43C, and respective developingdeveloper supply rollers 44K, 44Y, 44M, and 44C.rollers - The
image forming apparatus 100A is adapted to produce an image in the manner described below. - In the
image forming apparatus 100A, thephotoreceptor drum 10 is uniformly charged by the chargingroller 20 and then irradiated with a light beam L containing image information emitted from the irradiator so that an electrostatic latent image is formed on thephotoreceptor drum 10. The developing device 40 supplies toner to the electrostatic latent image on thephotoreceptor drum 10 to form a toner image. The toner image is primarily transferred onto theintermediate transfer belt 50 by a transfer bias supplied from theroller 51 and is secondarily transferred onto therecording medium 95 by a transfer bias supplied from thetransfer roller 80. Residual toner particles remaining on thephotoreceptor drum 10 without being transferred onto theintermediate transfer belt 50 are removed by thecleaning device 60. Thephotoreceptor drum 10 is neutralized by theneutralization lamp 70. -
FIG. 2 is a schematic view of an image forming apparatus according to another embodiment. Animage forming apparatus 100B is a tandem-type full-color image forming apparatus including amain body 150, a paper feed table 200, ascanner 300, and an automatic document feeder (ADF) 400. - An
intermediate transfer belt 50, disposed at a center part of themain body 150, is a seamless belt stretched taut with three 14, 15, and 16 and is movable in a direction indicated by arrow inrollers FIG. 2 . A cleaner 17 is disposed adjacent to theroller 15. The cleaner 17 is adapted to remove residual toner particles remaining on theintermediate transfer belt 50 without being transferred onto a recording medium. Animage forming unit 120, including photoreceptor drums 10K, 10M, 10C, and 10Y, is disposed facing theintermediate transfer belt 50 stretched between the 14 and 15. Anrollers irradiator 21 is disposed adjacent to theimage forming unit 120. Asecondary transfer belt 24 is disposed on the opposite side of theimage forming unit 120 with respect to theintermediate transfer belt 50. Thesecondary transfer belt 24 is a seamless belt stretched taut with a pair ofrollers 23. A recording medium conveyed by thesecondary transfer belt 24 is brought into contact with theintermediate transfer belt 50 in between the 16 and 23. A fixingrollers device 25 is disposed adjacent to thesecondary transfer belt 24. The fixingdevice 25 includes aseamless fixing belt 26 stretched taut with a pair of rollers and apressing roller 27 pressed against the fixingbelt 26. Asheet reversing device 28 adapted to reverse recording medium in duplexing is disposed adjacent to thesecondary transfer belt 24 and the fixingdevice 25. Theimage forming unit 120 includes 18K, 18M, 18C, and 18Y. Theimage forming units secondary transfer belt 24 and therollers 23 form asecondary transfer device 22. - The
image forming apparatus 100B produces a full-color image in the manner described below. A document is set on a document table 130 of theautomatic document feeder 400. Alternatively, a document is set on acontact glass 32 of thescanner 300 while lifting up theautomatic document feeder 400, followed by holding down of theautomatic document feeder 400. Upon pressing of a switch, in a case in which a document is set on thecontact glass 32, thescanner 300 immediately starts driving so that afirst runner 33 and asecond runner 34 start moving. In a case in which a document is set on theautomatic document feeder 400, thescanner 300 starts driving after the document is fed onto thecontact glass 32. Thefirst runner 33 directs light to the document and reflects a light reflected from the document toward thesecond runner 34. Thesecond runner 34 then reflects the light toward a readingsensor 36 through animaging lens 35. Thus, image information of black, magenta, cyan, and yellow is read. - The image information is transmitted to each
18K, 18M, 18C, or 18Y so that a toner image of black, magenta, cyan, or yellow is formed, respectively.image forming unit FIG. 3 is a magnified view of one of theimage forming units 18. Each of theimage forming units 18 includes aphotoreceptor drum 10, a chargingroller 160 adapted to uniformly charge thephotoreceptor drum 10, an irradiator adapted to irradiate the charged surface of thephotoreceptor drum 10 with light L containing image information, a developingdevice 61 adapted to develop an electrostatic latent image into a toner image, atransfer roller 62 adapted to transfer the toner image onto theintermediate transfer belt 50, a cleaner 63, and aneutralization lamp 64. - The toner images formed in the
18K, 18M, 18C, and 18Y are sequentially transferred onto theimage forming units intermediate transfer belt 50 while theintermediate transfer belt 50 is endlessly moving so that the toner images are superimposed on one another to form a composite toner image thereon. - On the other hand, upon pressing of the switch, one of
paper feed rollers 142 starts rotating in the paper feed table 200 so that a sheet of a recording medium is fed from one ofpaper feed cassettes 144 in apaper bank 143. The sheet is separated by one ofseparation rollers 145 and fed to apaper feed path 146.Feed rollers 147 feed the sheet to apaper feed path 148 in themain body 150. The sheet is then stopped by aregistration roller 49. Alternatively, a recording medium may be fed from amanual feed tray 54. In this case, aseparation roller 52 separates a sheet of the recording medium and feeds it to a manualpaper feed path 53. The sheet is then stopped by theregistration roller 49. Although theregistration roller 49 is generally grounded, theregistration roller 49 can be supplied with a bias for the purpose of removing paper powders from the sheet. Theregistration roller 49 feeds the sheet to the gap between theintermediate transfer belt 50 and thesecondary transfer belt 24 in synchronization with an entry of the composite toner image formed on theintermediate transfer belt 50 into the gap. After the composite toner image is transferred, residual toner particles remaining on theintermediate transfer belt 50 are removed by the cleaner 17. - The
secondary transfer belt 24 conveys the recording medium having the composite toner image thereon to the fixingdevice 25. The fixingdevice 25 fixes the composite toner image on the recording medium. Aswitch claw 55 switches paper feed paths so that the sheet is discharged onto adischarge tray 57 by rotation of adischarge roller 56. Alternatively, theswitch claw 55 switches paper feed paths so that the sheet gets reversed in thesheet reversing device 28. After forming another toner image on the back side of the sheet, the sheet is discharged onto thedischarge tray 57 by rotation of thedischarge roller 56. - Having generally described this invention, further understanding can be obtained by reference to certain specific examples which are provided herein for the purpose of illustration only and are not intended to be limiting. In the descriptions in the following examples, the numbers represent weight ratios in parts, unless otherwise specified.
- Preparation of Amorphous Polyester Resin (a-1)
- In an autoclave reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, 70 parts of L-lactide, 30 parts of D-lactide, and 5 parts of ε-caprolactone are heated and melted at 120° C. for 20 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, 0.03 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate are further added to the vessel to cause a ring-opening polymerization at 190° C. for 3 hours.
- After termination of the reaction, residual lactide and ε-caprolactone are removed under reduced pressures. Thus, an amorphous polyester resin (a-1) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- The amorphous polyester resin (a-1) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 9,200, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 3,700, and an optical purity (X) of 40% by mole.
- Preparation of Amorphous Polyester Resin (a-2) (Polyester Diol)
- In an autoclave reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, 0.8 parts of 1,3-propanediol, 76 parts of L-lactide, and 24 parts of D-lactide are heated and melted at 120° C. for 20 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, 0.03 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate are further added to the vessel to cause a ring-opening polymerization at 190° C. for 3 hours.
- After termination of the reaction, residual lactide is removed under reduced pressures. Thus, an amorphous polyester resin (a-2) (polyester diol) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- The amorphous polyester resin (a-2) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2,400, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 9,000, and an optical purity (X) of 52% by mole.
- Preparation of Amorphous Polyester Resin (a-3) (Polyester Diol)
- In an autoclave reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, 0.9 parts of 1,4-butanediol, 76 parts of L-lactide, and 24 parts of D-lactide are heated and melted at 120° C. for 20 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, 0.03 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate are further added to the vessel to cause a ring-opening polymerization at 180° C. for 3 hours.
- After termination of the reaction, residual lactide is removed under reduced pressures. Thus, an amorphous polyester resin (a-3) (polyester diol) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- The amorphous polyester resin (a-3) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 3,200, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 11,000, and an optical purity (X) of 52% by mole.
- Preparation of Amorphous Polyester Resin (a-4) (Polyester Diol)
- In an autoclave reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a stiffer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, 0.7 parts of 1,3-propanediol, 50 parts of L-lactide, and 46 parts of mesolactide are heated and melted at 120° C. for 20 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, 0.03 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate are further added to the vessel to cause a ring-opening polymerization at 180° C. for 3 hours.
- After termination of the reaction, residual lactide is removed under reduced pressures. Thus, an amorphous polyester resin (a-4) (polyester diol) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- The amorphous polyester resin (a-4) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 4,600, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 15,000, and an optical purity (X) of 52% by mole.
- Preparation of Amorphous Polyester Resin (a-5) (Polyester Diol)
- In an autoclave reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, 0.55 parts of 1,3-propanediol, 50 parts of L-lactide, and 46 parts of mesolactide are heated and melted at 120° C. for 20 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, 0.03 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate are further added to the vessel to cause a ring-opening polymerization at 180° C. for 3 hours.
- After termination of the reaction, residual lactide is removed under reduced pressures. Thus, an amorphous polyester resin (a-4) (polyester diol) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- The amorphous polyester resin (a-4) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 8,200, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 34,000, and an optical purity (X) of 52% by mole.
- Preparation of Amorphous Polyester Resin (a-6) (Polyester Diol)
- In an autoclave reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, 0.6 parts of 1,4-butanediol, 76 parts of L-lactide, and 24 parts of D-lactide are heated and melted at 120° C. for 20 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, 0.03 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate are further added to the vessel to cause a ring-opening polymerization at 180° C. for 3 hours.
- After termination of the reaction, residual lactide is removed under reduced pressures. Thus, an amorphous polyester resin (a-6) (polyester diol) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- The amorphous polyester resin (a-6) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 12,000, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 41,000, and an optical purity (X) of 52% by mole.
- Preparation of Amorphous Polyester Resin (a-7) (Polyester Diol)
- In an autoclave reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, 0.65 parts of 1,3-propanediol, 80 parts of L-lactide, and 20 parts of D-lactide are heated and melted at 120° C. for 20 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, 0.03 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate are further added to the vessel to cause a ring-opening polymerization at 180° C. for 3 hours.
- After termination of the reaction, residual lactide is removed under reduced pressures. Thus, an amorphous polyester resin (a-7) (polyester diol) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- The amorphous polyester resin (a-7) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 7,600, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 26,000, and an optical purity (X) of 60% by mole.
- Preparation of Amorphous Polyester Resin (a-8)
- In an autoclave reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, 85 parts of L-lactide and 25 parts of mesolactide are heated and melted at 120° C. for 20 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, 0.03 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate are further added to the vessel to cause a ring-opening polymerization at 180° C. for 3 hours.
- After termination of the reaction, residual lactide is removed under reduced pressures. Thus, an amorphous polyester resin (a-8) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- The amorphous polyester resin (a-8) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 8,800, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 39,000, and an optical purity (X) of 77% by mole.
- Preparation of Amorphous Polyester Resin (a-9) (Polyester Diol)
- In an autoclave reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, 1 part of 1,4-butanediol, 50 parts of L-lactide, and 13 parts of D-lactide are heated and melted at 120° C. for 20 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, 0.03 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate are further added to the vessel to cause a ring-opening polymerization at 180° C. for 3 hours.
- After termination of the reaction, residual lactide is removed under reduced pressures. Thus, a polyester diol (a11-1) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- In another autoclave reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, a toluene solution of 17.5 parts of EO 2 mol adduct of bisphenol A, 17.5 parts of terephthalic acid, and 0.02 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate is subjected to a reaction at 200° C. and 8 kPa for 15 hours. After termination of the reaction, the temperature and pressure are returned to normal temperature and pressure. Thus, a polyester diol (a12-1) is prepared.
- The polyester diol (a11-1) in an amount of 70 parts and the polyester diol (a12-1) in an amount of 30 parts are dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone. Isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), as an elongating agent, in an amount of 8 parts is added thereto to cause a reaction at 50° C. for 6 hours. After termination of the reaction, the solvent is removed. Thus, an amorphous polyester resin (a-9) is prepared.
- The amorphous polyester resin (a-9) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 5,300, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 21,000, and an optical purity (X) of 59% by mole.
- Preparation of Amorphous Polyester Resin (a-10)
- In an autoclave reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, 92 parts of L-lactide, 8 parts of D-lactide, and 10 parts of ε-caprolactone are heated and melted at 120° C. for 20 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, 0.03 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate are further added to the vessel to cause a ring-opening polymerization at 190° C. for 3 hours.
- After termination of the reaction, residual lactide and ε-caprolactone are removed under reduced pressures. Thus, an amorphous polyester resin (a-10) having a polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- The amorphous polyester resin (a-10) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 8,200, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 31,000, and an optical purity (X) of 84% by mole.
- In an autoclave reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, a toluene solution of 10 parts of EO 2 mol adduct of bisphenol A, 8 parts of terephthalic acid, 2 parts of adipic acid, and 0.01 parts of tin 2-ethylhexanoate is subjected to a reaction at 200° C. and 8 kPa for 15 hours. Thus, an amorphous polyester resin (d) having no polyhydroxycarboxylic acid skeleton is prepared.
- The amorphous polyester resin (d) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2,900 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 6,800.
- Compositions and properties of the above-prepared resins, i.e., the first resins are summarized in Table 1.
-
TABLE 1 First Binder Resins (a-1) (a-2) (a-3) (a-4) (a-5) (a-6) (a-7) (a-8) (a-9) (a-10) (d) 1,3-Propanediol 0 0.8 0 0.7 0.55 0 0.65 0 0 0 0 1,4-Butanediol 0 0 0.9 0 0 0.6 0 0 1 0 0 L-Lactide 70 76 76 50 50 76 80 85 50 92 0 D-Lactide 30 24 24 0 0 24 20 0 13 8 0 LD-Mesolactide 0 0 0 46 46 0 0 25 0 0 0 ε-Caprolactone 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 Tin 2- 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0 Ethylhexanoate EO 2 mol 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17.5 0 10 Adduct of Bisphenol A Terephthalic 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17.5 0 8 Acid Adipic Acid 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 Tin 2- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.02 0 0.01 Ethylhexanoate Optical Purity 40% 52% 52% 52% 52% 52% 60% 77% 59% 84% — (X) Weight 37,000 9,000 11,000 15,000 34,000 41,000 26,000 39,000 21,000 31,000 6,800 Average Molecular Weight (Mw) Number 9,200 2,400 3,200 4,600 8,200 12,000 7,600 8,800 5,300 8,200 2,900 Average Molecular Weight (Mn)
Preparation of Water Dispersion of Polyester Resin (b-1) Particles - In an autoclave reaction vessel, a mixture of 79 parts of terephthalic acid, 7 parts of isophthalic acid, 14 parts of ethylene glycol, and 29 parts of neopentyl glycol is heated at 260° C. for 4 hours to cause an esterification reaction. After adding 0.06 parts of tetrabutyl titanate as a catalyst, the reaction system temperature is increased to 280° C. and the reaction system pressure is gradually reduced to 13 Pa over a period of 1.5 hours. The polycondensation reaction is further continued for 2 hours. Thereafter, the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure by introducing nitrogen gas and the reaction system temperature is reduced to 270° C. Trimellitic acid in an amount of 2 parts is further added to the vessel at 270° C. and is agitated at 250° C. for 1 hour to cause a depolymerization reaction. Thereafter, the reaction system is put in a pressurized condition with nitrogen gas. Thus, a sheet-like resin is obtained. After being cooled to room temperature, the sheet-like resin is pulverized into particles and the particles are sieved. The particles collected with a sieve having an opening of 1 to 6 mm are collected. Thus, a granular polyester resin (b-1) is prepared.
- In a 1-liter glass vessel equipped with a jacket, 100 parts of the granular polyester resin (b-1), 60 parts of isopropyl alcohol, 1.6 parts of 28% ammonia water, and 170 parts of distilled water are agitated by a stirrer (T.K. ROBOMIX from Primix Corporation) at a revolution of 7,000 rpm. The jacket is heated by flowing hot water therein to increase the reaction system temperature to 73 to 75° C. and the agitation is further continued for 60 minutes. Thereafter, the jacket is cooled to room temperature by flowing cold water therein while the agitation revolution is reduced to 5,000 rpm. Thus, a milky aqueous dispersion of the polyester resin (b-1) is prepared.
- A 1-liter two-necked round-bottom flask is charged with 300 parts of the aqueous dispersion of the polyester resin (b-1) and 80 parts of distilled water and a mechanical stirrer and a Liebig condenser are put into place. The flask is heated in an oil bath to remove the aqueous medium. The heating of the flask is terminated at the time about 160 parts of the aqueous medium have been removed. The flask is cooled under room temperature. Liquid components remaining in the flask are filtered with a 600 mesh (twilled dutch weave). The solid content in the filtrate is 40% by weight. The filtrate is supplied with distilled water while being agitated so that the solid content becomes 30% by weight. Thus, a water dispersion of the polyester resin (b-1) particles is prepared.
- The polyester resin (b-1) particles has a volume average particle diameter of 68 nm, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 9,800, a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 68° C., and an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g.
- Preparation of Water Dispersion of Polyester Resin (b-2) Particles
- In an autoclave reaction vessel, a mixture of 56 parts of terephthalic acid, 27 parts of isophthalic acid, 12 parts of ethylene glycol, and 31 parts of neopentyl glycol is heated at 260° C. for 4 hours to cause an esterification reaction. After adding 0.05 parts of tetrabutyl titanate as a catalyst, the reaction system temperature is increased to 280° C. and the reaction system pressure is gradually reduced to 130 Pa over a period of 1.5 hours. The polycondensation reaction is further continued for 2 hours. Thereafter, the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure by introducing nitrogen gas and the reaction system temperature is reduced to 270° C. Trimellitic acid in an amount of 22 parts is further added to the vessel at 270° C. and is agitated at 250° C. for 1 hour to cause a depolymerization reaction. Thereafter, the reaction system is put in a pressurized condition with nitrogen gas. Thus, a sheet-like resin is obtained. After being cooled to room temperature, the sheet-like resin is pulverized into particles and the particles are sieved. The particles collected with a sieve having an opening of 1 to 6 mm are collected. Thus, a granular polyester resin (b-2) is prepared.
- In a 1-liter glass vessel equipped with a jacket, 100 parts of the granular polyester resin (b-2), 60 parts of isopropyl alcohol, 1.6 parts of 28% ammonia water, and 170 parts of distilled water are agitated by a stirrer (T.K. ROBOMIX from Primix Corporation) at a revolution of 7,000 rpm. The jacket is heated by flowing hot water therein to increase the reaction system temperature to 73 to 75° C. and the agitation is further continued for 60 minutes. Thereafter, the jacket is cooled to room temperature by flowing cold water therein while the agitation revolution is reduced to 5,000 rpm. Thus, a milky aqueous dispersion of the polyester resin (b-2) is prepared.
- A 1-liter two-necked round-bottom flask is charged with 300 parts of the aqueous dispersion of the polyester resin (b-2) and 80 parts of distilled water and a mechanical stirrer and a Liebig condenser are put into place. The flask is heated in an oil bath to remove the aqueous medium. The heating of the flask is terminated at the time about 160 parts of the aqueous medium have been removed. The flask is cooled under room temperature. Liquid components remaining in the flask are filtered with a 600 mesh (twilled dutch weave). The solid content in the filtrate is 40% by weight. The filtrate is supplied with distilled water while being agitated so that the solid content becomes 30% by weight. Thus, a water dispersion of the polyester resin (b-2) particles is prepared.
- The polyester resin (b-2) particles has a volume average particle diameter of 107 nm, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 13,500, a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 63° C., and an acid value of 22 mgKOH/g.
- Preparation of Water Dispersion of Styrene-Acrylic Resin (b-3) Particles
- A reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer and a thermometer is charged with 600 parts of water, 120 parts of styrene, 100 parts of methacrylic acid, 45 parts of butyl acrylate, 10 parts of a sodium alkylallylsulfosuccinate (ELEMINOL JS-2 from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and 1 part of ammonium persulfate. The mixture is agitated for 20 minutes at a revolution of 400 rpm. Thus, a white emulsion is prepared. The emulsion is heated to 75° C. and subjected to a reaction for 6 hours. After adding 30 parts of a 1% aqueous solution of ammonium persulfate to the emulsion, the emulsion is aged for 6 hours at 75° C. Thus, a water dispersion of styrene-acrylic resin particles (b-3) is prepared.
- The styrene-acrylic resin (b-3) particles have a volume average particle diameter of 80 nm, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 160,000, and a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 74° C.
- Compositions and properties of the above-prepared resins, i.e., the second resins are summarized in Table 2.
-
TABLE 2 Second Binder Resins (b-1) (b-2) (b-3) Terephthalic Acid 79 56 0 Isophthalic Acid 7 27 0 Trimellitic Acid 2 22 0 Ethylene Glycol 14 12 0 Neopentyl Glycol 29 31 0 Tetrabutyl Titanate 0.06 0.05 0 Styrene 0 0 120 Methacrylic Acid 0 0 100 Butyl Acrylate 0 0 45 Sodium Alkylallyl- 0 0 10 sulfosuccinate Ammonium Persulfate 0 0 1 Weight Average Molecular 9,800 13,500 160,000 Weight (Mw) Tg (° C.) 68 63 74 Volume Average Particle 68 107 80 Diameter (nm)
Preparation of Release Agent Dispersing Resin (c-1) (Graft Polymer) - In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer and a thermometer, 100 parts of a low-molecular-weight polyethylene (SANWAX LEL-400 from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., having a softening point of 128° C.) are dissolved in 480 parts of xylene. After replacing the air in the vessel with nitrogen gas, a mixed solution of 740 parts of styrene, 100 parts of acrylonitrile, 60 parts of butyl acrylate, 36 parts of di-t-butylperoxyhexahydroterephthalate, and 100 parts of xylene is dropped therein at 170° C. over a period of 3 hours to cause a polymerization. The reaction system is kept at 170° C. for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvents are removed. Thus, a graft polymer (c-1) is prepared.
- The graft polymer (c-1) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 4,500 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 24,000, a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 67° C. The vinyl resin portion has a solubility parameter of 10.9 (cal/cm3)1/2.
- Preparation of Release Agent Dispersing Resin (c-2) (Graft Polymer)
- In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer and a thermometer, 150 parts of a low-molecular-weight polyethylene (SANWAX LEL-400 from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., having a softening point of 128° C.) are dissolved in 480 parts of xylene. After replacing the air in the vessel with nitrogen gas, a mixed solution of 700 parts of styrene, 95 parts of acrylonitrile, 55 parts of butyl acrylate, 36 parts of di-t-butylperoxyhexahydroterephthalate, and 100 parts of xylene is dropped therein at 170° C. over a period of 3 hours to cause a polymerization. The reaction system is kept at 170° C. for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvents are removed. Thus, a graft polymer (c-2) is prepared.
- The graft polymer (c-2) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 3,400 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 16,000, a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 63° C. The vinyl resin portion has a solubility parameter of 10.7 (cal/cm3)1/2.
- Preparation of Release Agent Dispersing Resin (c-3) (Graft Polymer)
- In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer and a thermometer, 200 parts of a low-molecular-weight polypropylene (VISCOL 660P from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., having a softening point of 145° C.) are dissolved in 480 parts of xylene. After replacing the air in the vessel with nitrogen gas, a mixed solution of 636 parts of styrene, 70 parts of acrylonitrile, 88 parts of butyl acrylate, 6 parts of acrylic acid, 30 parts of di-t-butylperoxyhexahydroterephthalate, and 250 parts of xylene is dropped therein at 170° C. over a period of 3 hours to cause a polymerization. The reaction system is kept at 170° C. for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the solvents are removed. Thus, a graft polymer (c-3) is prepared.
- The graft polymer (c-3) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2,800 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 11,000, a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 58° C. The vinyl resin portion has a solubility parameter of 10.8 (cal/cm3)1/2.
- Preparation of Release Agent Dispersing Resin (c-4) (Polyester Resin)
- In a four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen inlet pipe, a stirrer, and a condenser, 10 parts of pentaerythritol and 90 parts of stearic acid are subjected to a reaction for 15 hours at 220° C. at normal pressure under nitrogen gas flow while removing the reaction water. The resulting esterification crude product in an amount of 95 parts, ethylene glycol in an amount of 15 parts, and 10% potassium hydroxide water solution in an amount containing potassium hydroxide in an amount 1.5 times the equivalent amount of the acid value of the esterification crude product are mixed and agitated for 30 minutes at 70° C. The mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes and then the water layer is removed. Thus, the deoxidation process is terminated. The esterification crude product in an amount of 100 parts and ion-exchange water in an amount of 20 parts are mixed and agitated for 30 minutes at 70° C. The mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes and then the water layer is separated and removed. The remaining ester layer is repeatedly washed with water for 4 times until the waste water has expressed a neutral pH. The solvents are removed from the ester layer at 180° C. under a reduced pressure of 1 kPa and the ester layer is then filtered. Thus, an ester compound 1 having a melting point of 79° C., an acid value of 0.2 mgKOH/g, and a hydroxyl value of 1.6 mgKOH/g is prepared.
- A reaction vessel equipped with a distillation column is charged with 29 parts of terephthalic acid, 0.4 parts of isophthalic acid, 7 parts of trimellitic anhydride, 8 parts of ethylene glycol, 47 parts of polyoxypropylene(2.3)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 7 parts of polyoxyethylene(2)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2 parts of the ester compound 1, and 800 ppm of antimony trioxide as a catalyst. These materials are subjected to an esterification reaction for 7 hours by being agitated with agitation blades at a revolution of 120 rpm at a reaction system temperature of 265° C. The reaction system temperature is then kept at 235° C. and the reaction system pressure is reduced to 7.5 mmHg (1 kPa) over a period of about 40 minutes to cause a condensation reaction while removing diol components from the reaction system. As the reaction system viscosity increased, the degree of vacuum also increased. The condensation reaction is continued until the agitation blades have expressed a torque corresponding to a desired softening point. Upon reaching a predetermined torque, the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure and the heating is terminated. The reaction system is pressurized with nitrogen gas and a reaction product is taken out over a period of about 40 minutes. Thus, a polyester resin (c-4) is prepared.
- The polyester resin (c-4) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 4,600 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 28,000, and a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 55° C.
- Preparation of Release Agent Dispersing Resin (c-5) (Polyester Resin)
- A reaction vessel equipped with a distillation column is charged with 30 parts of terephthalic acid, 0.4 parts of isophthalic acid, 8 parts of trimellitic anhydride, 10 parts of ethylene glycol, 48 parts of polyoxypropylene(2.3)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 4 parts of the ester compound 1, and 800 ppm of antimony trioxide as a catalyst. These materials are subjected to an esterification reaction for 7 hours by being agitated with agitation blades at a revolution of 120 rpm at a reaction system temperature of 265° C. The reaction system temperature is then kept at 235° C. and the reaction system pressure is reduced to 7.5 mmHg (1 kPa) over a period of about 40 minutes to cause a condensation reaction while removing diol components from the reaction system. As the reaction system viscosity increased, the degree of vacuum also increased. The condensation reaction is continued until the agitation blades have expressed a torque corresponding to a desired softening point. Upon reaching a predetermined torque, the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure and the heating is terminated. The reaction system is pressurized with nitrogen gas and a reaction product is taken out over a period of about 40 minutes. Thus, a polyester resin (c-5) is prepared.
- The polyester resin (c-5) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 4,900 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 34,000, and a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 52° C.
- Preparation of Release Agent Dispersing Resin (c-6) (Polyester Resin)
- In a four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen inlet pipe, a stirrer, and a condenser, 9 parts of pentaerythritol and 91 parts of behenic acid are subjected to a reaction for 15 hours at 220° C. at normal pressure under nitrogen gas flow while removing the reaction water. The resulting esterification crude product in an amount of 95 parts, ethylene glycol in an amount of 15 parts, and 10% potassium hydroxide water solution in an amount containing potassium hydroxide in an amount 1.5 times the equivalent amount of the acid value of the esterification crude product are mixed and agitated for 30 minutes at 70° C. The mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes and then the water layer is removed. Thus, the deoxidation process is terminated. The esterification crude product in an amount of 100 parts and ion-exchange water in an amount of 20 parts are mixed and agitated for 30 minutes at 70° C. The mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes and then the water layer is separated and removed. The remaining ester layer is repeatedly washed with water for 4 times until the waste water has expressed a neutral pH. The solvents are removed from the ester layer at 180° C. under a reduced pressure of 1 kPa and the ester layer is then filtered. Thus, an ester compound 2 having a melting point of 85° C., an acid value of 0.2 mgKOH/g, and a hydroxyl value of 1.6 mgKOH/g is prepared.
- A reaction vessel equipped with a distillation column is charged with 29 parts of terephthalic acid, 0.4 parts of isophthalic acid, 7 parts of trimellitic anhydride, 8 parts of ethylene glycol, 47 parts of polyoxypropylene(2.3)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 7 parts of polyoxyethylene(2)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2 parts of the ester compound 2, and 800 ppm of antimony trioxide as a catalyst. These materials are subjected to an esterification reaction for 7 hours by being agitated with agitation blades at a revolution of 120 rpm at a reaction system temperature of 265° C. The reaction system temperature is then kept at 235° C. and the reaction system pressure is reduced to 7.5 mmHg (1 kPa) over a period of about 40 minutes to cause a condensation reaction while removing diol components from the reaction system. As the reaction system viscosity increased, the degree of vacuum also increased. The condensation reaction is continued until the agitation blades have expressed a torque corresponding to a desired softening point. Upon reaching a predetermined torque, the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure and the heating is terminated. The reaction system is pressurized with nitrogen gas and a reaction product is taken out over a period of about 40 minutes. Thus, a polyester resin (c-6) is prepared.
- The polyester resin (c-6) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 6,500 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 43,000, and a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 60° C.
- Preparation of Release Agent Dispersing Resin (c-7) (Polyester Resin)
- In a four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen inlet pipe, a stirrer, and a condenser, 11 parts of pentaerythritol and 89 parts of palmitic acid are subjected to a reaction for 15 hours at 220° C. at normal pressure under nitrogen gas flow while removing the reaction water. The resulting esterification crude product in an amount of 95 parts, ethylene glycol in an amount of 15 parts, and 10% potassium hydroxide water solution in an amount containing potassium hydroxide in an amount 1.5 times the equivalent amount of the acid value of the esterification crude product are mixed and agitated for 30 minutes at 70° C. The mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes and then the water layer is separated and removed. Thus, the deoxidation process is terminated. The esterification crude product in an amount of 100 parts and ion-exchange water in an amount of 20 parts are mixed and agitated for 30 minutes at 70° C. The mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes and then the water layer is separated and removed. The remaining ester layer is repeatedly washed with water for 4 times until the waste water has expressed a neutral pH. The solvents are removed from the ester layer at 180° C. under a reduced pressure of 1 kPa and the ester layer is then filtered. Thus, an ester compound 3 having a melting point of 72° C., an acid value of 0.2 mgKOH/g, and a hydroxyl value of 0.8 mgKOH/g is prepared.
- A reaction vessel equipped with a distillation column is charged with 29 parts of terephthalic acid, 0.4 parts of isophthalic acid, 7 parts of trimellitic anhydride, 8 parts of ethylene glycol, 47 parts of polyoxypropylene(2.3)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 7 parts of polyoxyethylene(2)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2 parts of the ester compound 3, and 800 ppm of antimony trioxide as a catalyst. These materials are subjected to an esterification reaction for 7 hours by being agitated with agitation blades at a revolution of 120 rpm at a reaction system temperature of 265° C. The reaction system temperature is then kept at 235° C. and the reaction system pressure is reduced to 7.5 mmHg (1 kPa) over a period of about 40 minutes to cause a condensation reaction while removing diol components from the reaction system. As the reaction system viscosity increased, the degree of vacuum also increased. The condensation reaction is continued until the agitation blades have expressed a torque corresponding to a desired softening point. Upon reaching a predetermined torque, the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure and the heating is terminated. The reaction system is pressurized with nitrogen gas and a reaction product is taken out over a period of about 40 minutes. Thus, a polyester resin (c-7) is prepared.
- The polyester resin (c-7) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 5,700 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 38,000, and a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 48° C.
- Preparation of Release Agent Dispersing Resin (c-8) (Polyester Resin)
- In a four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen inlet pipe, a stirrer, and a condenser, 10 parts of glycerin and 90 parts of stearic acid are subjected to a reaction for 15 hours at 220° C. at normal pressure under nitrogen gas flow while removing the reaction water. The resulting esterification crude product in an amount of 95 parts, ethylene glycol in an amount of 15 parts, and 10% potassium hydroxide water solution in an amount containing potassium hydroxide in an amount 1.5 times the equivalent amount of the acid value of the esterification crude product are mixed and agitated for 30 minutes at 70° C. The mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes and then the water layer is separated and removed. Thus, the deoxidation process is terminated. The esterification crude product in an amount of 100 parts and ion-exchange water in an amount of 20 parts are mixed and agitated for 30 minutes at 70° C. The mixture is allowed to stand for 30 minutes and then the water layer is separated and removed. The remaining ester layer is repeatedly washed with water for 4 times until the waste water has expressed a neutral pH. The solvents are removed from the ester layer at 180° C. under a reduced pressure of 1 kPa and the ester layer is then filtered. Thus, an ester compound 4 having a melting point of 62° C., an acid value of 0.3 mgKOH/g, and a hydroxyl value of 1.5 mgKOH/g is prepared.
- A reaction vessel equipped with a distillation column is charged with 29 parts of terephthalic acid, 0.4 parts of isophthalic acid, 7 parts of trimellitic anhydride, 8 parts of ethylene glycol, 47 parts of polyoxypropylene(2.3)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 7 parts of polyoxyethylene(2)-2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2 parts of the ester compound 4, and 800 ppm of antimony trioxide as a catalyst. These materials are subjected to an esterification reaction for 7 hours by being agitated with agitation blades at a revolution of 120 rpm at a reaction system temperature of 265° C. The reaction system temperature is then kept at 235° C. and the reaction system pressure is reduced to 7.5 mmHg (1 kPa) over a period of about 40 minutes to cause a condensation reaction while removing diol components from the reaction system. As the reaction system viscosity increased, the degree of vacuum also increased. The condensation reaction is continued until the agitation blades have expressed a torque corresponding to a desired softening point. Upon reaching a predetermined torque, the reaction system pressure is returned to normal pressure and the heating is terminated. The reaction system is pressurized with nitrogen gas and a reaction product is taken out over a period of about 40 minutes. Thus, a polyester resin (c-8) is prepared.
- The polyester resin (c-8) has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 4,700 and a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 31,000, and a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 42° C.
- Compositions and properties of the above-prepared resins, i.e., the release agent dispersing resins are summarized in Tables 3 to 5.
-
TABLE 3 Release Agent Dispersing Resins (Graft Polymers) (c-1) (c-2) (c-3) Low-molecular-weight Polyethylene 100 150 0 Low-molecular-weight Polypropylene 0 0 200 Styrene 740 700 636 Acrylonitrile 100 95 70 Butyl Acrylate 60 55 88 Acrylic Acid 0 0 6 Di-t-butylperoxyhexahydro- 36 36 30 terephthalate Weight Average Molecular 24,000 16,000 11,000 Weight (Mw) Number Average Molecular 4,500 3,400 2,800 Weight (Mn) Tg (° C.) 67 63 58 Solubility Parameter (cal/cm3)1/2 10.9 10.7 10.8 -
TABLE 4 Ester Ester Ester Ester Compound Compound Compound Compound 1 2 3 4 Palmitic Acid 0 0 89 0 Stearic Acid 90 0 0 90 Behenic Acid 0 91 0 0 Glycerin 0 0 0 10 Pentaerythritol 10 9 11 0 Acid Value 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 (mgKOH/g) Hydroxyl 1.6 1.6 0.8 1.5 Value (mgKOH/g) Melting Point 79 85 72 62 (° C.) -
TABLE 5 Release Agent Dispersing Resins (Polyester Resins comprising Fatty Acid having Branched Structure) (c-4) (c-5) (c-6) (c-7) (c-8) Terephthalic Acid 29 30 29 29 29 Isophthalic Acid 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 Trimellitic Anhydride 7 8 7 7 7 Ethylene Glycol 8 10 8 8 8 Polyoxypropylene(2.3)-2,2-bis(4- 47 48 47 47 47 hydroxyphenyl)propane Polyoxyethylene(2)-2,2-bis(4- 7 0 7 7 7 hydroxyphenyl)propane Ester Compound 1 2 4 0 0 0 Ester Compound 2 0 0 2 0 0 Ester Compound 3 0 0 0 2 0 Ester Compound 4 0 0 0 0 2 Weight Average Molecular Weight (Mw) 28,000 34,000 43,000 38,000 31,000 Number Average Molecular Weight (Mn) 4,600 4,900 6,500 5,700 4,700 Tg (° C.) 55 52 60 48 42 - In a reaction vessel, each combination of a glycerin and a fatty acid in amounts as described in Table 6 is subjected to an esterification reaction at 240° C. under nitrogen gas flow. Thus, glycerin or polyglycerin esters (1) to (16) are prepared. Properties of the glycerin or polyglycerin esters (1) to (16) are shown in Table 7. Raw material glycerins listed in Table 6, i.e., DIGLYCERIN S, POLYGLYCERIN #310, #500, and #750 (available from Sakamoto Yakuhin Kogyo Co., Ltd.) have an average polymerization degree of 2, 4, 6, and 10, respectively, which is calculated from the hydroxyl value. With respect to “Main Component” listed in Table 7, it is to be noted that the glycerin esters (1) and (2) each consist essentially of the listed glycerin esters while the polyglycerin esters (3) to (16) each comprise the listed glycerin esters only as main components because the raw material diglycerins and polyglycerins have a distribution in polymerization degree.
-
TABLE 6 Molar ratio Glycerin Fatty Acid (Fatty Acid/Glycerin) Glycerin Ester (1) Purified Glycerin Behenic Acid 3/1 Glycerin Ester (2) Purified Glycerin Stearic Acid 3/1 Polyglycerin Ester (3) DIGLYCERIN S Stearic Acid 4/1 Polyglycerin Ester (4) DIGLYCERIN S Behenic Acid 4/1 Polyglycerin Ester (5) POLYGLYCERIN #310 Palmitic Acid 6/1 Polyglycerin Ester (6) POLYGLYCERIN #310 Stearic Acid 6/1 Polyglycerin Ester (7) POLYGLYCERIN #310 Behenic Acid 4/1 Polyglycerin Ester (8) POLYGLYCERIN #310 Behenic Acid 6/1 Polyglycerin Ester (9) POLYGLYCERIN #500 Stearic Acid 8/1 Polyglycerin Ester (10) POLYGLYCERIN #500 Behenic Acid 2/1 Polyglycerin Ester (11) POLYGLYCERIN #500 Behenic Acid 8/1 Polyglycerin Ester (12) POLYGLYCERIN #750 Stearic Acid 10/1 Polyglycerin Ester (13) POLYGLYCERIN #750 Stearic Acid 12/1 Polyglycerin Ester (14) POLYGLYCERIN #750 Behenic Acid 10/1 Polyglycerin Ester (15) POLYGLYCERIN #750 Lignoceric Acid 12/1 Polyglycerin Ester (16) Dodecaglycerin Behenic Acid 10/1 -
TABLE 7 Carbon Average Number Polymerization Average Melting of Fatty Degree of Esterification Point Main Component Acid Polyglycerin Degree (%) (° C.) Glycerin Glycerin 22 — 98 68 Ester (1) Tribehenate Glycerin Glycerin 18 — 98 55 Ester (2) Tristearate Polyglycerin Diglycerin 18 2 97 58 Ester (3) Tetrastearate Polyglycerin Diglycerin 22 2 97 71 Ester (4) Tetrabehenate Polyglycerin Tetraglycerin 16 4 96 52 Ester (5) Hexapalmitate Polyglycerin Tetraglycerin 18 4 95 58 Ester (6) Hexastearate Polyglycerin Tetraglycerin 22 4 66 71 Ester (7) Tetrabehenate Polyglycerin Tetraglycerin 22 4 95 66 Ester (8) Hexabehenate Polyglycerin Hexaglycerin 18 6 96 57 Ester (9) Octastearate Polyglycerin Hexaglycerin 22 6 25 75 Ester (10) Dibehenate Polyglycerin Hexaglycerin 22 6 93 70 Ester (11) Octabehenate Polyglycerin Decaglycerin 18 10 82 55 Ester (12) Decastearate Polyglycerin Decaglycerin 18 10 96 56 Ester (13) Dodecastearate Polyglycerin Decaglycerin 22 10 83 70 Ester (14) Decabehenate Polyglycerin Decaglycerin 24 10 95 82 Ester (15) Dodecalignocerate Polyglycerin Dodecaglycerin 22 12 70 72 Ester (16) Decabehenate - Aqueous phases (1) to (26) are prepared by mixing 83 parts of a water dispersion of each particulate second binder resin listed in Table 8 with 990 parts of water, 37 parts of a 48.5% aqueous solution of dodecyl diphenyl ether sodium disulfonate (ELEMINOL MON-7 from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and 90 parts of ethyl acetate.
-
TABLE 8 Aqueous Phase No. Second Binder Resin (1) (b-2) (2) (b-3) (3) (b-2) (4) (b-1) (5) (b-1) (6) — (7) (b-2) (8) (b-1) (9) (b-3) (10) — (11) (b-1) (12) (b-1) (13) (b-2) (14) — (15) (b-3) (16) — (17) (b-2) (18) (b-3) (19) (b-3) (20) (b-3) (21) (b-3) (22) (b-3) (23) (b-2) (24) (b-3) (25) (b-3) (26) (b-3) - In a reaction vessel equipped with a condenser, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, 720 parts of ethylene oxide 2 mol adduct of bisphenol A, 90 parts of propylene oxide 2 mol adduct of bisphenol A, 290 parts of terephthalic acid, 25 parts of trimellitic anhydride, and 2 parts of dibutyltin oxide are subjected to a reaction for 8 hours at 230° C. under normal pressure and subsequent 7 hours under reduced pressures of 10 to 15 mmHg. Thus, an intermediate polyester resin is prepared.
- The intermediate polyester resin has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2,500, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 10,700, a peak molecular weight of 3,400, a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 57° C., an acid value of 0.4 mgKOH/g, and a hydroxyl value of 49 mgKOH/g.
- In another reaction vessel equipped with a condenser, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet pipe, 400 parts of the intermediate polyester resin, 95 parts of isophorone diisocyanate, and 500 parts of ethyl acetate are subjected to a reaction for 8 hours at 100° C. Thus, a 50% ethyl acetate solution of a polyester prepolymer is prepared. The prepolymer has a free isocyanate content of 1.42%.
- In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer and a thermometer, 30 parts of isophoronediamine and 70 parts of methyl ethyl ketone are subjected to a reaction for 5 hours at 50° C. Thus, a ketimine compound is prepared. The ketimine compound has an amine value of 423 mgKOH/g.
- First, 100 parts of the amorphous polyester resin (a-1), 100 parts of a carbon black (
PRINTEX 35 from Degussa, having a DBP oil absorption of 42 m1/100 g and a pH of 9.5), and 50 parts of water are mixed by a HENSCHEL MIXER (from Mitsui Mining and Smelting Co., Ltd.). - The resulting mixture is kneaded for 30 minutes at 80° C. by double rolls, the kneaded mixture is then rolled and cooled, and the rolled mixture is then pulverized into particles by a pulverizer (available from Hosokawa Micron Corporation). Thus, a master batch (1) is prepared.
- The procedure in preparation of the master batch (1) is repeated expect for replacing the amorphous polyester resin (a-1) with each amorphous polyester resin listed in Table 9. Thus, master batches (2) to (11) are prepared.
-
TABLE 9 Amorphous Polyester Resin Master Batch No. (First Binder Resin) (1) (a-1) (2) (a-2) (3) (a-3) (4) (a-4) (5) (a-5) (6) (a-6) (7) (a-7) (8) (a-8) (9) (a-9) (10) (a-10) (11) (d) - Each combination of a release agent, a first binder resin, a release agent dispersing agent, and ethyl acetate in amounts described in Table 10 is heated to above the melting point of the release agent while being agitated, and the resulting liquid is thereafter rapidly cooled to 0° C. The liquid is subjected to a dispersion treatment using a bead mill (ULTRAVISCOMILL (trademark) from Aimex Co., Ltd.) filled with 80% by volume of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm, at a liquid feeding speed of 1 kg/hour and a disc peripheral speed of 6 msec. This dispersing operation is repeated 3 times (3 passes). Thus, release agent dispersions (1) to (26) are prepared.
-
TABLE 10 Release Release Agent Agent First Binder Dispersing Ethyl Dispersion Release Agent Resin Resin Acetate (1) Polyglycerin Ester (11) 100 (a-1) 100 (c-6) 60 740 (2) Glycerin Ester (2) 100 (a-2) 100 (c-7) 60 740 (3) Glycerin Ester (1) 100 (a-3) 100 (c-1) 60 740 (4) Glycerin Ester (1) 100 (a-3) 100 (c-2) 60 740 (5) Glycerin Ester (1) 100 (a-4) 100 (c-2) 60 740 (6) Polyglycerin Ester (6) 100 (a-4) 100 (c-5) 60 740 (7) Polyglycerin Ester (10) 100 (a-4) 100 (c-3) 60 740 (8) Polyglycerin Ester (4) 100 (a-5) 100 (c-1) 60 740 (9) Polyglycerin Ester (9) 100 (a-5) 100 (c-2) 60 740 (10) Polyglycerin Ester (14) 100 (a-5) 100 (c-3) 60 740 (11) Polyglycerin Ester (3) 100 (a-6) 100 (c-8) 40 760 (12) Glycerin Ester (1) 100 (a-7) 100 (c-4) 60 740 (13) Polyglycerin Ester (8) 100 (a-7) 100 (c-6) 60 740 (14) Polyglycerin Ester (12) 100 (a-7) 100 (c-5) 35 765 (15) Glycerin Ester (1) 100 (a-8) 100 (c-4) 60 740 (16) Polyglycerin Ester (4) 100 (a-9) 100 (c-2) 60 740 (17) Polyglycerin Ester (7) 100 (a-9) 100 (c-3) 90 710 (18) Polyglycerin Ester (13) 100 (a-9) 100 (c-7) 100 700 (19) Polyglycerin Ester (16) 100 (a-9) 100 (c-1) 60 740 (20) Polyglycerin Ester (5) 100 (a-9) 100 (c-1) 60 740 (21) Polyglycerin Ester (15) 100 (a-9) 100 (c-1) 60 740 (22) Glycerin Ester (1) 100 (a-5) 100 — — 800 (23) Polyglycerin Ester (8) 100 (a-10) 100 (c-2) 60 740 (24) Carnauba Wax 100 (a-4) 100 (c-1) 60 740 (25) Paraffin Wax 100 (a-7) 100 (c-1) 60 740 (26) Polyglycerin Ester (4) 100 (d) 100 (c-1) 60 740 - Each combination of raw materials listed in Table 11 is subjected to a dispersion treatment using a bead mill (ULTRAVISCOMILL (trademark) from Aimex Co., Ltd.) filled with 80% by volume of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.5 mm, at a liquid feeding speed of 1 kg/hour and a disc peripheral speed of 6 msec. This dispersing operation is repeated 3 times (3 passes). Further, 2.5 parts of the ketimine compound are added to the resulting liquid. Thus, oily phases (1) to (26) are prepared.
-
TABLE 11 Oily Phase First Binder Prepoly- Release Agent Master Ethyl No. Resin mer Dispersion Batch Acetate (1) (a-1) 62 22 (1) 80 (1) 12 60 (2) (a-2) 86 — (2) 30 (2) 12 108 (3) (a-3) 69 24 (3) 50 (3) 12 81 (4) (a-3) 62 22 (4) 80 (3) 12 60 (5) (a-4) 62 22 (5) 80 (4) 12 60 (6) (a-4) 45 20 (6) 150 (4) 12 9 (7) (a-4) 62 22 (7) 80 (4) 12 60 (8) (a-5) 73 — (8) 80 (5) 12 71 (9) (a-5) 73 — (9) 80 (5) 12 71 (10) (a-5) 62 22 (10) 80 (5) 12 60 (11) (a-6) 75 — (11) 80 (6) 12 69 (12) (a-7) 62 22 (12) 80 (7) 12 60 (13) (a-7) 62 22 (13) 80 (7) 12 60 (14) (a-7) 75 — (14) 80 (7) 12 69 (15) (a-8) 62 22 (15) 80 (8) 12 60 (16) (a-9) 52 22 (16) 120 (9) 12 30 (17) (a-9) 60 22 (17) 80 (9) 12 62 (18) (a-9) 59 22 (18) 80 (9) 12 63 (19) (a-9) 73 — (19) 80 (9) 12 71 (20) (a-9) 73 — (20) 80 (9) 12 71 (21) (a-9) 73 — (21) 80 (9) 12 71 (22) (a-5) 66 24 (22) 80 (5) 12 54 (23) (a-10) 73 — (23) 80 (10) 12 71 (24) (a-4) 62 22 (24) 80 (4) 12 60 (25) (a-7) 62 22 (25) 80 (7) 12 60 (26) (d) 62 22 (26) 80 (11) 12 60 - In a vessel, 150 parts of the aqueous phase (1) are mixed and agitated with 100 parts of the oily phase (1) for 10 minutes by a TK HOMOMIXER (from PRIMIX Corporation) at a revolution of 12,000 rpm. Thus, an emulsion slurry is prepared.
- A flask equipped with a stirrer and a thermometer is charged with 100 parts of the emulsion slurry. The emulsion slurry is agitated for 10 hours at 30° C. at a peripheral speed of 20 m/min so that the solvents are removed therefrom, followed by washing, filtering, and drying. The dried product is further sieved with a mesh having openings of 75 μm. Thus, a mother toner (1) is prepared.
- The above procedure for preparing the mother toner (1) is repeated except for replacing the water phase (1) and the oily phase (1) with each of the water phases (2) to (26) and the oily phases (2) to (26), respectively. Thus, mother toners (2) to (26) are prepared.
- Each of the mother toners (1) to (26) in an amount of 100 parts and a hydrophobized silica (H2000 available from Clariant Japan K.K.) in an amount of 1.0 part are mixed by a HENSCHEL MIXER (from Mitsui Mining and Smelting Co., Ltd.) at a peripheral speed of 30 m/sec for 30 minutes, followed by a pause for 1 minute. This mixing operation is repeated 5 times. The mixture is sieved with a mesh having openings of 35 μm. Thus, toners (1) to (26) are prepared.
- A resin layer coating liquid is prepared by mixing 100 parts of a silicone resin (organo straight silicone), 5 parts of γ-(2-aminoethyl)aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, 10 parts of a carbon black, and 100 parts of toluene by a homomixer for 20 minutes.
- The resin layer coating liquid is applied to the surfaces of 1,000 parts of ferrite particles having a volume average particle diameter of 35 μm using a fluidized bed coating device. Thus, a carrier is prepared.
- Each of the toners (1) to (26) in an amount of 5 parts and the carrier in an amount of 95 parts are mixed. Thus, developers (1) to (26) are prepared.
- The above-prepared developers are subjected to the following evaluations.
- As a measuring instrument, COULTER MULTISIZER III (available from Beckman Coulter Inc.) is used connecting to an interface (available from Nikkaki-Bios K.K.) and a personal computer for outputting number and volume distributions. As an electrolyte, 1% water solution of the first grade sodium chloride is prepared. In 100 to 150 mL of the electrolyte, 0.1 to 5 mL of a surfactant (alkylbenzene sulfonate) and 2 to 20 mg of each toner are dispersed by an ultrasonic disperser for about 1 to 3 minutes, thus obtaining a primary dispersion. In another beaker, 100 to 200 mL of the electrolyte is mixed with an amount of the primary dispersion, thus obtaining a measuring dispersion having a predetermined toner concentration. Thus, 50,000 toner particles in the measuring dispersion are subjected to a measurement of volume and number distributions by the COULTER MULTISIZER III equipped with an aperture of 100 μm. The volume average particle diameter (Dv) and number average particle diameter (Dn) are determined from the measured volume and number distributions, respectively.
- Each toner is embedded in an epoxy resin and cut into a ultrathin section having a thickness of about 100 nm. The ultrathin section is dyed with ruthenium tetraoxide and observed and photographed with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) at a magnification of 10,000. The photographed image is processed to determine the average longest diameter of the release agent in 50 toner particles.
- Melting point of each release agent is measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC-60 from Shimadzu Corporation) as follows. First, 5.0 mg of each release agent is put in an aluminum container. The container is put on a holder unit and set in an electric furnace. The container is heated from 20° C. to 200° C. at a heating rate of 10° C./min under nitrogen atmosphere. The container is then cooled from 200° C. to 0° C. at a cooling rate of 10° C./min and heated again to 200° C. at a heating rate of 10° C./min, thus obtaining a DSC curve. The DSC curve is analyzed with an analysis program in the DSC-60 to determine an endothermic peak observed in the second heating. The melting point of the sample is determined from a temperature at which the endothermic peak is observed.
- An electrophotographic copier (MF-200 from Ricoh Co., Ltd.) employing a TEFLON® fixing roller is modified so that the temperature of the fixing roller is variable. Each developer is mounted on the copier, and a solid image having 0.85±0.1 mg/cm2 of toner is formed on sheets of a normal paper TYPE 6200 (from Ricoh Co., Ltd.) and a thick paper <135> (from NBS Ricoh) while varying the temperature of the fixing roller to determine the maximum and minimum fixable temperatures. The maximum fixable temperature is a temperature above which hot offset occurs on the normal paper. The minimum fixable temperature is a temperature below which the residual rate of image density after rubbing the solid image falls below 70% on the thick paper. The maximum and minimum temperatures thus determined are graded as follows.
- Maximum Fixable Temperatures
-
- AA: not less than 190° C.
- A: not less than 180° C. and less than 190° C.
- B: not less than 170° C. and less than 180° C.
- C: less than 170° C.
- Minimum Fixable Temperatures
-
- AA: less than 115° C.
- A: not less than 115° C. and less than 125° C.
- B: not less than 125° C. and less than 135° C.
- C: not less than 135° C.
- Each toner is contained in a 50-mL glass vessel and left in a constant temperature chamber at 50° C. for 24 hours. After being cooled to 24° C., the toner is subjected to a penetration test (JIS K2235-1991) to determine a penetration (mm).
- The measured penetrations are graded as follows. The greater the penetration, the better the heat-resistant storage stability. Toners having a penetration less than 5 mm are not suitable for practical use.
-
- AA: not less than 25 mm
- A: not less than 15 mm and less than 25 mm
- B: not less than 5 mm and less than 15 mm
- C: less than 5 mm
- Each developer is mounted on a tandem full-color image forming apparatus (IMAGIO NEO 450 from Ricoh Co., Ltd.). An image chart having an image area occupancy of 20% is printed out while controlling the toner concentration so that the resulting image density becomes 1.4±0.2. An initial charge quantity A (μC/g) of the developer and a charge quantity B (μC/g) of the developer after printing 200,000th sheets are measured by a blow off method and the degree of decrease is calculated from the following equation: [(A−B)/A]×100(%).
- When toner particles form their film on carrier particles in the developer, charging ability of the carrier particles deteriorate. The smaller the degree of decrease of charge quantity, the smaller the degree of toner film formation on carrier particles.
- Filming resistance is evaluated by the degree of decrease in charge quantity and graded as follows.
-
- AA: less than 15%
- A: not less than 15% and less than 30%
- B: not less than 30% and less than 50%
- C: not less than 50%
- Each developer is mounted on a tandem full-color image forming apparatus (IMAGIO NEO 450 from Ricoh Co., Ltd.), and a solid image having 1.00±0.05 mg/cm2 of toner is formed on a sheet of a paper TYPE 6000<70W> (from Ricoh Co., Ltd.) while setting the temperature of the fixing roller to 160±2° C. Six randomly-selected portions in the solid image are subjected to a measurement of image density using a spectrophotometer (938 spectrodensitometer from X-Rite). The measured image density values are averaged and graded as follows.
-
- A: not less than 2.0
- B: not less than 1.70 and less than 2.0
- C: less than 1.70
- The above results are comprehensively evaluated as follows.
-
- AA: Very good (3 or more “AA”s and no “B” and “C”)
- A: Good (2 or less “B”s and no “C”)
- B: Poor (3 or more “B”s and no “C”)
- C: Very poor (1 or more “C”s)
- The evaluation results are shown in Tables 12-1, 12-2, 13-1, and 13-2. The toners (1) to (18) are examples and the toners (19) to (26) are comparative examples.
-
TABLE 12-1 Release Agent Toner Dv Dn Dispersion Release Agent No. (μm) (μm) Dv/Dn Diameter (μm) Dispersion State (1) 5.4 4.6 1.17 1.1 Inner dispersion (2) 5.2 4.3 1.21 1.3 Inner dispersion (3) 5.6 4.9 1.14 0.4 Inner dispersion (4) 5.3 4.6 1.15 0.1 Inner dispersion (5) 5.5 4.8 1.15 0.4 Inner dispersion (6) 5.7 4.6 1.24 1.3 Partially surface localization (7) 5.6 4.8 1.17 1.1 Inner dispersion (8) 5.9 5.2 1.13 0.4 Inner dispersion (9) 5.3 4.4 1.20 1.3 Inner dispersion (10) 5.8 4.7 1.23 1.1 Inner dispersion (11) 5.5 4.6 1.20 1.3 Inner dispersion (12) 5.4 4.7 1.15 0.4 Inner dispersion (13) 6.0 5.2 1.15 1.0 Inner dispersion (14) 6.1 4.9 1.24 1.3 Partially surface localization (15) 5.2 4.6 1.13 0.2 Inner dispersion (16) 6.0 4.8 1.25 0.4 Inner dispersion (17) 5.7 4.8 1.19 1.1 Inner dispersion (18) 5.9 4.9 1.20 1.3 Inner dispersion -
TABLE 12-2 Fixability Heat- Minimum Maximum Resistant Overall Toner Fixable Fixable Storage Filming Image Evalu- No. Temp. Temp. Stability Resistance Density ation (1) AA A AA A A A (2) AA B B A A A (3) AA AA A AA A AA (4) AA B A AA A A (5) AA AA AA AA A AA (6) A AA B B A A (7) AA A AA A A A (8) AA AA AA AA A AA (9) AA A A A A A (10) AA A B A A A (11) A AA A A A A (12) AA AA AA AA A AA (13) AA A AA AA A AA (14) A A B B A A (15) AA AA AA AA A AA (16) AA AA B A A A (17) AA A AA A A A (18) A A A A A A -
TABLE 13-1 Compar- Release Agent ative Dispersion Toner Dv Dn Diameter Release Agent No. (μm) (μm) Dv/Dn (μm) Dispersion State (19) 5.6 4.7 1.19 1.1 Inner dispersion (20) 5.5 4.5 1.22 1.8 Inner dispersion (21) 5.3 4.5 1.18 1.0 Inner dispersion (22) 5.5 4.4 1.25 0.4 Surface localization (23) 5.9 4.1 1.44 1.0 Partially surface localization (24) 5.6 4.4 1.27 2.0 Surface localization (25) 5.4 4.3 1.26 2.2 Surface localization (26) 5.5 4.8 1.15 0.4 Inner dispersion -
TABLE 13-2 Heat- Fixability Resis- Compar- Minimum Maximum tant Filming Overall ative Fixable Fixable Storage Resis- Image Evalu- Toner No. Temp. Temp. Stability tance Density ation (19) C B AA A A C (20) AA B C C C C (21) C A AA AA A C (22) C A C C C C (23) C A C B B C (24) C A C C C C (25) C A C C C C (26) C AA AA AA A C - Additional modifications and variations in accordance with further embodiments of the present invention are possible in light of the above teachings. It is therefore to be understood that within the scope of the appended claims the invention may be practiced other than as specifically described herein.
Claims (15)
X (% by mole)=|X(L-form)−X(D-form)|
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2011106418A JP5760666B2 (en) | 2011-05-11 | 2011-05-11 | Toner, developer, and image forming method |
| JP2011-106418 | 2011-05-11 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20120288791A1 true US20120288791A1 (en) | 2012-11-15 |
| US8592118B2 US8592118B2 (en) | 2013-11-26 |
Family
ID=47123767
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/456,659 Expired - Fee Related US8592118B2 (en) | 2011-05-11 | 2012-04-26 | Toner, developer, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (1) | US8592118B2 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP5760666B2 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN102778827B (en) |
| BR (2) | BR102012011233A2 (en) |
Cited By (17)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20120295188A1 (en) * | 2011-05-16 | 2012-11-22 | Yukiko Nakajima | Resin for use in toner, toner using the resin, developer using the toner, image forming apparatus and method using the toner, and method of manufacturing resin |
| US20130149642A1 (en) * | 2011-12-07 | 2013-06-13 | Akiyoshi Sabu | Toner and developer |
| US9086647B2 (en) | 2012-09-12 | 2015-07-21 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Developing device that suppresses hysteresis |
| US9291931B2 (en) | 2013-02-21 | 2016-03-22 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Electrostatic charge image developing toner |
| US9523931B2 (en) | 2013-02-05 | 2016-12-20 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, developer and image forming apparatus |
| US9563141B2 (en) | 2013-02-13 | 2017-02-07 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, developer, and image forming apparatus |
| US9606464B2 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2017-03-28 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Resin composition for toner, toner, developer and image forming apparatus |
| EP3088958A4 (en) * | 2013-12-27 | 2017-08-02 | Kao Corporation | Toner for electrophotography |
| US9989869B2 (en) | 2015-01-05 | 2018-06-05 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, toner stored unit, and image forming apparatus |
| US10156802B2 (en) | 2015-11-18 | 2018-12-18 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, toner housing unit, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
| US10274853B2 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2019-04-30 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, developer, toner housing unit and image forming apparatus |
| US20190284436A1 (en) * | 2018-03-14 | 2019-09-19 | Jsr Corporation | Composition and method for treating semiconductor surface |
| US10578988B2 (en) | 2015-04-21 | 2020-03-03 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, image forming apparatus, and toner stored unit |
| US20210311416A1 (en) * | 2020-04-07 | 2021-10-07 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Image forming method and image forming apparatus |
| US20220299903A1 (en) * | 2019-09-13 | 2022-09-22 | Kao Corporation | Electrostatic image development toner |
| US11537057B2 (en) * | 2019-04-16 | 2022-12-27 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, toner accommodating unit, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
| US20240142897A1 (en) * | 2022-10-31 | 2024-05-02 | Kyocera Document Solutions Inc. | Development device, image forming apparatus, and development method |
Families Citing this family (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP5929462B2 (en) * | 2012-04-19 | 2016-06-08 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Image forming method |
| JP6033062B2 (en) * | 2012-12-03 | 2016-11-30 | キヤノン株式会社 | toner |
| CN103235493B (en) * | 2013-04-28 | 2015-01-14 | 天津市合成材料工业研究所 | Adhesive composition for ink powder and preparation method of adhesive composition |
| JP6237024B2 (en) * | 2013-09-17 | 2017-11-29 | 株式会社リコー | Electrophotographic toner and image forming apparatus |
| JP2015179126A (en) * | 2014-03-18 | 2015-10-08 | カシオ計算機株式会社 | Electrophotographic toner using bioplastic |
| JP6676987B2 (en) * | 2016-01-29 | 2020-04-08 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | toner |
Family Cites Families (19)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| EP0615166B1 (en) * | 1993-02-26 | 1998-09-23 | Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. | Resins for electrophotographic toners |
| EP1816164A4 (en) * | 2003-11-25 | 2008-01-02 | Asahi Kasei Life & Living Corp | MAT FILM |
| JP4806596B2 (en) * | 2005-07-15 | 2011-11-02 | 株式会社リコー | Toner, manufacturing method thereof, developer, image forming method, and toner container |
| EP1744222B1 (en) * | 2005-07-15 | 2011-02-02 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, developer, image forming method, and toner container |
| JP5011926B2 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2012-08-29 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | toner |
| JP5042889B2 (en) | 2007-03-16 | 2012-10-03 | 株式会社リコー | Toner and developer, and image forming method using the same |
| JP5036478B2 (en) * | 2007-10-09 | 2012-09-26 | 株式会社リコー | toner |
| KR20130010501A (en) * | 2007-12-27 | 2013-01-28 | 캐논 가부시끼가이샤 | Method for preparing toner |
| JP5146670B2 (en) | 2008-07-01 | 2013-02-20 | 株式会社リコー | toner |
| JP2010039469A (en) * | 2008-07-07 | 2010-02-18 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Toner and method of producing toner |
| JP5447817B2 (en) | 2009-01-22 | 2014-03-19 | 株式会社リコー | toner |
| JP5855808B2 (en) | 2009-02-26 | 2016-02-09 | 株式会社リコー | Toner for electrostatic latent image development |
| JP5397756B2 (en) | 2009-06-30 | 2014-01-22 | 株式会社リコー | Toner for electrostatic image development |
| JP5560985B2 (en) | 2009-08-03 | 2014-07-30 | 株式会社リコー | Toner, developer, image forming method and image forming apparatus |
| JP5458743B2 (en) * | 2009-08-25 | 2014-04-02 | 株式会社リコー | Toner, developer, and image forming method |
| JP5415185B2 (en) * | 2009-08-27 | 2014-02-12 | 株式会社リコー | Toner and developer |
| US8679714B2 (en) * | 2009-09-14 | 2014-03-25 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, developer, and image forming method |
| JP2011237663A (en) | 2010-05-12 | 2011-11-24 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Toner, developer and image forming method |
| JP5594591B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2014-09-24 | 株式会社リコー | Toner for electrophotography, developer using the toner, image forming apparatus, image forming method, process cartridge |
-
2011
- 2011-05-11 JP JP2011106418A patent/JP5760666B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2012
- 2012-04-26 US US13/456,659 patent/US8592118B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-05-11 BR BR102012011233-7A patent/BR102012011233A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2012-05-11 CN CN201210146315.8A patent/CN102778827B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2018
- 2018-01-25 BR BR102018001658A patent/BR102018001658B8/en active IP Right Grant
Cited By (22)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US9128397B2 (en) * | 2011-05-16 | 2015-09-08 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Resin for use in toner, toner using the resin, developer using the toner, image forming apparatus and method using the toner, and method of manufacturing resin |
| US20120295188A1 (en) * | 2011-05-16 | 2012-11-22 | Yukiko Nakajima | Resin for use in toner, toner using the resin, developer using the toner, image forming apparatus and method using the toner, and method of manufacturing resin |
| US20130149642A1 (en) * | 2011-12-07 | 2013-06-13 | Akiyoshi Sabu | Toner and developer |
| US9606464B2 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2017-03-28 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Resin composition for toner, toner, developer and image forming apparatus |
| US9086647B2 (en) | 2012-09-12 | 2015-07-21 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Developing device that suppresses hysteresis |
| US9523931B2 (en) | 2013-02-05 | 2016-12-20 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, developer and image forming apparatus |
| US9563141B2 (en) | 2013-02-13 | 2017-02-07 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, developer, and image forming apparatus |
| US9291931B2 (en) | 2013-02-21 | 2016-03-22 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Electrostatic charge image developing toner |
| EP3088958A4 (en) * | 2013-12-27 | 2017-08-02 | Kao Corporation | Toner for electrophotography |
| US10394145B2 (en) | 2013-12-27 | 2019-08-27 | Kao Corporation | Toner for electrophotography |
| US9989869B2 (en) | 2015-01-05 | 2018-06-05 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, toner stored unit, and image forming apparatus |
| US10578988B2 (en) | 2015-04-21 | 2020-03-03 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, image forming apparatus, and toner stored unit |
| US10274853B2 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2019-04-30 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, developer, toner housing unit and image forming apparatus |
| US10156802B2 (en) | 2015-11-18 | 2018-12-18 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, toner housing unit, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
| US20190284436A1 (en) * | 2018-03-14 | 2019-09-19 | Jsr Corporation | Composition and method for treating semiconductor surface |
| US11537057B2 (en) * | 2019-04-16 | 2022-12-27 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Toner, toner accommodating unit, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
| US20220299903A1 (en) * | 2019-09-13 | 2022-09-22 | Kao Corporation | Electrostatic image development toner |
| US12216431B2 (en) * | 2019-09-13 | 2025-02-04 | Kao Corporation | Electrostatic image development toner |
| US20210311416A1 (en) * | 2020-04-07 | 2021-10-07 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Image forming method and image forming apparatus |
| US11635711B2 (en) * | 2020-04-07 | 2023-04-25 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Image forming method and image forming apparatus |
| US20240142897A1 (en) * | 2022-10-31 | 2024-05-02 | Kyocera Document Solutions Inc. | Development device, image forming apparatus, and development method |
| US12276926B2 (en) * | 2022-10-31 | 2025-04-15 | Kyocera Document Solutions Inc. | Development device, image forming apparatus, and development method |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| BR102018001658B1 (en) | 2022-12-06 |
| JP2012237859A (en) | 2012-12-06 |
| JP5760666B2 (en) | 2015-08-12 |
| BR102018001658A2 (en) | 2018-10-30 |
| BR102012011233A2 (en) | 2013-12-03 |
| CN102778827B (en) | 2014-09-03 |
| BR102018001658B8 (en) | 2023-01-24 |
| US8592118B2 (en) | 2013-11-26 |
| CN102778827A (en) | 2012-11-14 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US8592118B2 (en) | Toner, developer, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| US8679714B2 (en) | Toner, developer, and image forming method | |
| US8658340B2 (en) | Toner, development agent, and image forming method | |
| JP6060692B2 (en) | Toner, developer, and image forming apparatus | |
| EP2607955B1 (en) | Toner, development agent, and image forming apparatus using the same | |
| JP6194601B2 (en) | Toner, developer and image forming apparatus | |
| JP5495028B2 (en) | Toner, developer, and image forming method | |
| JP5240394B1 (en) | Toner for electrophotography, developer, image forming method, process cartridge, image forming apparatus, toner container | |
| JP6056483B2 (en) | Developer and image forming apparatus | |
| KR101191000B1 (en) | Image forming toner, image forming apparatus, image forming method, and process cartridge | |
| US11796931B2 (en) | Toner, method for manufacturing toner, developer, toner accommodating unit, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| EP2825917A1 (en) | Toner, method for producing the toner, two-component developer, and image forming apparatus | |
| KR101729875B1 (en) | Toner, developer, image forming apparatus, and process cartridge | |
| US9891548B2 (en) | Image forming method, toner, and image forming apparatus | |
| JP6036071B2 (en) | Toner, developer and image forming apparatus | |
| JP5458743B2 (en) | Toner, developer, and image forming method | |
| JP2022036534A (en) | Toner, toner storage unit, image forming apparatus, and image forming method | |
| JP2014048638A (en) | Toner, developer, and image forming apparatus | |
| EP4230678A1 (en) | Resin particles, toner resin particles, toner, method of producing resin particles, method of producing toner, developer, toner storage unit, and image forming apparatus | |
| JP6838437B2 (en) | Toner, developer, toner accommodating unit, image forming apparatus and image forming method | |
| JP5971005B2 (en) | Toner, developer using the toner, and image forming apparatus | |
| JP6028421B2 (en) | Method for producing toner for electrophotography | |
| JP2016164612A (en) | Toner and developer | |
| JP6838273B2 (en) | Toner, toner accommodating unit and image forming apparatus | |
| JP2022055201A (en) | Toner, toner storage unit, image forming apparatus, and image forming method |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: RICOH COMPANY, LTD., JAPAN Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SAKASHITA, SHINGO;SUZUKI, KAZUMI;MORITA, TATSUYA;REEL/FRAME:028113/0523 Effective date: 20120424 |
|
| FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: PAYOR NUMBER ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: ASPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY |
|
| REMI | Maintenance fee reminder mailed | ||
| LAPS | Lapse for failure to pay maintenance fees |
Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED FOR FAILURE TO PAY MAINTENANCE FEES (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: EXP.) |
|
| STCH | Information on status: patent discontinuation |
Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED DUE TO NONPAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEES UNDER 37 CFR 1.362 |
|
| FP | Lapsed due to failure to pay maintenance fee |
Effective date: 20171126 |